Table of Contents

 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
 
 
Form 10-K
 
 
 
 
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010
 
Commission file number 001-15062
 
 
 
 
TIME WARNER INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
 
     
Delaware   13-4099534
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
 
One Time Warner Center
New York, NY 10019-8016
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)(Zip Code)
 
(212) 484-8000
 
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)
          
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
     
Title of each class
 
Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $.01 par value   New York Stock Exchange
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes  þ      No  o
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes  o      No  þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months, and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  þ      No  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes  þ      No  o
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
 
     
Large accelerated filer þ
  Accelerated filer   o
Non-accelerated filer o
  Smaller reporting company o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
   
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes  o      No  þ
 
As of the close of business on February 11, 2011, there were 1,092,833,062 shares of the registrant’s Common Stock outstanding. The aggregate market value of the registrant’s voting and non-voting common equity securities held by non-affiliates of the registrant (based upon the closing price of such shares on the New York Stock Exchange on June 30, 2010) was approximately $31.57 billion.
 
Documents Incorporated by Reference:
 
     
Description of document
 
Part of the Form 10-K
 
Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement to be used in connection with the registrant’s 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders
  Part III (Item 10 through Item 14)
(Portions of Items 10 and 12 are not incorporated by reference and are provided herein)
 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I
Item 1. Business.
Item 1A. Risk Factors.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.
Item 2. Properties.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings.
PART II
Item 5. Market For Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.
Item 6. Selected Financial Data.
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.
Item 9B. Other Information.
PART III
Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance; Executive Compensation; Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters; Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence; Principal Accounting Fees and Services.
PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statements Schedules.
EX-10.43
EX-10.48
EX-10.51
EX-10.53
EX-21
EX-23
EX-31.1
EX-31.2
EX-32
EX-101 INSTANCE DOCUMENT
EX-101 SCHEMA DOCUMENT
EX-101 CALCULATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT
EX-101 LABELS LINKBASE DOCUMENT
EX-101 PRESENTATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT
EX-101 DEFINITION LINKBASE DOCUMENT


Table of Contents

 
PART I
 
Item 1.    Business.
 
Time Warner Inc. (the “Company” or “Time Warner”), a Delaware corporation, is a leading media and entertainment company. The Company classifies its businesses into the following three reporting segments:
 
  •     Networks, consisting principally of cable television networks that provide programming;
 
  •     Filmed Entertainment, consisting principally of feature film, television and home video production and distribution; and
 
  •     Publishing, consisting principally of magazine publishing.
 
At December 31, 2010, the Company had a total of approximately 31,000 employees.
 
For convenience, the terms the “Company,” “Time Warner” and the “Registrant” are used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to refer to both the parent company and collectively to the parent company and the subsidiaries through which its various businesses are conducted, unless the context otherwise requires.
 
Caution Concerning Forward-Looking Statements and Risk Factors
 
This report contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements are based on management’s current expectations and beliefs. As with any projection or forecast, they are inherently susceptible to uncertainty and changes in circumstances, and the Company is under no obligation to, and expressly disclaims any such obligation to, update or alter its forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. Time Warner’s actual results may vary materially from those expressed or implied by the statements herein due to changes in economic, business, competitive, technological, strategic and/or regulatory factors and other factors affecting the operation of Time Warner’s businesses. For more detailed information about these factors, and risk factors with respect to the Company’s operations, see Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition — Caution Concerning Forward-Looking Statements.”
 
Available Information and Website
 
The Company’s annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to such reports filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), are available free of charge on the Company’s website at www.timewarner.com as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. The Company is providing the address to its website solely for the information of investors. The Company does not intend the address to be an active link or to incorporate the contents of the website into this report.
 
NETWORKS
 
The Company’s Networks businesses consist principally of domestic and international networks and premium pay television services. The networks owned by Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. (“Turner”), which are described below, are collectively referred to as the “Turner Networks.” Premium pay television services consist of the multi-channel HBO and Cinemax pay television services (collectively, the “Home Box Office Services”) operated by Home Box Office, Inc. (“Home Box Office”).
 
Turner, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, generates revenues principally from providing programming to cable system operators, satellite distribution services, telephone companies and other distributors (known as affiliates) that have contracted to receive and distribute this programming and from the sale of advertising (other than Turner Classic Movies and Boomerang, which sell advertising only in certain international markets). Turner’s agreements with its affiliates are typically long-term arrangements that provide for annual service fee increases and have fee arrangements that are generally related to the number of subscribers


1


Table of Contents

served by the affiliate and the package of programming provided to the affiliate by each network. Expirations of affiliate agreements are staggered.
 
Turner’s advertising revenues consist of consumer advertising, which is sold primarily on a national basis in the U.S. and on a pan-regional or local-language feed basis outside the U.S. Advertising contracts generally have terms of one year or less. Advertising revenues are generated from a wide variety of advertising categories, including food and beverage, automotive, motion picture, restaurants, pharmaceuticals and medical, financial and business services, retail, telecommunications, insurance and household products. In the U.S., advertising revenues are a function of the size and demographics of the audience delivered, the “CPM,” which is the cost per thousand viewers delivered, and the number of units of time sold. Units sold and CPMs are influenced by the quantitative and qualitative characteristics of the audience of each network, the perceived quality of the network and of the particular programming, as well as overall advertiser demand in the marketplace and general economic conditions. Outside the U.S., advertising is generally not sold based on audience delivery, but rather is sold at a fixed rate for the unit of time sold, determined by the time of day and network. Turner also operates various websites, including CNN.com , NASCAR.com , CartoonNetwork.com , SI.com and Golf.com , that generate revenues principally from the sale of advertising.
 
Home Box Office, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, generates revenues principally from providing programming to cable, satellite and telephone company affiliates that have contracted to receive and distribute such programming to their customers who choose to subscribe to the Home Box Office Services (“Subscribers”). Home Box Office’s agreements with its affiliates are typically long-term arrangements that provide for annual service fee increases and retail promotion activities and have fees that are generally related to the number of Subscribers served by the affiliates. Home Box Office and its affiliates engage in marketing and promotional activities to retain existing Subscribers and acquire new Subscribers. Home Box Office also derives revenues from its original films, mini-series and series through the sale of DVDs and Blu-ray Discs, as well as from the licensing of original programming in syndication and to basic cable channels.
 
The Company’s Networks business has been pursuing international expansion in select areas, and the Company anticipates that international expansion will continue to be an area of focus at the Networks business for the foreseeable future.
 
Turner Networks
 
Key contributors to Turner’s success are its strong brands and continued investments in high-quality popular programming focused on sports, original and syndicated series, news, network movie premieres and animation to drive audience delivery and revenue growth.
 
Domestic Networks
 
Turner’s networks in the U.S. consist of entertainment and news networks. Turner’s entertainment networks include TBS, TNT, Cartoon Network, truTV, Turner Classic Movies and Boomerang. High Definition (“HD”) feeds of TBS, TNT, Cartoon Network, truTV, Turner Classic Movies and CNN are made available to affiliates. Programming for these entertainment networks is derived, in part, from the Company’s film, made-for-television and animation libraries to which Turner or other divisions of the Company own the copyrights and also includes sports programming and other licensed programming, including syndicated television series and network movie premieres. Turner’s news networks include CNN and HLN. The domestic television household numbers (“U.S. television households”) provided below are as reported by Nielsen Media Research as of December 2010.
 
TBS reached approximately 101.0 million U.S. television households as of December 2010. TBS is television’s “very funny” network and shows contemporary comedies such as the syndicated series  Family Guy and The Office and late night talk shows Conan and Lopez Tonight . TBS is also the home of a growing roster of original series, including Tyler Perry’s Meet the Browns , Glory Daze and Are We There Yet? for the 2010-2011 season. TBS has the right to produce and telecast a certain number of Major League Baseball regular season and playoff games through the 2013 season. Under an agreement among Turner, CBS Broadcasting, Inc. (“CBS”) and The National Collegiate


2


Table of Contents

Athletic Association (the “NCAA”), starting in 2011 through 2024, the NCAA Division I Men’s Basketball Championship tournament games (the “NCAA Tournament Games”) will be telecast on Turner’s TBS, TNT and truTV networks and on the CBS network. Turner and CBS have agreed to work together to produce and distribute the NCAA Tournament Games and related programming and sell advertising on a joint basis. Further, Turner and CBS have agreed to share advertising and sponsorship revenues, the programming rights fee and production costs, subject to annual caps on CBS’ share of any resulting losses.
 
TNT reached approximately 100.4 million U.S. television households as of December 2010. TNT focuses on drama and is home to syndicated series such as Bones , Supernatural , Las Vegas , Law & Order , CSI: NY , Cold Case and Numb3rs , as well as network premiere movies. For the 2010-2011 season, TNT’s original series include The Closer , Rizzoli & Isles , Men of a Certain Age, Leverage , HawthoRNe and Memphis Beat . TNT also has the right to produce and telecast a certain number of National Basketball Association (“NBA”) regular season and playoff games through the 2015-2016 season, certain NASCAR Sprint Cup Series races through 2014 and certain Professional Golfers’ Association (“PGA”) events through 2019. TNT also will telecast certain NCAA Tournament Games from 2011 through 2024.
 
Cartoon Network (together with adult swim, its evening and overnight block of programming aimed at young adults) reached approximately 99.3 million U.S. television households as of December 2010. Cartoon Network offers original and syndicated series and movies for youth and families. For the 2010-2011 season, Cartoon Network’s original series include Tower Prep, Adventure Time, Regular Show, Ben 10: Ultimate Alien, MAD, Generator Rex , Destroy Build Destroy , Hole in the Wall and Dude, What Would Happen. For the 2010-2011 season, adult swim’s original series include Childrens Hospital , Robot Chicken , Aqua Teen Hunger Force, Venture Brothers , Metalocalypse , Delocated, Squidbillies, NTSF:SD:SUV::, Mongo Wrestling Alliance and Eagleheart .
 
truTV reached approximately 92.7 million U.S. television households as of December 2010. truTV tells real-life stories from a first-person perspective. During the daytime, truTV features expert trial coverage under the name IN SESSION. For the 2010-2011 season, truTV’s original series include The Smoking Gun Presents: World’s Dumbest ..., Conspiracy Theory with Jesse Ventura , It Only Hurts When I Laugh and Operation Repo . Starting in 2011 through 2024, truTV also will telecast certain NCAA Tournament Games.
 
Turner Classic Movies is a commercial-free network that presents classic films from some of the largest film libraries in the world. Turner Classic Movies also offers interviews, original documentaries and specials.
 
Boomerang is a commercial-free network that offers classic animated entertainment such as Yogi Bear, Tom & Jerry, The Flintstones, Pink Panther and The Jetsons.
 
CNN, the original cable television news service, reached approximately 100.1 million U.S. television households as of December 2010. As of December 31, 2010, CNN managed 47 news bureaus and editorial operations, of which 15 are located in the U.S. In the fall of 2010, CNN’s programs included American Morning, The Situation Room with Wolf Blitzer , John King, USA , Parker Spitzer , Larry King Live and Anderson Cooper 360°. Piers Morgan Tonight replaced Larry King Live in January 2011. In 2010, CNN won the George Polk Award for international reporting, the Hillman Foundation’s January Sidney Award for coverage of the Haiti earthquake devastation, the National Headliners Award for journalistic excellence and three Gracie Awards from the American Women in Radio & Television.
 
HLN, the “news and views” service, reached approximately 99.8 million U.S. television households as of December 2010. In the fall of 2010, HLN’s programs included Morning Express with Robin Meade , Issues with Jane Velez-Mitchell , Nancy Grace , The Joy Behar Show and Showbiz Tonight. A new program featuring Dr. Drew Pinsky is scheduled to launch in April 2011.
 
International Networks
 
Turner’s entertainment and news networks are distributed to multiple distribution platforms such as cable and Internet Protocol Television (IPTV) systems, satellite platforms, mobile operators and broadcasters for delivery to households, hotels and other viewers around the world.


3


Table of Contents

Turner distributes approximately 110 region-specific versions and local-language feeds of Cartoon Network, Boomerang, Turner Classic Movies, TNT, truTV and other entertainment networks in approximately 190 countries around the world. In Latin America, Turner distributes Space, Infinito, I-Sat, Fashion TV, HTV and Much Music, which air movies and series, documentaries, fashion and lifestyle content and music videos. In addition, Turner has the sales representation rights to nine networks that are owned by third parties and operated principally in Latin America. In India and certain other South Asian territories, Turner distributes Pogo, an entertainment network for children. Turner India also distributes and has sales representation rights to HBO in India and the Maldives. In Japan, Turner distributes Mondo TV, an entertainment channel geared toward men, and Tabi, an entertainment channel focused on travel. Turner also distributes WB, an English language entertainment channel in India that features movies and television programming, primarily licensed from Warner Bros.
 
CNN International, an English language news network, is distributed in more than 190 countries and territories as of the end of 2010. CNN International has network feeds in five separate regions: Europe/Middle East/Africa, Asia Pacific, South Asia, Latin America and North America. HLN is distributed in Canada, the Caribbean, parts of Latin America and the Asia Pacific region. CNN en Español, a separate Spanish language news network, is distributed in Latin America and the U.S.
 
In a number of regions, Turner has launched local-language versions of its channels through joint ventures or contractual arrangements with local partners. These include CNN Turk, a Turkish language 24-hour news network available in Turkey and the Netherlands; TNT Turkey, a Turkish language channel distributed in Turkey; CNN Chile, a Spanish language 24-hour news network distributed in Chile; CNNj, an English-with-Japanese-translation news service in Japan; Cartoon Network Korea, a local-language 24-hour channel for kids; and BOING, an Italian language 24-hour kids animation network. CNN content is distributed through CNN-IBN, a co-branded, 24-hour, English language general news and current affairs channel in India.
 
Turner has been pursuing international expansion in select areas. For example, in January 2010, Turner Latin America acquired the sales representation rights to the Warner Bros. channel in Latin America. In February 2010, Turner acquired a majority stake in NDTV Imagine Limited, which owns a Hindi general entertainment channel in India. In April 2010, Turner launched truTV across several countries in Asia. In August 2010, Turner acquired Millennium Media Group, a Sweden-based channel operator with niche television channels targeting Scandinavia, the Baltics, Benelux and Africa. In October 2010, Turner acquired Chilevisión, a television broadcaster in Chile. Also in October 2010, Turner launched Cartoon Network in Arabic in Saudi Arabia. In recent years, Turner has also expanded its presence in Germany, Japan, Korea, Turkey and the United Arab Emirates.
 
Websites and Digital Applications and Initiatives
 
Turner operates various websites that generate revenues primarily from the sale of advertising. In 2010, Turner entered into an agreement with the NCAA, pursuant to which Turner will manage and operate the NCAA’s digital portfolio, including NCAA.com , through 2024. Turner will also manage advertising sales for NCAA digital platforms. Also in 2010, Turner and Time Inc. formed a strategic digital partnership between Turner and Sports Illustrated . Under the agreement, Turner manages the SI.com and Golf.com websites, including selling advertising, product management, marketing and business and technical operations for the websites.
 
CNN has multiple websites, including CNN.com and several localized editions that operate in Turner’s international markets. CNN also operates CNNMoney.com in partnership with Time Inc.’s Money and Fortune magazines and CNNMexico.com pursuant to a joint venture with Time Inc.’s Grupo Expansión, a leading Mexican consumer magazine publisher. Turner operates the NASCAR websites NASCAR.com and NASCAR.com en Español under an agreement with NASCAR that runs through 2014, and the websites of the PGA and PGA Tour, PGA.com and PGATour.com , respectively, under an agreement with the PGA that runs through 2019 and an agreement with the PGA Tour that runs through 2011. Effective through the 2015/2016 season, Turner and the NBA jointly manage a portfolio of the NBA’s digital businesses, including NBA.com . Turner also operates CartoonNetwork.com , as well as 61 international websites affiliated with the regional children’s services feeds.
 
Turner also publishes several Apps in Apple Inc.’s iTunes App Store and Google Inc.’s Android Market App Store, including CNN Mobile , which became available internationally in 2010, and the CNN App for iPad and truTV Mobile , which were launched in 2010.


4


Table of Contents

Turner ended 2010 with TV Everywhere versions of its networks available to four of its largest affiliates. In 2011, Turner intends to continue to partner with affiliates on initiatives to allow subscribers to watch Turner’s content on demand and on multiple devices.
 
Home Box Office
 
HBO, operated by Home Box Office, is the nation’s most widely distributed premium pay television service. At December 31, 2010, Home Box Office had over 81 million worldwide subscribers, which consisted of approximately 39.4 million domestic premium pay subscribers and approximately 42.5 million premium pay and basic cable subscribers in HBO Central Europe and unconsolidated international joint ventures. Both HBO and Cinemax are made available in HD on a number of multiplex channels. Home Box Office also offers HBO and Cinemax On Demand, subscription products that enable Subscribers to view programs at the time they choose.
 
In 2010, Home Box Office continued to expand the on demand broadband offerings of HBO and Cinemax by rolling out HBO GO and MAX GO with certain affiliates. These offerings provide Subscribers with online access to a wide variety of HBO and Cinemax content from any U.S. location with a broadband connection. Home Box Office expects to launch HBO GO and MAX GO with a number of additional affiliates in 2011.
 
A major portion of the programming on HBO and Cinemax consists of recently released, uncut and uncensored theatrical motion pictures. Home Box Office’s practice has been to negotiate licensing agreements of varying duration with major motion picture studios and independent producers and distributors in order to ensure continued access to such films. These agreements typically grant to Home Box Office the exclusive right to exhibit and distribute recently released and certain older films owned by the particular studio, producer or distributor on a subscription basis (including via broadband networks) in exchange for negotiated fees, which may be a function of, among other things, the box office performances of the films.
 
HBO is also defined by its award-winning original dramatic and comedy series, such as True Blood, Boardwalk Empire , Entourage , and Curb Your Enthusiasm , as well as movies, mini-series, boxing matches and sports news programs, comedy specials, family programming and documentaries. Among other awards, HBO won 4 Golden Globes— the most of any network — in 2011 and 25 Primetime Emmys and 9 Sports Emmys in 2010. In addition, in 2010, HBO won three Peabody Awards, including awards for the series  In Treatment and the documentary Thrilla in Manila , and an Academy Award for the documentary Music by Prudence .
 
Home Box Office also generates revenues from the exploitation of its original programming through multiple distribution outlets. HBO Home Entertainment markets a variety of HBO’s original programming on DVD and Blu-ray Discs. Home Box Office licenses its original series, such as The Sopranos , Sex and the City , Entourage and Curb Your Enthusiasm , to basic cable channels and has also licensed Entourage and Curb Your Enthusiasm in syndication. The Home Box Office-produced show Everybody Loves Raymond , which aired for nine seasons on broadcast television, is currently in syndication as well. Home Box Office content is also distributed by Apple Inc., Amazon and Sony PlayStation through their respective online stores in the U.S. and various international regions, as well as on various mobile telephone platforms.
 
HBO- and Cinemax-branded premium pay and basic cable services are distributed in more than 50 countries in Latin America, Asia and Central Europe, primarily through various joint ventures. In the first quarter of 2010, Home Box Office acquired the remainder of its partners’ interests in HBO Central Europe and purchased an additional 21% equity interest in HBO Latin America Group, consisting of HBO Brasil, HBO Olé and HBO Latin America Production Services (collectively, “HBO LAG”), bringing its interest in HBO LAG to 80%. In addition, Home Box Office expects to acquire an additional 8% equity interest in HBO LAG in the first quarter of 2011. In recent years, Home Box Office also has acquired additional equity interests in HBO Asia, HBO South Asia and HBO LAG.
 
The CW
 
Launched at the beginning of the Fall 2006 broadcast season, The CW broadcast network is a 50-50 joint venture between Warner Bros. and CBS Corporation. The CW’s schedule includes, among other things, a 5-night, 10-hour primetime lineup with programming such as Gossip Girl , 90210 , One Tree Hill , America’s Next Top Model ,


5


Table of Contents

The Vampire Diaries , Nikita , Hellcats , Smallville and Supernatural , as well as a five-hour block of animated children’s programming on Saturday mornings. As of December 31, 2010, The CW was carried nationally by affiliated television stations covering 95% of U.S. television households. Among the affiliates of The CW are 13 stations owned by Tribune Broadcasting and 8 stations owned by CBS Corporation.
 
Central Media Enterprises Ltd.
 
The Company holds an approximately 29.5% interest in Central Media Enterprises Ltd., a publicly-traded broadcasting company that operates leading networks in six Central and Eastern European countries as of December 31, 2010.
 
Competition
 
The Networks businesses compete with other television services for marketing and distribution by cable, satellite and other distribution systems. The Turner Networks and websites compete for advertising with other networks and media such as the Internet, print, radio and outdoor display. The Networks businesses also compete for viewers’ attention and audience share with all other forms of programming provided to viewers, including broadcast networks, local over-the-air television stations, other pay and basic cable television services, motion pictures, home video products and services (including subscription rental and Internet streaming services and rental kiosks), pay-per-view and video-on-demand services, online activities (including Internet streaming and downloading), and other forms of news, information and entertainment. In addition, competition for programming, particularly licensed and sports programming is intense, and the Networks businesses face competition for programming from those same commercial television networks, independent stations, and pay and basic cable television services.
 
The production divisions in the Networks businesses compete with other production companies for the services of producers, directors, writers, actors and others and for the acquisition of scripts.
 
FILMED ENTERTAINMENT
 
The Company’s Filmed Entertainment businesses produce and distribute theatrical motion pictures, television shows, animation and other programming and videogames; distribute home video product; and license rights to the Company’s feature films, television programming and characters. All of these businesses are principally conducted by various subsidiaries and affiliates of Warner Bros. Entertainment Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, that are known collectively as the Warner Bros. Entertainment Group (“Warner Bros.”).
 
Feature Films
 
Warner Bros.
 
Warner Bros. produces feature films both wholly on its own and under co-financing arrangements with others, and also distributes its films and completed films produced by others. Warner Bros.’ feature films are produced under the Warner Bros. Pictures, New Line Cinema and Castle Rock banners. The terms of Warner Bros.’ agreements with independent producers and other entities are separately negotiated and vary depending on the production, the amount and type of financing by Warner Bros., the media and territories covered, the distribution term and other factors.
 
Warner Bros.’ feature film strategy focuses on offering a diverse slate of films with a mix of genres, talent and budgets that includes several “event” movies each year and building and leveraging franchises, such as Harry Potter , Batman and The Lord of the Rings. During 2010, Warner Bros. released 23 original motion pictures for theatrical exhibition, including Harry Potter and the Deathly Hollows: Part 1 , Inception , Clash of the Titans , Sex and the City 2 and Valentine’s Day . Of the original motion pictures for theatrical exhibition released during 2010, five were released in 3D, including Clash of the Titans and Yogi Bear . During 2009, Warner Bros. released 26 original motion pictures for theatrical exhibition, including Harry Potter and the Half-Blood Prince , The Hangover ,


6


Table of Contents

Sherlock Holmes , The Blind Side and Invictus . Warner Bros. released one film in January 2011, and currently plans to release 22 additional original motion pictures for distribution throughout the year, including Harry Potter and the Deathly Hollows: Part 2 , Green Lantern , Sherlock Holmes 2 , Happy Feet 2 and The Hangover 2 . Of the original motion pictures expected to be released during 2011, Warner Bros. expects to release seven in 3D, including Harry Potter and the Deathly Hollows: Part 2 , Green Lantern and Happy Feet 2 . Release dates for Warner Bros.’ theatrical films are determined by a number of factors, including competition and the timing of vacation and holiday periods. Films released theatrically in the U.S. can be released in international territories either day-and-date with the domestic release or according to a staggered release schedule.
 
Warner Bros. incurs significant production, marketing, advertising and distribution costs in connection with the theatrical release of a film. As a result, Warner Bros. typically incurs losses with respect to a particular film prior to and during a film’s theatrical exhibition, and a particular film may not produce profit until well after the film’s theatrical release. In response to the high cost of producing theatrical films, Warner Bros. has entered into certain film co-financing arrangements with other companies, decreasing its financial risk while in most cases retaining substantially all worldwide distribution rights. Of the total 2010 releases, eight were wholly financed by Warner Bros. and 15 were financed with or by others. Warner Bros. has co-financing arrangements with Village Roadshow Pictures and Legendary Pictures, LLC. Additionally, Warner Bros. has an exclusive distribution arrangement with Alcon Entertainment for distribution of all of Alcon’s motion pictures in domestic and certain international territories. Warner Bros. also has an exclusive distribution arrangement with Dark Castle Holdings, LLC for films produced on or before September 30, 2012, under which Warner Bros. has agreed to distribute up to 15 Dark Castle feature films throughout the U.S. and, generally, in all international territories.
 
Warner Bros. also distributes feature films acquired or produced for theatrical exhibition in more than 125 international territories. In 2010, Warner Bros. released 17 such English-language and 27 such local-language films.
 
After their theatrical exhibition, Warner Bros. licenses its newly produced films, as well as films from its library, for distribution in various windows on broadcast, cable, satellite and pay television channels both domestically and internationally, including cable and pay television channels affiliated with the Company, and it also distributes its films on DVD and Blu-ray Discs and in digital versions. Each of these windows is discussed in more detail below.
 
Newly produced films are released in the home entertainment window approximately three to six months following their release to theatrical exhibition, with the actual release date being influenced by seasonality, competitive conditions, film attributes and expected performance. In the U.S. and most major international markets, Warner Bros. generally releases all films simultaneously for DVD and Blu-ray Disc sales, rental through brick and mortar retailers, video on demand (“VOD”) and electronic sell-through (“EST”). Beginning in 2010, Warner Bros. began releasing newly produced films to subscription services and discount kiosks 28 days following their release to other home entertainment services. Approximately one year after their theatrical exhibition, Warner Bros. licenses its newly produced films, as well as films from its library, for distribution in various windows on pay and free television channels delivered by cable, satellite and other multi-channel video programming distributors both domestically and internationally, including the Company’s networks and premium pay television services.
 
Warner Bros. has an extensive film library consisting of rights to over 6,000 films previously released by Warner Bros. and other studios.
 
Television
 
Warner Bros. Television Group (“WBTVG”) is one of the world’s leading suppliers of television programming, distributing programming in the U.S. as well as in more than 220 international territories and in more than 145 languages. WBTVG both develops and produces new television series, reality-based entertainment shows and animation programs for the Company’s networks and third parties. WBTVG licenses such programming for initial telecast and off-network exhibition, VOD and EST. During 2010, the cable off-network rights became available for Two and a Half Men . During 2010, WBTVG also renewed licenses with local broadcasters for Two and a Half Men , and WBTVG licensed the cable and local off-network rights for The Big Bang Theory (available in 2011) and the


7


Table of Contents

off-network cable rights for The Closer . WBTVG also licenses programming from the Warner Bros. library for exhibition on various media in the U.S. and internationally. Warner Bros. International Television Distribution Inc. is forming an international group of local television production companies in major territories with a focus on non-scripted programs and formats that can be sold internationally and adapted for sale in the U.S. As part of this initiative, Warner Bros. acquired an approximate 55% interest in Shed Media plc, a leading television producer in the U.K., in October 2010.
 
WBTVG programming is primarily produced by Warner Bros. Television (“WBTV”), a division of WB Studio Enterprises Inc. that produces primetime dramatic and comedy programming for the broadcast networks and for cable networks, including the Company’s networks; Warner Horizon Television Inc. (“Warner Horizon”), which specializes in unscripted programming for broadcast networks as well as scripted and unscripted programming for cable networks; and Telepictures Productions Inc. (“Telepictures”), which specializes in reality-based and talk/variety series for the syndication and daytime markets. For the 2010-11 season, WBTV is producing, among others, Nikita and Gossip Girl for The CW and Two and a Half Men , The Big Bang Theory , The Mentalist , Mike & Molly , Fringe , Chuck and The Middle for other broadcast networks. WBTV also produces original series for cable networks, including The Closer for TNT. Warner Horizon produces the primetime reality series  The Bachelor and other original series for cable networks, including Rizzoli & Isles for TNT and Pretty Little Liars . Telepictures produces first-run syndication shows such as Extra, The Ellen DeGeneres Show , TMZ and Lopez Tonight for TBS.
 
Warner Bros. Animation Inc. (“WBAI”) creates, develops and produces contemporary animated television programming and original made-for-DVD releases, including Batman: The Brave & The Bold and Young Justice for Cartoon Network and the Scooby-Doo series. WBAI also oversees the creative use of, and production of animated programming based on, classic animated characters from Warner Bros., including Looney Tunes , and from the Hanna-Barbera and DC Comics libraries.
 
Warner Bros.’ television library consists of rights to many television series, reality-based entertainment shows, animation programs and made-for-television movies.
 
Home Entertainment
 
Warner Home Video (“WHV”), a division of Warner Bros. Home Entertainment Inc. (“WBHE”), distributes DVDs and Blu-ray Discs containing filmed entertainment product and television programming produced or otherwise acquired by the Company’s various content-producing subsidiaries and divisions, including Warner Bros. Pictures, Warner Bros. Television, New Line Cinema, Home Box Office and Turner. Significant WHV releases during 2010 of filmed entertainment product included The Blind Side , Inception , Sherlock Holmes , Clash of the Titans , Sex and the City 2 , and The Book of Eli . Significant WHV releases during 2009 of filmed entertainment product included Harry Potter and the Half-Blood Prince , The Hangover and Gran Torino . WHV also distributes DVDs and Blu-ray Discs from Warner Bros.’ extensive library. In addition, WHV distributes other companies’ product, including DVDs and Blu-ray Discs for BBC, Sesame Street and national sports leagues in the U.S., and has similar distribution relationships with content producers outside the U.S.
 
WHV sells and licenses DVD and Blu-ray Disc product for resale in the U.S. and in major international territories to retailers and wholesalers through its own sales force, with warehousing and fulfillment handled by third parties. In some countries, WHV’s product is distributed through licensees. DVD and Blu-ray Disc product is replicated by third parties under contract with WHV and/or its affiliates in applicable territories. The replication of DVD and Blu-ray Disc product for the U.S., Canada, Europe and Mexico is provided under long-term contracts with two manufacturers, and the replication of DVD and Blu-ray Disc product for Japan is provided under a long-term contract with one manufacturer.
 
Warner Premiere, a division of Warner Specialty Films Inc., develops and produces feature films and short-form content for home entertainment platforms, including DVD, Blu-ray Disc, VOD and EST. Warner Premiere produced 10 direct-to-home-entertainment movies in 2010, including Scooby Doo: Curse of the Lake Monster . In addition, in 2010, Warner Premiere Digital produced two short form series for debut on broadband platforms: Jonah Hex Motion Comics , a series of animated stories based on the classic Jonah Hex comics, and Aim High , a live-action science fiction series.


8


Table of Contents

Interactive Videogames
 
Warner Bros. Interactive Entertainment (“WBIE”), a division of WBHE, develops, publishes and licenses interactive videogames for a variety of platforms based on Warner Bros. and DC Comics properties, as well as original game properties. In 2010, WBIE continued to expand its games publishing business through acquisitions, including the acquisition of Turbine Inc., the developer of The Lord of the Rings Online , and a majority stake in Rocksteady Studios, the developer of Batman : Arkham Asylum , as well as increasing its development capabilities, entering into new videogame distribution agreements and further leveraging WBHE’s global distribution infrastructure. Significant releases in 2010 included LEGO Harry Potter: Years 1 — 4 , The Lord of the Rings: Aragorn’s Quest , and Super Scribblenauts . WBIE has entered into an agreement for the co-financing of certain of its interactive videogames with Imagenation Abu Dhabi, a subsidiary of Abu Dhabi Media Company.
 
Digital Media
 
Warner Bros. Digital Distribution (“WBDD”), a division of WBHE, enters into domestic and international licensing arrangements for distribution of Warner Bros.’ film and television content as well as acquired content through VOD and EST transactions via cable, IPTV systems, satellite and online services for delivery to consumers worldwide. WBDD licenses film and television content for both VOD and EST to affiliates such as Comcast, Time Warner Cable, DirecTV, DISH Network and Verizon, as well as broadband customers including Apple’s iTunes Store, Amazon’s Video on Demand, Microsoft’s Xbox 360 and Sony’s Playstation 3. WBDD has also licensed movies, as well as a slate of catalog television shows, including Nip/Tuck and several television series with a limited number of episodes, to various subscription on demand streaming services. In 2010, WBDD continued its content release strategy of making its films available, both domestically and in 30 international territories, in VOD and EST on the same date as their release on DVD and Blu-ray Discs.
 
WBDD has arrangements with a number of mobile handset and PC manufacturers, including Nokia, Samsung and Dell, to pre-load films onto their devices to be marketed to consumers. WBDD also entered into content licensing deals for online and mobile interactive videogames involving DC Comics properties and Harry Potter. In addition to its content licensing activities, as of December 31, 2010, WBDD had published 12 Apps in Apple’s iTunes App Store, including Lego Harry Potter: Years 1-4 ; Harry Potter: Spells , Lego Batman and Sherlock Holmes Mysteries . In partnership with WBIE, WBDD expanded its digital distribution strategy to include the online distribution of interactive videogames on multiple platforms including PC, Microsoft’s Xbox 360, Sony’s Playstation 3, and handheld devices including Sony’s PSP device and Apple’s iPhone and iPod Touch. WBDD also continued to test delivery of content through digital kiosk locations in 2010.
 
WBDD manages Warner Bros.’ direct-to-consumer retail website, wbshop.com , which includes the Warner Archive Collection manufacturing-on-demand offering, with 786 film titles and television series available as of December 31, 2010, many of which were never before released on DVD.
 
WBDD also makes digital copies of movies available to consumers who purchase specially marked DVDs and Blu-ray Discs, either by entering a code included in the product packaging that allows consumers to download a file containing the film or by placing an electronic copy of the film directly on the DVD or Blu-ray Disc that the consumer can unlock. In 2010, digital copies were offered to purchasers of DVDs and Blu-ray Discs on 74 titles in the United States, and digital copy offers were also made available for certain titles in 50 international territories.
 
WBTVG’s online destination, TMZ.com is one of the leading entertainment news brands in the U.S. across online, TV and mobile. WBTVG operates websites for many of its syndicated television properties, including The Ellen DeGeneres Show and Extra . The destination site TheWB.com is an online video site featuring programs from the Warner Bros. library and new original production, and its KidsWB.com is a casual game and video online destination site with a target audience of kids, ages 6-12. In addition, WBTVG partnered with Time Inc.’s Essence Communications Inc. on the launch and operation of the online destination Essence.com , which was launched in conjunction with Time Inc.’s Essence magazine, a leading lifestyle magazine for African-American women in the U.S. WBTVG’s digital production venture, Studio 2.0, creates original programming for worldwide online and wireless distribution.


9


Table of Contents

Many of WBTVG’s current on-air television series are available on demand via broadband and wireless streaming and downloading and cable on demand platforms under agreements entered into with the broadcast and cable networks exhibiting the series. Under those agreements, the networks have the right to offer each series episode on demand for a limited period of time after the episode airs and WBTVG retains the right to offer current episodes in EST during the same timeframe, and, increasingly, WBTVG has the right to offer online streaming of current series episodes at the end of a broadcast year. WBTVG also selectively licenses certain off-air or library television series for exhibition online in the U.S. to broadcast licensees and third party video exhibition sites. Internationally, WBTVG has a number of Warner Bros. branded on-demand program services, which, as of December 31, 2010, included eight services in the U.K., five in each of China and Japan, four in Germany, three in France, two in each of Austria and Italy, and one in each of the Netherlands, Finland, Canada, Greece/Cyprus, Poland, Portugal, Russia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, Korea, Australia and New Zealand. In addition, WBTVG operates linear Warner Bros. branded general entertainment channels in Latin America and Asia, and supplies programming to a linear Warner Bros. branded general entertainment channel in India.
 
Other Entertainment Assets
 
Warner Bros. Consumer Products Inc. licenses rights to licensees, manufacturers, publishers, retailers and theme park operators in both domestic and international markets to the names, likenesses, images, logos and other representations of characters and copyrighted material from the films and television series produced or distributed by Warner Bros., including the superhero characters of DC Comics, Hanna-Barbera characters, classic films and Looney Tunes .
 
DC Entertainment, which is wholly owned by the Company, is responsible for bringing the DC Comics business, brand and characters from comics into other content and distribution businesses, including feature films, television programming, interactive videogames, direct-to-consumer platforms, and consumer products. DC Comics, also wholly owned by the Company, published on average 95 comic books and 28 graphic novels per month in 2010, featuring such popular characters as Superman, Batman, Green Lantern, Wonder Woman and The Sandman . DC Entertainment is the operating name of E.C. Publications, Inc., which also publishes MAD  magazine.
 
Warner Bros. and CBS Corporation each have a 50% interest in The CW, a broadcast network launched at the beginning of the Fall 2006 broadcast season. For additional information, see “Networks,” above.
 
Warner Bros. International Cinemas Inc. holds interests through joint ventures in 67 multi-screen cinema complexes, with over 550 screens in Japan and the U.S. as of December 31, 2010.
 
In 2007, Warner Bros. entered into a multi-faceted strategic alliance with ALDAR Properties PJSC, an Abu Dhabi real estate development company, and Abu Dhabi Media Company, a media company owned by the Abu Dhabi government. As of December 31, 2010, the strategic alliance relates to the creation of a theme park branded with Warner Bros. intellectual property and an agreement for the co-financing and distribution of interactive videogames.
 
Competition
 
The production and distribution of theatrical motion pictures, television, videogame and animation product are highly competitive businesses. These businesses compete with each other, as well as with other forms of entertainment, including Internet streaming and downloading, websites providing social networking and user-generated content, interactive games and other online activities, sports, print media, live events and radio broadcasts for consumers’ entertainment and leisure time and spending. The number and quality of motion pictures, home entertainment titles or videogames released in any given period may create over-supply in the market and increase competition for consumers’ attention, and, in the case of the theatrical release of 3D motion pictures, many compete for a limited number of available 3D screens. Furthermore, there is intense competition in the television industry evidenced by the increasing number and variety of networks now available. Despite this increasing number of networks, access to primetime and syndicated television slots has actually tightened as networks and owned and operated stations increasingly source programming from content producers aligned with or owned by their parent


10


Table of Contents

companies. There is active competition among all production companies in these industries for the services of producers, directors, writers, actors and others and for the acquisition of literary properties. With respect to the distribution of television product, there is significant competition from independent distributors as well as major studios. The competitive position of a producer or distributor of theatrical motion pictures, television, videogame and animation product is also greatly affected by the quality of, and public response to, the entertainment product it makes available to the marketplace.
 
Warner Bros. also competes in its character merchandising and other licensing activities with other licensors of characters, brands and celebrity names.
 
PUBLISHING
 
The Company’s publishing business is conducted primarily by Time Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. Time Inc. is the largest magazine publisher in the U.S. based on advertising revenues, as measured by Publishers Information Bureau (“PIB”). In addition to publishing magazines, Time Inc. also operates or has editorial responsibility for a number of websites, as well as certain direct-marketing and marketing services businesses.
 
Publishing
 
As of December 31, 2010, Time Inc. published 22 magazines in the U.S., including People , Sports Illustrated , Time, InStyle , Real Simple , Southern Living , Entertainment Weekly and Fortune , and over 70 magazines outside the U.S., primarily through IPC Media (“IPC”) in the U.K. and Grupo Expansión (“GEX”) in Mexico. In addition, Time Inc. operates or has editorial responsibility for over 45 magazine websites, such as CNNMoney.com , People.com , and Time.com , that collectively had average monthly unique visitors of over 50 million in the U.S., the U.K., Mexico and other countries during the fourth quarter of 2010, according to comScore Media Metrix. Time Inc. also publishes magazine content on digital devices. As of December 31, 2010, individual issues of People , Sports Illustrated , Time and Fortune were available through Apple’s iTunes App Store for download on the iPad.
 
Until recently, Time Inc.’s U.S. magazines and companion websites were organized into three business units, each under a single management team: Style and Entertainment, News and Lifestyle. This structure has enabled Time Inc. to reduce its costs by bringing together under centralized management products that have a common appeal in the marketplace. In December 2010, Time Inc. split the News unit into two separate units, News and Sports, in order to build on their strengths, including in the digital and international arenas. In addition, across Time Inc.’s four U.S. business units, magazine consumer marketing and production and distribution activities are generally centralized, and subscription fulfillment activities for Time Inc.’s U.S. magazines are primarily administered from a centralized facility in Tampa, Florida.
 
In July 2010, Time Inc. and Turner announced the formation of a strategic digital partnership between Turner Sports and Sports Illustrated . The partnership combines Sports Illustrated ’s and Golf ’s content with Turner’s digital media and sales expertise. Under the agreement, Turner manages the SI.com and Golf.com websites and, since the fourth quarter of 2010, sells all advertising for the websites. Accordingly, Turner now receives all advertising revenues generated from the websites, and Time Inc. receives a license fee from Turner and reimbursement for certain website editorial and other costs.
 
In December 2009, Time Inc., together with four other leading publishers, announced the formation of Next Issue Media, an independent venture to develop a new digital storefront and related technology that will allow consumers to enjoy media content on portable digital devices. Next Issue Media’s initial digital storefront is expected to launch in 2011.
 
In 2009, Time Inc. implemented cost-saving initiatives, particularly at its News business unit, and executed a restructuring initiative, primarily relating to headcount reductions, which benefitted Time Inc.’s performance in 2010. Time Inc. continues on an ongoing basis to look for opportunities to implement cost-savings initiatives.


11


Table of Contents

Style and Entertainment
 
People is a weekly magazine that reports on celebrities and other newsworthy individuals. People magazine generated approximately 20% of Time Inc.’s revenues in 2010. The People franchise also includes: People StyleWatch, a monthly magazine aimed at U.S. style-conscious younger readers; People en Espaňol, a monthly Spanish-language magazine aimed primarily at U.S. Hispanic readers; People Country , a magazine published six times in 2010, aimed at U.S. country music fans; People.com , a leading website for celebrity news, photos and entertainment coverage; and PeopleEnEspañol.com , a bilingual website aimed primarily at the U.S. Hispanic audience.
 
InStyle , a monthly magazine, and InStyle.com , a related website, focus on celebrity, lifestyle, beauty and fashion. StyleFeeder, a personal shopping engine, was acquired by a subsidiary of Time Inc. in January 2010. Using Stylefeeder’s technology, the publishers of InStyle launched Stylefind.com , an e-commerce shopping channel, in November 2010. Time Inc. also publishes InStyle in the U.K. through IPC and in Mexico through GEX.
 
Entertainment Weekly, a weekly magazine, and EW.com , a related entertainment news website, feature reviews and reports on movies, DVDs, video, television, music and books.
 
Essence Communications Inc. (“ECI”) publishes Essence , a leading lifestyle magazine for African-American women in the U.S., and, with its partner Warner Bros., Essence.com, a related website. ECI and Warner Bros. have also expanded the brand’s content into television and home entertainment. ECI also produces the annual Essence Music Festival.
 
Lifestyle
 
Real Simple, a monthly magazine, and RealSimple.com , a related website, focus on life, home, body and soul and provide practical solutions to make women’s lives easier.
 
Southern Living, a monthly regional magazine, and SouthernLiving.com , a related website, focus on lifestyles in the southern part of the U.S.
 
Cooking Light, a monthly epicurean magazine, and CookingLight.com , a related website, focus on cooking healthy and great tasting meals.
 
Sunset, a monthly magazine, and Sunset.com , a related website, focus on western lifestyle in the U.S.
 
All You, a monthly magazine, and AllYou.com , a related website, focus on lifestyle and service for value conscious women.
 
Health, a monthly magazine for women, and Health.com , a related website, focus on information about health and wellness.
 
This Old House, a magazine published 10 times per year, and ThisOldHouse.com , a related website, focus on home improvement. Through subsidiaries, Time Inc. also produces two television series, This Old House and Ask This Old House, which focus on home improvement.
 
Coastal Living, a monthly shelter and lifestyle magazine, and CoastalLiving.com , a related website, focus on home design and lifestyles in coastal areas of the U.S.
 
MyRecipes.com, a recipes website, and MyHomeIdeas.com , a shelter website, both feature original content and content from other Time Inc. Lifestyle brands.
 
News
 
Time is a weekly newsmagazine that summarizes the news and interprets the week’s events, both national and international. Time also has three English-language weekly editions that circulate outside the U.S.  TIME.com, a related website, provides breaking news and analysis, giving its readers access to its 24-hour global news gathering operation and its vast archive. Time for Kids is a weekly current events newsmagazine for children ages five to 13.


12


Table of Contents

Fortune is a magazine published 18 times per year that reports on worldwide economic and business developments and compiles the annual Fortune 500 list of the largest U.S. corporations. Time Inc. also publishes Money, a monthly magazine that reports primarily on personal finance. Both of these magazines combine their resources on the CNNMoney.com website, a leading financial news and personal finance website that is operated in partnership with CNN.
 
Life.com is an unconsolidated joint venture between Time Inc. and Getty Images, Inc. It is one of the largest collections of professional photography online with more than 10 million photos, a combination of the legendary Life magazine archives and Getty’s extensive collection of images.
 
Sports
 
Sports Illustrated is a weekly magazine that covers sports. Sports Illustrated for Kids is a monthly sports magazine intended primarily for pre-teenagers. Time Inc. also has editorial responsibility for SI.com , a leading sports news website that provides up-to-the-minute scores and sports news 24/7, as well as statistics and analysis of domestic and international professional sports and college and high school sports.
 
Golf is a leading monthly golf magazine. Time Inc. also has editorial responsibility for Golf.com , a website that features user-friendly content designed to help readers play their best golf and maximize their golfing experience.
 
Other Publishing Operations
 
Time Inc. also has responsibility under a management contract for the American Express Publishing Corporation’s publishing operations, including its travel and epicurean magazines Travel & Leisure , Food & Wine and Departures and their related websites.
 
International
 
IPC, a leading U.K. consumer magazine publisher, publishes approximately 55 magazines as well as numerous special issues. IPC is organized into three operating divisions, Connect, Inspire and SouthBank, which are aligned with its three core audience groups of mass-market women, men and upscale women. This structure is intended to facilitate the delivery of highly targeted audiences to IPC’s advertisers and bring focus and efficiency to IPC’s operations. IPC’s magazines include (i) in the Connect division, What’s On TV and TV Times , television listing magazines, Chat , Woman and Woman’s Own , magazines focused on women’s lifestyle, and Now , a celebrity magazine; (ii) in the Inspire division, Country Life and Horse & Hound , magazines focused on leisure, and Nuts , a men’s lifestyle magazine; and (iii) in the SouthBank division, Woman & Home , Ideal Home and Homes & Gardens , magazines focused on homes and gardens.
 
In addition, IPC publishes four magazines through three unconsolidated joint ventures with Groupe Marie Claire. IPC websites include ShopStyle, a shopping portal on instyle.co.uk ; video channels on nme.com , nuts.co.uk , trustedreviews.com and golfmonthly.co.uk , among other websites; Mousebreaker.com , a U.K. free-to-play game site; and goodtoknow.co.uk , an advice website for women.
 
In 2010, IPC sold 20 of its magazines that targeted niche audiences.
 
GEX, a leading Mexican consumer magazine publisher, publishes 13 magazines in Mexico including: Quién , a celebrity and personality magazine; Expansión , a business magazine; IDC , a tax and accounting bulletin; InStyle Mexico , a fashion and lifestyle magazine for women; and Chilango , a Mexico City listing guide. In addition, GEX publishes two magazines through an unconsolidated joint venture with Hachette Filipacchi Presse S.A. GEX has licensing agreements with Mexicana Airlines to publish Vuelo and Click Airlines to publish Loop , two in-flight magazines, but their publication is on hiatus due to the airlines’ suspension of operations. GEX also owns and operates MedioTiempo.com , a leading sports website in Mexico, MetrosCúbicos.com , a leading website for classified real estate listings in Mexico, CNNExpansíon.com , a leading business website in Mexico, and Quien.com , a leading celebrity site. In addition, GEX and Turner formed a joint venture to launch CNNMexico.com , a Spanish-language news site that provides local, national and international news from a Mexican perspective, in February 2010.


13


Table of Contents

Time Inc. licenses approximately 50 editions of its magazines for print publication outside the U.S. to publishers in over 20 countries. In addition, Time Inc. has been expanding its licensing to digital platforms outside the U.S. and has licenses in approximately 10 countries.
 
Advertising
 
Time Inc. derives approximately half of its revenues from the sale of advertising, primarily from its print magazines with a smaller amount of advertising revenues from its websites and digital magazines for tablets. Advertising carried in Time Inc.’s magazines and on its websites is predominantly consumer advertising, including toiletries and cosmetics, food, drugs, automobiles, financial services and insurance, travel and home, media and movies, retail and department stores, computers and telecommunications, and apparel and accessories.
 
In 2010, Time Inc.’s U.S. magazines accounted for 20.7% (compared to 20.0% in 2009) of the total U.S. advertising revenues in consumer magazines, excluding newspaper supplements, as measured by PIB. People , Sports Illustrated and Time were ranked 1, 3 and 7, respectively, in terms of PIB-measured advertising revenues in 2010, and Time Inc. had six of the top 25 leading magazines based on the same measure.
 
Pursuant to the digital partnership between Turner and Sports Illustrated , beginning in the fourth quarter of 2010, Turner receives all advertising revenues generated from the SI.com and Golf.com websites, and Time Inc. receives a license fee from Turner and reimbursement for certain website editorial and other costs.
 
Circulation
 
Through the sale of magazines to consumers, circulation generates significant revenues for Time Inc. In addition, circulation is an important component in determining Time Inc.’s print advertising revenues because advertising page rates are based on circulation and audience. Most of Time Inc.’s U.S. magazines are sold primarily by subscription and delivered to subscribers through the mail. Subscribers to the print version of People magazine may also download the digital version of People through Apple’s iTunes App Store for no additional fee. Subscriptions are sold primarily through direct mail and online solicitation, subscription sales agents, marketing agreements with other companies and insert cards in Time Inc. magazines and other publications. Most of Time Inc.’s international magazines are sold primarily at newsstands.
 
Time Inc.’s Synapse Group, Inc. (“Synapse”) is a leading seller of domestic magazine subscriptions to Time Inc. magazines and magazines of other U.S. publishers. Synapse sells magazine subscriptions principally through marketing relationships with commercial airlines that have frequent flier programs, retailers, Internet businesses, consumer catalog companies, and credit card issuers.
 
Time Inc.’s school and youth group fundraising company business, QSP, offers fundraising programs that help schools and youth groups raise money through the sale of subscriptions to Time Inc. magazines and magazines of other publishers, among other products.
 
Newsstand sales of magazines, which are reported as a component of Subscription revenues, are sold through traditional newsstands as well as other retail outlets such as Wal-Mart, supermarkets and convenience and drug stores, and may or may not result in repeat purchases. Time/Warner Retail Sales & Marketing Inc. distributes and markets copies of Time Inc. magazines and books and certain other publishers’ magazines and books through third-party wholesalers primarily in the U.S. and Canada. Wholesalers, in turn, sell Time Inc. magazines and books to retailers. A small number of wholesalers are responsible for a substantial portion of Time Inc.’s newsstand sales of magazines and books. IPC’s Marketforce (U.K.) Limited distributes and markets copies of all IPC magazines, some international editions of Time Inc.’s U.S. magazines and certain other publishers’ magazines outside of the U.S. through third-party wholesalers to retail outlets. Individual issues of People , Sports Illustrated , Time and Fortune are also sold through Apple’s iTunes App Store for download on the iPad.
 
Paper and Printing
 
Paper constitutes a significant component of physical costs in the production of magazines. During 2010, Time Inc. purchased over 275,000 tons of paper for magazines and other printed products principally from three independent manufacturers.


14


Table of Contents

Printing and binding for Time Inc. magazines are performed primarily by major domestic and international independent printing concerns in multiple locations in the U.S. and in other countries. Magazine printing contracts are typically fixed-term at fixed prices with, in some cases, adjustments based on inflation.
 
Marketing Services
 
Through subsidiaries, Time Inc. conducts marketing services businesses. The marketing services include providing customer relationship marketing programs, custom client publications and other platforms that enable clients to create and sustain profitable relationships with their customers. The marketing services also include advertising services for magazines that are customized, on multiple platforms, and targeted based on demographics and geography.
 
Direct-Marketing and Books
 
Through subsidiaries, Time Inc. conducts direct-marketing businesses as well as certain niche book publishing. In addition to magazine subscription fundraising programs, QSP offers fundraising programs that help schools and youth groups to raise money through the sale of chocolate, cookie dough and other products. Time Inc.’s book publishing business consists of Time Home Entertainment Inc. and Oxmoor House Inc., which publish how-to, lifestyle and special commemorative books and books on other topics through retail and direct mail channels under TIME books, LIFE books, Oxmoor House, Sunset and other imprints.
 
In 2009, Time Inc. sold Southern Living At Home, its direct selling division that sold home décor products through independent consultants.
 
Postal Rates
 
Postal costs represent a significant operating expense for Time Inc.’s magazine publishing and direct-marketing activities. In 2010, Time Inc. spent over $250 million for services provided by the U.S. Postal Service. The U.S. Postal Service did not increase postal rates in 2010 for services used by Time Inc., but is expected to increase such rates in 2011. Time Inc. does not expect to directly pass on any increased costs due to postal rate increases to magazine subscribers. Time Inc. strives to minimize postal expense through the use of certain cost-saving activities with respect to address quality, mail preparation and delivery of products to postal facilities.
 
Competition
 
Time Inc. faces significant competition from several direct competitors and other media, including the Internet. Time Inc.’s magazine and website operations compete with numerous other magazine and website publishers and other media for circulation and audience and for advertising directed at the general public and at more focused demographic groups. The publishing business presents few barriers to entry and many new magazines and websites are launched annually. Time Inc. has also recently begun creating digital versions of its magazines, primarily targeting consumers reading on mobile digital devices such as tablets. The use of these digital devices as distribution platforms for magazine products may lower the barriers to entry for launching digital magazine products that could compete with Time Inc.’s businesses.
 
Competition for magazine and website advertising revenues is primarily based on advertising rates, the nature and size of the audience (including the circulation and readership of magazines and the number of unique visitors to and page views on websites), audience response to advertisers’ products and services and the effectiveness of sales teams. Other competitive factors in publishing include product positioning, editorial quality, price and customer service, which impact audience, circulation revenue and advertising revenue. New digital platforms for publishing may impact the way in which Time Inc. competes for consumers with other forms of media. In addition, competition for magazine advertising revenue has intensified in recent years due to challenging economic conditions and the increasing shift in advertising dollars from traditional print to digital media.


15


Table of Contents

Time Inc.’s marketing services businesses and direct-marketing businesses compete with other marketing services businesses and direct-marketing businesses through all media, including the Internet.
 
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
 
Time Warner is one of the world’s leading creators, owners and distributors of intellectual property. The Company’s vast intellectual property assets include copyrights in motion pictures, television programs, magazines, software and books; trademarks in names, logos and characters; patents or patent applications for inventions related to its products and services; and licenses of intellectual property rights of various kinds. The Company derives value from these assets through a range of business models, including the theatrical release of films, the licensing of its films and television programming to multiple domestic and international television and cable networks, pay television services, VOD and streaming, the sale of products such as DVDs, Blu-ray Discs, magazines and videogames and the operation of websites. It also derives revenues related to its intellectual property through advertising in its magazines, networks and online properties and from various types of licensing activities, including licensing of its trademarks and characters. To protect these assets, the Company relies on a combination of copyright, trademark, unfair competition, patent and trade secret laws and contract provisions. The duration of the protection afforded to the Company’s intellectual property depends on the type of property in question and the laws and regulations of the relevant jurisdiction.
 
The Company vigorously pursues all appropriate avenues of protection for its intellectual property. However, there can be no assurance of the degree to which these measures will be successful in any given case. Policing unauthorized use of the Company’s intellectual property is often difficult and costly and the steps taken may not in every case prevent misappropriation. Piracy, particularly in the digital environment, continues to present a threat to revenues from products and services based on intellectual property. The Company seeks to limit that threat through a combination of approaches, including offering legitimate market alternatives, applying technical protection measures, pursuing legal sanctions for infringement, promoting appropriate legislative initiatives, and enhancing public awareness of the meaning and value of intellectual property. The Company works with various cross-industry groups and trade associations, as well as with strategic partners to develop and implement technological solutions to control digital piracy.
 
Third parties may bring intellectual property infringement claims or challenge the validity or scope of the Company’s intellectual property from time to time, and such challenges could result in the limitation or loss of intellectual property rights. In addition, domestic and international laws, statutes and regulations are constantly changing, and the Company’s assets may be either adversely or beneficially affected by such changes. Moreover, intellectual property protections may be insufficient or insufficiently enforced in certain foreign territories. The Company therefore generally engages in efforts to strengthen and update intellectual property protection around the world, including efforts to ensure effective and appropriately tailored remedies for infringement.
 
REGULATORY MATTERS
 
The Company’s businesses are subject to and affected by laws and regulations of U.S. federal, state and local governmental authorities, and the Company’s international operations are subject to laws and regulations of local countries and international bodies such as the European Union. The Company’s U.S. cable networks and original programming businesses are subject to regulation by the Federal Communications Commission (the “FCC”). The Company’s U.S. magazine subscription and other direct marketing activities are subject to regulation by the Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”). The laws, regulations, rules, policies and procedures affecting the Company’s businesses are subject to change. The following descriptions of significant federal, state, local and international laws and regulations and current regulatory agency inquiries and rulemaking proceedings should be read in conjunction with the texts of the respective laws, regulations, inquiries and rulemaking proceedings.
 
Network Regulation
 
Under the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, and its implementing regulations, U.S. cable networks are subject to certain direct and, through their distribution partners, indirect obligations that, among other things,


16


Table of Contents

require closed captioning of programming for the hearing impaired, limit the amount and content of commercial matter that may be shown during programming aimed primarily at an audience of children 12 and under, and require the identification of (or the maintenance of lists of) sponsors of political advertising. Various other federal laws also contain provisions that place restrictions on violent and sexually explicit programming and provisions relating to the voluntary promulgation of ratings by the industry.
 
In December 2010, the FCC adopted “net neutrality” rules requiring Internet service providers (“ISPs”) to follow certain principles with respect to broadband Internet access service provided to consumers. These principles, with certain exceptions (particularly for wireless ISPs), prohibit ISPs from blocking lawful content, applications, services, or non-harmful devices, and also prohibit unreasonable discrimination in the transmission of lawful network traffic. The FCC has indicated that agreements between an ISP and a third party to favor some network traffic over other network traffic in the Internet access service connection to a subscriber (i.e., “pay for priority”) may constitute unreasonable discrimination. It is not clear what impact these regulations will have on the increasing use of the Internet to deliver and receive video content. Lawsuits challenging the FCC’s authority to adopt these rules have been filed, and additional lawsuits are expected to be filed.
 
From time to time, the FCC and other federal agencies conduct inquiries and rulemaking proceedings, including the following, which could lead to additional regulations that could have a material effect on the Company and its businesses:
 
  •     Smart Video Devices:   The FCC initiated an inquiry in April 2010 to study potential options to spur development of smart video devices that are compatible with all multichannel video programming distributor (“MVPD”) services and that would be available for consumers to purchase in retail outlets. Under one proposed option, MVPD services would be sent to a universal adapter in a consumer’s home. The adaptor would enable the consumer to view the content from the MVPD service on a connected smart video device, such as a television or portable device. The FCC is expected to initiate a rulemaking proceeding in this area in 2011.
  •     Bundling and Carriage Agreements:   In October 2007, the FCC initiated a rulemaking proceeding to examine the use of bundling practices in carriage agreements for both broadcast and satellite cable programming. As of February 15, 2011, it is unclear what, if any, action the FCC will take in this matter.
  •     Children’s Media:  In 2009, the FCC initiated an inquiry to broadly survey the state of children’s media across multiple platforms and seek comment on existing ratings, advertising, and media literacy efforts. As of February 15, 2011, it is unclear what, if any, action the FCC will take in this matter. The FTC is also studying food and beverage marketing to children, and an interagency task force is expected to seek comment in 2011 on a proposed voluntary nutrition standard for marketing aimed at children 2-17 years old.
  •     Disability Access:   The FCC is expected to initiate several rulemaking proceedings in 2011 to implement the 21 st  Century Communications and Video Accessibility Act of 2010. This law extends closed captioning requirements to television programming distributed via the Internet after it is initially aired on a broadcast or cable network and reinstitutes the FCC’s video description rules for the sight impaired for the top five cable networks with more than 50 hours of non-exempt programming per quarter, which may include one or more of the Company’s U.S. cable networks. The FCC is also considering changes to its closed captioning rules, including the adoption of quality standards and either eliminating or changing existing exemptions to such rules.
 
In addition, in international territories in which the Company’s Networks businesses operate, laws and regulations have been instituted or proposed that, among other things, place limitations on the amount of advertising cable networks are entitled to air, impose local content quotas, require closed-captioning of programming, limit the kind and nature of advertising aimed at children, require operators of pay television packages to include a specified number of local channels based on the number of international channels that are carried by the operator and expand laws and regulations regarding content delivered via the Internet.


17


Table of Contents

Marketing Regulation
 
Time Inc.’s U.S. magazine subscription and direct marketing activities, as well as marketing activities by other divisions of the Company, are subject to regulation by the FTC and each of the states under general consumer protection statutes prohibiting unfair or deceptive acts or practices. Certain areas of marketing activity are also subject to specific federal statutes and rules, such as the Telephone Consumer Protection Act, the Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (relating to financial privacy) and the FTC Mail or Telephone Order Merchandise Rule. Other statutes and rules also regulate conduct in areas such as privacy, data security, product safety and telemarketing. Time Inc. regularly receives and resolves routine inquiries from state Attorneys General and is subject to agreements with state Attorneys General addressing some of Time Inc.’s marketing activities.
 
In connection with their international activities, Time Inc. and the Company’s other divisions are subject to local laws and regulations relating to data privacy and electronic marketing, especially across Europe and the Asia Pacific region. In the European Union, these local laws and regulations include the European Data Protection Directive and the European Directive on Privacy and Electronic Communications. In addition, a combination of codes, directives, regulations and legislation covering consumer protection, electronic commerce and audiovisual media regulate the Company’s conduct of marketing and advertising activities in numerous individual territories internationally.
 
FINANCIAL INFORMATION ABOUT SEGMENTS, GEOGRAPHIC AREAS AND BACKLOG
 
Financial and other information by segment and revenues by geographic area for each year in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010 is set forth in Note 15 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements, “Segment Information.” Information with respect to the Company’s backlog, representing future revenue not yet recorded from cash contracts for the licensing of theatrical and television product, at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, is set forth in Note 16 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements, “Commitments and Contingencies — Commitments — Programming Licensing Backlog.”
 
Item 1A.   Risk Factors.
 
RISKS RELATING TO TIME WARNER GENERALLY
 
The Company must respond to recent and future changes in technology, services, standards and consumer behavior to remain competitive and continue to increase its revenues.  Technology, particularly digital technology used in the entertainment and media industry, continues to evolve rapidly, and advances in that technology have led to alternative methods for the distribution, storage and consumption of digital content. These technological changes have driven and reinforced changes in consumer behavior as consumers increasingly seek control over when, where and how they consume content digitally. For example, consumer electronic innovations have enabled consumers to view Internet-delivered content, including films, television programming and magazines, on televisions, computers, tablets, phones and other portable electronic devices. These changes in technology and consumer behavior have resulted in a number of challenges and risks for content owners and aggregators, such as the Company. For example, the growing number of content aggregators increases competition for programming and consumers’ leisure and entertainment time and discretionary spending, and the increased availability of programming online from content aggregators may diminish the perceived value of such programming in other distribution windows and negatively affect consumers’ decisions to purchase such programming. The Company’s failure to adapt to emerging technologies and changes in consumer behavior could have a significant adverse effect on the Company’s competitive position and its businesses and results of operations.
 
Technological developments also pose other challenges for the Company that could adversely affect its revenues and competitive position. For example, the Company may not have the right, or be able to secure the right, to distribute content it licenses from others digitally or across new delivery platforms or devices that are developed. Furthermore, advances in technology or changes in competitors’ product and service offerings may require the Company to make additional research and development expenditures or offer products or services in a digital format


18


Table of Contents

without charge or at a lower price than offered in other formats. New technology or business initiatives supported by the Company may not be embraced by consumers or advertisers, and therefore may not develop into profitable business models, which could have a significant adverse effect on the Company’s competitive position and its businesses and results of operations. In addition, new delivery platforms could lead to the loss of distribution control and the loss of direct relationships with consumers.
 
The Company faces risks relating to competition for the leisure and entertainment time and discretionary spending of consumers, which has intensified in part due to advances in technology and changes in consumer behavior.  The Company’s businesses are subject to risks relating to increasing competition for the leisure and entertainment time and discretionary spending of consumers. The Company’s businesses compete with each other and all other sources of entertainment, news and other information, including broadcast television, films, the Internet, home video products, interactive videogames, social networking, sports, print media, live events and radio broadcasts, for consumers’ leisure and entertainment time and discretionary spending. Technological advancements, such as tablets and other portable electronic devices, video-on-demand, new video formats and Internet streaming and downloading, have increased the number of media and entertainment choices available to consumers and intensified the challenges posed by audience fragmentation. The increasing number of leisure and entertainment choices available to consumers, including low-cost or free choices, could negatively affect consumer demand for the Company’s products and services, the prices content aggregators are willing to pay to license the Company’s content and advertisers’ willingness to purchase advertising from the Company’s businesses, which could reduce the Company’s revenues and could also result in the Company incurring additional marketing expenses.
 
The popularity of the Company’s content is difficult to predict and could lead to fluctuations in the Company’s revenues, and low public acceptance of the Company’s content may adversely affect its results of operations.  The production and distribution of television programming, films, interactive videogames, magazines and other content are inherently risky businesses, largely because the revenues derived from the production, distribution and licensing of such content depend primarily on its acceptance by the public, which is difficult to predict. As more cable networks and premium pay television services produce and acquire more original programming, the Networks segment faces increasing pressure to produce and acquire more new compelling programming. With the scheduled theatrical release of the final Harry Potter film in 2011, the Filmed Entertainment segment faces increasing pressure to develop new franchises or extend current franchises. Public acceptance of new original television programming and new theatrical films and interactive videogames is particularly difficult to predict, which heightens the risks associated with such content. The public acceptance of the Company’s content depends on many factors, only some of which are within the Company’s control. Examples include the quality and acceptance of competing content, including locally produced content, available or released at or near the same time, the availability of alternative forms of leisure and entertainment time activities, the adequacy of efforts to limit piracy, the Company’s ability to develop strong brand awareness and target key audience demographics, the Company’s ability to anticipate and adapt to changes in consumer tastes and behavior on a timely basis and general economic conditions. If the Company is not able to create and distribute content, products and services that earn consumer acceptance, the Company’s revenues and its results of operations could be adversely affected.
 
The popularity of the Company’s content is reflected in (1) the theatrical performance of the Filmed Entertainment segment’s films, (2) the ratings for the television programming produced by the Filmed Entertainment segment and the syndicated, licensed and original programming of the Networks segment, (3) the Publishing segment’s magazine circulation and (4) the number of unique visitors to the Company’s many websites. Historically, there has been a correlation between a theatrical film’s domestic box office success and international box office success, as well as a correlation between box office success and success in subsequent distribution channels. Consequently, the underperformance of a film, particularly an “event” film (which typically has high production and marketing costs) or a film that is part of a franchise, can have an adverse impact on the Company’s results of operations in both the year of release and in the future. A film’s underperformance may also adversely affect revenues from other distribution channels, such as home entertainment and pay television services, and sales of interactive videogames and licensed consumer products based on such film. In addition, due to the decline in the sales of DVDs, the success of a theatrical film is much more dependent on public acceptance at the box office. A decline in the ratings or audience delivery of the television programming produced by the Filmed


19


Table of Contents

Entertainment segment or shown by Turner can negatively affect license fees, syndication results, advertising demand and rates, affiliate fees and a network’s distribution potential. For Home Box Office, a decline in the popularity of its television programming can negatively affect license fees, syndication results, affiliate fees and the distribution potential of its premium pay television services. For the Publishing segment, a decrease in magazine circulation or the number of unique visitors for its websites can lead to lower advertising demand and rates.
 
The Company’s businesses operate in highly competitive industries.  The businesses in the Networks and Filmed Entertainment segments face intense competition from many different sources, and the ability of these businesses to compete successfully depends on many factors, including their ability to provide high-quality, popular content, adapt to new technologies and distribution platforms, respond to changes in consumer behavior and achieve widespread distribution. Consolidation in the U.S. and international entertainment and media industry also has resulted in increased competition for the Company. In addition, the Networks and Filmed Entertainment segments’ competitors include industry participants with interests in other multiple media businesses that are vertically integrated.
 
The Publishing segment faces significant competition from several direct competitors and other media, including the Internet. Moreover, additional competitors may enter the digital publishing business and further intensify competition, which could have an adverse impact on the segment’s revenues.
 
There can be no assurance that the Company and its businesses will be able to compete successfully in the future against existing or potential competitors. The failure to compete successfully may have an adverse effect on the Company’s businesses or results of operations.
 
The Company has been in the recent past, and may continue to be, adversely affected by weak economic and market conditions.  The Company’s businesses have been, and in the future will continue to be, affected by economic and market conditions, including factors such as the rate of unemployment, the level of consumer confidence, changes in consumer spending habits, and interest rates. Because many of the Company’s products and services are largely discretionary items, the deterioration of the economy in the U.S. or key international markets could diminish demand for the Company’s products and services and adversely affect the Company’s subscription and content revenues. In addition, expenditures by advertisers tend to be cyclical, reflecting general economic conditions. The deterioration of these conditions could adversely affect the Company’s revenues since the Networks and Publishing segments derive a substantial portion of their revenues from the sale of advertising on a variety of platforms. Although the print advertising market has improved in 2010, there continues to be a risk that the print advertising market will not continue to improve, or it may take several years for any further improvement to occur. Declines in consumer spending due to weak economic conditions could also indirectly impact the Company’s advertising revenues by causing downward pricing pressure on advertising because advertisers may not perceive as much value from advertising if consumers are purchasing fewer of their products or services.
 
The Company derives a significant portion of its advertising revenues from companies in certain sectors of the economy, including food and beverage, financial/business services and insurance, automotive, motion picture, pharmaceuticals and medical, apparel, fashion and retail, toiletries and cosmetics, telecommunications, and household products and travel. Any economic, political, social, technological or legal or regulatory change (including change due to pressure from public interest groups) resulting in a significant reduction in the advertising spending of these sectors could further adversely affect the Company’s advertising revenues or its ability to maintain or increase such revenues.
 
The Company also faces risks associated with the impact of economic and market conditions on third parties, such as advertisers, suppliers, retailers, insurers and other parties with which it does business. If these parties file for reorganization under bankruptcy laws or otherwise experience negative effects on their businesses due to the market and economic conditions, it could reduce the number of outlets for the Company’s DVD, Blu-ray Disc and magazine products and otherwise negatively affect the Company’s businesses or operating results.
 
The Company faces risks relating to doing business internationally that could adversely affect its businesses and operating results.  The Company’s businesses operate and serve customers worldwide. There are risks inherent in doing business internationally, including:
 
  •     economic volatility;
  •     inflationary pressures;


20


Table of Contents

  •     the requirements of local laws, regulations, industry practices and customs relating to the publication and distribution of content and the display and sale of advertising;
  •     risks related to government regulation, including import or export restrictions and changes in trade regulations;
  •     issues related to occupational safety and adherence to diverse local labor laws and regulations;
  •     potentially adverse tax developments;
  •     longer payment cycles;
  •     political or social unrest;
  •     the existence in some countries of statutory shareholder minority rights and restrictions on foreign direct ownership;
  •     the presence of corruption in certain countries; and
  •     higher than anticipated costs of entry.
 
One or more of these factors could harm the Company’s international operations and its operating results.
 
In addition, certain of the Company’s operations are conducted in foreign currencies. The value of these currencies fluctuates relative to the U.S. dollar. As a result, the Company is exposed to exchange rate fluctuations, which have in the past had, and could in the future have, an adverse effect on its results of operations in a given period. The Company’s international businesses are also subject to exchange control regulations, and the Company cannot predict the extent to which such controls may affect its ability to convert a foreign currency to U.S. dollars and remit U.S. dollars from abroad.
 
Further, the Company could be at a competitive disadvantage in the long term if its businesses are not able to strengthen their positions and capitalize on international opportunities. However, international expansion involves significant investments, and investments in some regions can take a long period to generate an adequate return. Also, in some countries, there may not be a developed or efficient legal system to protect foreign investment or intellectual property rights. Further, if the Company expands into new international regions, some of its businesses will have only limited experience in operating and marketing their products and services in such regions and could be at a disadvantage compared to competitors with more experience in such regions.
 
Piracy of the Company’s content may decrease the revenues received from the exploitation of its content and adversely affect its businesses and profitability.  The piracy of the Company’s content, products and other intellectual property in the U.S. and internationally poses significant challenges for the Company’s businesses. Technological advances have made it easier to create, transmit and distribute high quality unauthorized copies of content in unprotected digital formats. The proliferation of unauthorized copies and piracy of the Company’s content and products or the products it licenses from third parties could result in a reduction of the revenues that the Company receives from the legitimate sale and distribution of its content and products. The Company devotes substantial resources to protecting its intellectual property, but there can be no assurance that the Company’s efforts to enforce its rights and combat piracy will be successful.
 
The Company’s businesses may suffer if it cannot continue to license or enforce the intellectual property rights on which its businesses depend.  The Company relies on patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws and licenses and other agreements with its employees, customers, suppliers and other parties to establish and maintain its intellectual property rights in content, technology and products and services used to conduct its businesses. However, the Company’s intellectual property rights could be challenged or invalidated, it could have difficulty obtaining such rights or the rights may not be sufficient to permit it to take advantage of business opportunities, which could result in costly redesign efforts, discontinuance of certain product and service offerings or other competitive harm. Further, the laws of certain countries do not protect the Company’s proprietary rights or such laws may not be strictly enforced, and the Company may be unable to protect its intellectual property adequately against unauthorized copying or use in certain countries.
 
The Company has been, and may be in the future, subject to claims of intellectual property infringement, which could have an adverse impact on the Company’s businesses or operating results.  From time to time, the Company receives notices from others claiming that it infringes their intellectual property rights. Such claims and lawsuits could require the Company to enter into royalty or licensing agreements on unfavorable terms, incur substantial monetary liability or be enjoined preliminarily or permanently from further use of the intellectual


21


Table of Contents

property in question. This could require the Company to change its business practices and limit its ability to compete effectively. If the Company is required to take any of these actions, it could have an adverse impact on the Company’s businesses or operating results. Even if the Company believes that the claims are without merit, defending against the claims can be time-consuming and costly and divert management’s attention and resources away from its businesses.
 
The Company is exposed to risks associated with disruption in the financial markets.  The Company is exposed to risks associated with disruptions in the financial markets, which can make it more difficult and more expensive to obtain financing. For example, the adoption of new statutes and regulations, the implementation of recently enacted laws or new interpretations or the enforcement of older laws and regulations applicable to the financial markets or the financial services industry could result in a reduction in the amount of available credit or an increase in the cost of credit. In addition, disruptions in the financial markets can adversely affect the Company’s lenders, insurers, customers and counterparties, including vendors, retailers and film co-financing partners. For instance, the inability of the Company’s counterparties to obtain capital on acceptable terms could impair their ability to perform under their agreements with the Company and lead to various negative effects on the Company, including business disruption, decreased revenues, increases in bad debt write-offs and, in the case of film co-financing partners, greater risk with respect to the performance of the Company’s films.
 
The Company’s businesses are subject to labor interruption.  The Company and certain of its suppliers retain the services of writers, directors, actors, athletes, technicians, trade employees and others involved in the development and production of motion pictures, television programming and magazines who are covered by collective bargaining agreements. If the Company or its suppliers are unable to renew expiring collective bargaining agreements, it is possible that the affected unions could take actions in the form of strikes, work slowdowns or work stoppages. Such actions or the possibility of such actions, including attempts to unionize, could cause delays in the production or the release dates of the Company’s feature films, television programming and magazines. The Company could also incur higher costs from such actions, new collective bargaining agreements or if collective bargaining agreements are renewed on less favorable terms. In addition, union or labor disputes or player lock-outs relating to professional sports leagues could have a negative impact on the Networks segment’s subscription and advertising revenues.
 
The Company’s businesses rely heavily on network and information systems or other technology, and a disruption or failure of such networks, systems or technology as a result of computer viruses, misappropriation of data or other malfeasance, as well as outages, natural disasters, accidental releases of information or similar events, may disrupt the Company’s businesses, damage its reputation or have a negative impact on its revenues. Because network and information systems and other technologies are critical to many of the Company’s operating activities, network or information system shutdowns or service disruptions pose increasing risks. Such disruptions may be caused by events such as computer hacking, dissemination of computer viruses, worms and other destructive or disruptive software, denial of service attacks and other malicious activity, as well as power outages, natural disasters, failures or impairments of communication satellites or on-ground uplinks or downlinks used to transmit programming, terrorist attacks and similar events. Such events could have an adverse impact on the Company and its customers, including degradation or disruption of service and damage to equipment and data. Significant incidents could result in a disruption of the Company’s operations, customer dissatisfaction, or a loss of customers or revenues. Furthermore, the operating activities of the Company’s various businesses could be subject to risks caused by misappropriation, misuse, leakage, falsification or accidental release or loss of information maintained in the information technology systems and networks of the Company and third party vendors, including personnel, customer and vendor data. The Company could be exposed to significant costs if such risks were to materialize, and such events could result in violations of data privacy laws and regulations and damage the reputation and credibility of the Company and its businesses and have a negative impact on its revenues. The Company also could be required to expend significant money and other resources to remedy any such security breach or to repair or replace networks or information systems.
 
The Company’s businesses are subject to regulation in the U.S. and internationally, which could cause the Company to incur additional costs or liabilities or disrupt its business practices.  The Company’s businesses are subject to a variety of U.S. and international laws and regulations. Television networks (including those operated by the Networks segment) in the U.S. are regulated by U.S. federal laws and regulations issued and administered by


22


Table of Contents

various federal agencies, including the FCC. The Publishing segment’s U.S. magazine subscription and direct marketing activities are subject to regulation by the FTC and the states under general consumer protection statutes prohibiting unfair or deceptive acts or practices, and certain areas of marketing activity are also subject to specific federal statutes and rules. In addition, the rules of the Audit Bureau of Circulations govern the Publishing segment’s U.S. magazine subscription activities. The Company’s digital properties and activities are subject to a variety of laws and regulations, including those relating to privacy, consumer protection, data retention and protection, content regulation and the use of software that allows for audience targeting and tracking of performance metrics, among others. See Item 1, “Business — Regulation” for a description of current significant federal, state, local and international laws, regulations inquiries and regulatory proceedings affecting the growth and operation of the Company’s businesses.
 
The Company could incur substantial costs necessary to comply with new laws, regulations or policies or substantial penalties or other liabilities if it fails to comply with them. Compliance with new laws, regulations or policies also could cause the Company to change or limit its business practices in a manner that is adverse to its businesses. In addition, if there are changes in laws that provide protections that the Company relies on in conducting its business, it would subject the Company to greater risk of liability and could increase its costs of compliance or limit its ability to operate certain lines of business.
 
If the AOL Separation or the TWC Separation is determined to be taxable for income tax purposes, Time Warner and/or Time Warner’s stockholders who received shares of AOL or TWC in connection with the spin-offs could incur significant income tax liabilities.  In connection with the legal and structural separation of AOL Inc. (“AOL”) from the Company in December 2009 (the “AOL Separation”), Time Warner received an opinion of counsel confirming that the AOL Separation will not result in the recognition, for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, of gain or loss to Time Warner or its stockholders, except to the extent of cash received in lieu of fractional shares. In connection with the legal and structural separation of Time Warner Cable Inc. (“TWC”) from the Company in March 2009 (the “TWC Separation”), Time Warner received a private letter ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) and opinions of counsel confirming that the TWC Separation should not result in the recognition, for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, of gain or loss to Time Warner or its stockholders, except to the extent of cash received in lieu of fractional shares. The IRS ruling and the opinions received in connection with these transactions were based on, among other things, certain facts, assumptions, representations and undertakings made by Time Warner and by AOL or TWC, as applicable. If any of these facts, assumptions, representations or undertakings is incorrect or not otherwise satisfied, Time Warner and its stockholders may not be able to rely on the relevant IRS ruling or opinion and could be subject to significant tax liabilities. Furthermore, opinions of counsel are not binding on the IRS or state or local tax authorities or the courts, and a tax authority or court could determine that the AOL Separation or the TWC Separation should be treated as a taxable transaction. Under the tax matters agreement that Time Warner entered into with AOL, Time Warner is entitled to indemnification from AOL for taxes resulting from the failure of the AOL Separation to qualify as tax-free (“AOL Transaction Taxes”) as a result of (i) certain actions or failures to act by AOL or (ii) the failure of certain representations made by AOL to be true. Similarly, under the tax matters agreement that Time Warner entered into with TWC, Time Warner is entitled to indemnification from TWC for taxes resulting from the failure of the TWC Separation to qualify as tax-free (“TWC Transaction Taxes” and, together with the AOL Transaction Taxes, the “Transaction Taxes”) as a result of (i) certain actions or failures to act by TWC or (ii) the failure of certain representations made by TWC to be true. However, under these tax matters agreements, if Transaction Taxes are incurred for any other reason, Time Warner would not be entitled to indemnification.
 
RISKS RELATING TO TIME WARNER’S NETWORKS BUSINESSES
 
The failure to renew affiliate agreements on favorable terms or the inability to renew affiliate agreements could cause the revenues of the Networks segment to decline in any given period, and further consolidation of multichannel video programming distributors could adversely affect the segment . The Networks segment depends on affiliate agreements with cable system operators, satellite distribution services, telephone companies and other customers (known as affiliates) for the distribution of its networks and services, and there can be no assurance that these affiliate agreements will be renewed in the future on terms that are acceptable to the Networks segment. The inability to renew affiliate agreements or the renewal of affiliate agreements on less


23


Table of Contents

favorable terms may adversely affect the segment’s results of operations. In addition, the loss of carriage on the most widely penetrated programming tiers, including as a result of an affiliate’s creation of lower-priced video packages or tiers that do not include the segment’s cable networks, could reduce the distribution of the segment’s programming and adversely affect its advertising and subscription revenues. Further, the reduction of any affiliate marketing of the Network segment’s premium pay television services could negatively affect the segment’s subscription revenues. In addition, further consolidation among affiliates has provided them greater negotiating power, and increased vertical integration of such affiliates could adversely affect the segment’s ability to maintain or obtain distribution and/or marketing for its networks and services on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.
 
The inability of the Networks segment to license rights to popular programming on acceptable terms could adversely affect the segment’s operating results.  Turner obtains a significant portion of its programming, such as motion pictures, television series and sports events, from movie studios, television production companies and sports organizations. In addition, Home Box Office has agreements with certain movie studios that provide it with the exclusive rights to exhibit the studios’ original theatrical films during specified periods. Competition for popular programming is intense, and the businesses in the segment may be outbid by their competitors for the rights to programming or in connection with the renewal of programming they currently license and the cost to license such programming may increase due to such competition. There can be no assurance that the Networks segment will be able to enter into new agreements or renew existing agreements for programming on acceptable terms. If it is unable to obtain such new agreements or renewals on acceptable terms, the results of operations of the Networks segment may be adversely affected. In addition, the Networks segment may not be able to obtain the rights to distribute the content it licenses from others over new distribution platforms on acceptable terms.
 
Increases in the costs to produce programming may adversely affect the gross margins at the Networks segment.  The Networks segment produces programming and it incurs costs for creative talent, including actors, writers and producers, as well as costs relating to development and marketing. The segment also incurs additional significant costs, such as production and newsgathering costs. The Networks segment’s failure to generate sufficient revenues to offset increases in the costs of creative talent or in development, marketing, production or newsgathering costs may lead to decreased profits at the Networks segment.
 
The loss of subscribers could adversely affect the results of operations and future revenue growth at the Networks segment.  The Networks segment faces increased competition from services that distribute movies, television shows and other video programming directly to consumers, including by means of online services that offer video streaming or other means of distribution. If consumers elect to utilize these services as an alternative to video services provided by affiliates, the networks in the segment may experience a decline in subscribers. Further, if video services rates charged by affiliates continue to increase or economic conditions deteriorate, consumers may cancel their video service subscriptions, reduce the number of services they subscribe to or elect to subscribe to a lower-priced tier that may not include all of the Company’s networks. In addition, if affiliates reduce their promotional efforts associated with the Company’s premium pay television services, the number of subscribers to such services could decline. A decrease in the number of subscribers to the Networks segment’s networks and services could result in a decrease in affiliate fees and advertising revenues.
 
RISKS RELATING TO TIME WARNER’S FILMED ENTERTAINMENT BUSINESSES
 
Sales of DVDs have been declining, which may adversely affect Warner Bros.’ growth prospects and results of operations.  Several factors are contributing to an industry-wide decline in DVD sales both domestically and internationally, which has had an adverse effect on Warner Bros.’ results of operations. These factors include challenging economic conditions, the maturation of the standard definition DVD format, piracy, intense competition for consumer discretionary spending and leisure and entertainment time and the declining popularity of catalog titles. Subscription rental (including subscription streaming services) and discount rental kiosks, which generate significantly less revenue for Warner Bros. than DVD sales, have been capturing an increasing share of consumer transactions and consumer discretionary spending, which has adversely affected DVD prices and sales and could adversely affect Warner Bros.’ ability to increase revenues from the electronic delivery of its films and television programming.


24


Table of Contents

A decrease in demand for television programming could adversely affect Warner Bros.’ revenues.  Warner Bros. is a leading supplier of television programming. If there is a decrease in the demand for Warner Bros.’ television product, it could lead to the launch of fewer new television series and a reduction in the number of original programs ordered by the networks, the per-episode license fees generated by Warner Bros. in the near term and the syndication revenues generated by Warner Bros. in the future. Various factors may increase the risk of such a decrease in demand, including station group consolidation and vertical integration of station groups and broadcast networks, as well as the vertical integration of television production studios and broadcast networks. Vertically integrated networks could increase the amount of programming they purchase from production companies with which they are affiliated, driven in part by their desire to have more control over digital rights. In addition, the failure of ratings for the programming to meet expectations and the shift of viewers and advertisers away from network television to other entertainment and information outlets could adversely affect the amount and type (e.g., scripted drama) of original programming ordered by networks and the amount they are willing to pay for such programming or could result in a network’s cancellation of a program. Local television stations may face loss of viewership and an accompanying loss of advertising revenues as viewers move to other entertainment outlets, which may negatively affect the segment’s ability to obtain the per-episode license fees in syndication that it has received in the past. Finally, the increasing popularity of local television content in international regions also could result in decreased demand, fewer available broadcast slots, and lower licensing and syndication revenues for U.S. television content in international regions.
 
If the costs of producing and marketing feature films increase in the future, it may be more difficult for a film to generate a profit.  The production and marketing of feature films is very expensive and has been increasing in recent years. The increasing popularity of 3D films and the trend toward producing event and franchise films (which often entail higher talent costs for films later in the series) could result in even higher production costs. If production and marketing costs continue to increase in the future, it may make it more difficult for the segment’s films to generate a profit. Also, if film production incentives, such as subsidies and rebates, currently offered in certain U.S. states and international territories (particularly the United Kingdom) are reduced or discontinued, Warner Bros.’ capital requirements for production would increase.
 
Changes in estimates of future revenues from feature films could result in the write-off or the acceleration of the amortization of production costs.  Warner Bros. is required to amortize capitalized film production costs over the expected revenue streams as it recognizes revenues from the associated films. The amount of film production costs that will be amortized each quarter depends on how much future revenue Warner Bros. expects to receive from each film. Unamortized film production costs are evaluated for impairment each reporting period on a film-by-film basis. If the estimated remaining revenue is not sufficient to recover the unamortized film production costs plus expected but unincurred marketing costs, the unamortized film production costs are written down to fair value. In any given quarter, if Warner Bros. lowers its forecast with respect to total anticipated revenue from any individual feature film, it would be required to accelerate amortization of related film costs. Such a write-down or accelerated amortization could adversely affect Warner Bros.’ operating results in a given period.
 
RISKS RELATING TO TIME WARNER’S PUBLISHING BUSINESS
 
The Publishing segment could face increased costs and business disruption resulting from instability in the U.S. wholesaler distribution channel.  The Publishing segment operates a national distribution business that relies on wholesalers to distribute its magazines to newsstands and other retail outlets. A small number of wholesalers are responsible for a substantial percentage of the wholesale magazine distribution business in the U.S. There is the possibility of consolidation among these major wholesalers and insolvency of or non-payment by one or more of these wholesalers, especially in light of the economic climate and its impact on retailers. Distribution channel disruptions can temporarily impede the Publishing segment’s ability to distribute magazines to the retail marketplace, which could, among other things, negatively affect the ability of certain magazines to meet the rate base established with advertisers. Continued disruption in the wholesaler channel, an increase in wholesaler costs or the failure of wholesalers to pay amounts due could adversely affect the Publishing segment’s operating income or cash flow.


25


Table of Contents

 
Item 1B.   Unresolved Staff Comments.
 
Not applicable.
 
Item 2.   Properties.
 
Time Warner’s headquarters are located in New York City at One Time Warner Center. The Company also owns or leases offices, studios, production and warehouse spaces, satellite transmission facilities and data centers in numerous locations in the United States and around the world for its businesses. The Company considers its properties adequate for its present needs. The following table sets forth information as of December 31, 2010 with respect to the Company’s principal properties:
 
                 
        Approximate Square
    Type of Ownership;
Location
 
Principal Use
 
Feet Floor Space
   
Expiration Date of Lease
 
New York, NY
One Time Warner Center
  Executive and administrative offices, studio and technical space (Corporate HQ and Turner)     1,007,500     Owned by the Company. Approx. 130,000 sq. ft. is leased to an unaffiliated third-party tenant.
New York, NY
75 Rockefeller Plaza
Rockefeller Center
  Sublet to unaffiliated third-party tenants by Corporate     582,400     Leased by the Company. Lease expires in 2014. Entire building is sublet by the Company to unaffiliated third-party tenants.
Hong Kong
979 King’s Rd.
Oxford House
  Executive and administrative offices (Corporate, Turner, Warner Bros. and Time Inc.)     133,000     Leased by the Company. Lease expires in 2012.
Atlanta, GA
One CNN Center
  Executive and administrative offices, studios, technical space and retail (Turner)     1,280,000     Owned by the Company. Approx. 48,000 sq. ft. is leased to unaffiliated third-party tenants.
Atlanta, GA
1050 Techwood Dr. 
  Business offices and studios (Turner)     1,170,000     Owned by the Company.
Santiago, Chile
Pedro Montt 2354
  Business offices and studios (Turner)     592,000     Owned by the Company.
Santiago, Chile
Ines Matte Urrejola #0890
Provencia — Central
  Business offices and studios (Turner)     108,000     Owned by the Company.
London, England
16 Great Marlborough
St. Turner House
  Executive and administrative offices (Turner)     100,000     Leased by the Company. Lease expires in 2014.
Buenos Aires, Argentina
599 & 533 Defensa St. 
  Executive and administrative offices, studios and technical space (Turner)     113,000     Owned by the Company.
Washington, DC
820 First St. 
  Executive and administrative offices, studios and technical space (Turner)     102,000     Leased by the Company. Lease expires in 2020.
Los Angeles, CA
6430 Sunset Blvd. 
  Executive and administrative offices, studios and technical space (Turner)     37,000     Leased by the Company. Lease expires in 2022.
New York, NY
1100 and 1114 Ave.
of the Americas
  Executive and business offices (HBO)     673,100     Leased by the Company under two leases expiring in 2018. Approx. 24,200 sq. ft. is sublet to unaffiliated third-party tenants.
New York, NY
120A East 23 rd Street
  Business and administrative offices, production studios and technical space (HBO)     81,100     Leased by the Company under two leases expiring in 2018.


26


Table of Contents

                 
        Approximate Square
    Type of Ownership;
Location
 
Principal Use
 
Feet Floor Space
   
Expiration Date of Lease
 
Hauppauge, NY
300 New Highway
  Communications center and production facility (HBO)     110,000     Owned by the Company.
Burbank, CA
The Warner Bros.
Studio
  Executive and administrative offices, sound stages, administrative, technical and dressing room structures, screening theaters, machinery and equipment facilities, back lot and parking lot/structures and other Burbank properties (Warner Bros.)     4,677,000 (a)   Owned by the Company.
Leavesden, UK
Leavesden Studios
  Sound stages, administrative, technical and dressing room structures, machinery and equipment facilities, back lot and parking lots (Warner Bros.)     489,000     Owned by the Company.
Burbank, CA
3400 Riverside Dr. 
  Executive and administrative offices (Warner Bros.)     421,000     Leased by the Company. Lease expires in 2019.
Burbank, CA
3300 W. Olive Ave.
  Executive and administrative offices (Warner Bros.)     231,000     Leased by the Company. Lease expires in 2021.
London, England
98 Theobald Rd.
  Executive and administrative offices (Warner Bros.)     133,000     Leased by the Company. Lease expires in 2014.
New York, NY
Time & Life Building Rockefeller Center
  Executive, business and editorial offices (Time Inc.)     2,200,000     Leased by the Company. Lease expires in 2017. Approx. 372,000 sq. ft. is sublet to unaffiliated third-party tenants.
London, England
Blue Fin Building
110 Southwark St. 
  Executive and administrative offices (Time Inc.)     499,000     Owned by the Company. Approx. 96,000 sq. ft. is leased to unaffiliated third-party tenants.
Birmingham, AL
2100 Lakeshore Dr. 
  Executive and administrative offices (Time Inc.)     398,000     Owned by the Company.
New York, NY
135 West 50th Street
  Business and editorial offices (Time Inc.)     240,000     Leased by the Company. Lease expires in 2017. Approximately 5,000 sq. ft. is sublet to unaffiliated third-party tenants.
Tampa, FL
3000 University Center Drive
  Business offices (Time Inc.)     133,000     Leased by the Company. Lease expires in 2020.
Parsippany, NJ
260 Cherry Hill Road
  Business offices (Corporate and Time Inc.)     132,000     Owned by the Company.
Tampa, FL
One North Dale Mabry
Highway
  Business offices (Time Inc.)     69,900     Leased by the Company. Lease expires in 2020.
 
 
(a) Represents 4,677,000 sq. ft. of improved space on 158 acres. Ten acres consist of various parcels adjoining The Warner Bros. Studio with mixed commercial and office uses.

27


Table of Contents

 
Item 3.    Legal Proceedings.
 
On October 8, 2004, certain heirs of Jerome Siegel, one of the creators of the “Superman” character, filed suit against the Company, DC Comics and Warner Bros. Entertainment Inc. in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California. Plaintiffs’ complaint seeks an accounting and demands up to one-half of the profits made on Superman since the alleged April 16, 1999 termination by plaintiffs of Siegel’s grants of one-half of the rights to the Superman character to DC Comics’ predecessor-in-interest. Plaintiffs have also asserted various Lanham Act and unfair competition claims and alleging “wasting” of the Superman property by DC Comics, and the Company has filed counterclaims. On March 26, 2008, the court entered an order of summary judgment finding, among other things, that plaintiffs’ notices of termination were valid and that plaintiffs had thereby recaptured, as of April 16, 1999, their rights to a one-half interest in the Superman story material, as first published, but that the accounting for profits would not include profits attributable to foreign exploitation, republication of pre-termination works and trademark exploitation. On October 6, 2008, the court dismissed plaintiffs’ Lanham Act and “wasting” claims with prejudice, and subsequently determined that the remaining claims in the case will be subject to phased non-jury trials. On July 8, 2009, the court issued a decision in the first phase trial in favor of the defendants on the issue of whether the terms of various license agreements between DC Comics and Warner Bros. Entertainment Inc. were at fair market value or constituted “sweetheart deals.” The parties are awaiting a new date for the commencement of the second phase trial.
 
On October 22, 2004, the same Siegel heirs filed a related lawsuit against the same defendants, as well as Warner Communications Inc. and Warner Bros. Television Production Inc. in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California. Plaintiffs claim that Siegel was the sole creator of the character Superboy and, as such, DC Comics has had no right to create new Superboy works since the alleged October 17, 2004 termination by plaintiffs of Siegel’s grants of rights to the Superboy character to DC Comics’ predecessor-in-interest. This lawsuit seeks a declaration regarding the validity of the alleged termination and an injunction against future use of the Superboy character. On March 23, 2006, the court granted plaintiffs’ motion for partial summary judgment on termination, denied the Company’s motion for summary judgment and held that further proceedings are necessary to determine whether the Company’s Smallville television series may infringe on plaintiffs’ rights to the Superboy character. On July 27, 2007, upon the Company’s motion for reconsideration, the court reversed the bulk of its March 23, 2006 ruling, and requested additional briefing on certain issues, on which a decision remains pending.
 
On May 14, 2010, DC Comics filed a related lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California against the heirs of Superman co-creator Joseph Shuster, the Siegel heirs, their attorney Marc Toberoff and certain companies that Mr. Toberoff controls. The lawsuit asserts a claim for declaratory relief concerning the validity and scope of the copyright termination notice served by the Shuster heirs, which, together with the termination notices served by the Siegel heirs described above, purports to preclude DC Comics from creating new Superman and/or Superboy works for distribution and sale in the United States after October 26, 2013. The lawsuit also seeks declaratory relief with respect to, inter alia, the validity of various agreements between Mr. Toberoff, his companies and the Shuster and Siegel heirs, and asserts claims for intentional interference by Mr. Toberoff with DC Comics’ contracts and prospective economic advantage with the Shuster and Siegel heirs, for which DC Comics seeks monetary damages. On September 3, 2010, DC Comics filed an amended complaint and on September 20, 2010, defendants filed motions to strike certain causes of action and dismiss the amended complaint under California and federal laws.
 
On September 20, 2007, Brantley, et al. v. NBC Universal, Inc., et al. was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California against the Company and several other programming content providers (collectively, the “programmer defendants”) as well as cable and satellite providers (collectively, the “distributor defendants”), alleging violations of the federal antitrust laws. Among other things, the complaint alleged coordination between and among the programmer defendants to sell and/or license programming on a “bundled” basis to the distributor defendants, who in turn purportedly offer that programming to subscribers in packaged tiers, rather than on a per channel (or “à la carte”) basis. In an order dated October 15, 2009, the court dismissed the third amended complaint with prejudice. On October 30, 2009, plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit.


28


Table of Contents

On April 4, 2007, the National Labor Relations Board (“NLRB”) issued a complaint against CNN America Inc. (“CNN America”) and Team Video Services, LLC (“Team Video”). This administrative proceeding relates to CNN America’s December 2003 and January 2004 terminations of its contractual relationships with Team Video, under which Team Video had provided electronic newsgathering services in Washington, DC and New York, NY. The National Association of Broadcast Employees and Technicians, under which Team Video’s employees were unionized, initially filed charges of unfair labor practices with the NLRB in February 2004, alleging that CNN America and Team Video were joint employers, that CNN America was a successor employer to Team Video, and/or that CNN America discriminated in its hiring practices to avoid becoming a successor employer or due to specific individuals’ union affiliation or activities. The NLRB complaint seeks, among other things, the reinstatement of certain union members and monetary damages. On November 19, 2008, the presiding NLRB Administrative Law Judge issued a non-binding recommended decision, finding CNN America liable. On February 17, 2009, CNN America filed exceptions to this decision with the NLRB.
 
On March 10, 2009, Anderson News L.L.C. and Anderson Services L.L.C. (collectively, “Anderson News”) filed an antitrust lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York against several magazine publishers, distributors and wholesalers, including Time Inc. and one of its subsidiaries, Time/Warner Retail Sales & Marketing, Inc. Plaintiffs allege that defendants violated Section 1 of the Sherman Antitrust Act by engaging in an antitrust conspiracy against Anderson News, as well as other related state law claims. Plaintiffs are seeking unspecified monetary damages. On August 2, 2010, the court granted defendants’ motions to dismiss the complaint with prejudice, and on October 25, 2010, the court denied Anderson News’ motion for reconsideration of that dismissal. On November 8, 2010, Anderson News filed a notice of appeal with the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit.
 
The Company intends to defend against or prosecute, as applicable, the lawsuits and proceedings described above vigorously, but is unable to predict the outcome of these matters or to reasonably estimate the possible loss or range of loss arising from the claims against the Company.
 
From time to time, the Company receives notices from third parties claiming that it infringes their intellectual property rights. Claims of intellectual property infringement could require Time Warner to enter into royalty or licensing agreements on unfavorable terms, incur substantial monetary liability or be enjoined preliminarily or permanently from further use of the intellectual property in question. In addition, certain agreements entered into by the Company may require the Company to indemnify the other party for certain third-party intellectual property infringement claims, which could increase the Company’s damages and its costs of defending against such claims. Even if the claims are without merit, defending against the claims can be time-consuming and costly.
 
The costs and other effects of pending or future litigation, governmental investigations, legal and administrative cases and proceedings (whether civil or criminal), settlements, judgments and investigations, claims and changes in those matters (including those matters described above), and developments or assertions by or against the Company relating to intellectual property rights and intellectual property licenses, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and operating results.


29


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY
 
Pursuant to General Instruction G(3) to Form 10-K, the information regarding the Company’s executive officers required by Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K is hereby included in Part I of this report.
 
The following table sets forth the name of each executive officer of the Company, the office held by such officer and the age of such officer as of February 15, 2011.
 
             
Name
 
Age
 
Office
 
Jeffrey L. Bewkes
    58     Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Paul T. Cappuccio
    49     Executive Vice President and General Counsel
Gary Ginsberg
    48     Executive Vice President, Corporate Marketing and Communications
John K. Martin, Jr. 
    43     Executive Vice President, Chief Financial and Administrative Officer
Carol A. Melton
    56     Executive Vice President, Global Public Policy
Olaf Olafsson
    48     Executive Vice President
 
Set forth below are the principal positions held by each of the executive officers named above:
 
Mr. Bewkes Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since January 2009; prior to that, Mr. Bewkes served as President and Chief Executive Officer from January 2008 and President and Chief Operating Officer from January 2006. Mr. Bewkes has been a Director of the Company since January 2007. Prior to January 2006, Mr. Bewkes served as Chairman, Entertainment & Networks Group from July 2002 and, prior to that, Mr. Bewkes served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of HBO from May 1995, having served as President and Chief Operating Officer from 1991.
 
Mr. Cappuccio Executive Vice President and General Counsel since January 2001; prior to that, Mr. Cappuccio served as Senior Vice President and General Counsel of AOL from August 1999. From 1993 to 1999, Mr. Cappuccio was a partner at the Washington, D.C. office of the law firm of Kirkland & Ellis. Mr. Cappuccio was an Associate Deputy Attorney General at the U.S. Department of Justice from 1991 to 1993.
 
Mr. Ginsberg Executive Vice President, Corporate Marketing and Communications since April 2010; prior to that, Mr. Ginsberg served as an Executive Vice President at News Corporation from January 1999 to December 2009, most recently serving as Executive Vice President of Global Marketing and Corporate Affairs. Prior to that, Mr. Ginsberg served as Managing Director at the strategic consulting firm Clark & Weinstock from November 1996 to December 1998, Senior Editor and Counsel of George magazine from March 1995 to November 1996, and Assistant Counsel to President Clinton and Senior Counsel at the U.S. Department of Justice from January 1993 to November 1994.
 
Mr. Martin Executive Vice President, Chief Financial and Administrative Officer since January 2011; prior to that Mr. Martin served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from January 2008. Mr. Martin served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of TWC from August 2005 to January 2008. Mr. Martin joined TWC from Time Warner where he had served as Senior Vice President of Investor Relations from May 2004 and Vice President of Investor Relations from March 2002 to May 2004. Prior to that, Mr. Martin was


30


Table of Contents

Director in the Equity Research group of ABN AMRO Securities LLC from 2000 to 2002, and Vice President of Investor Relations at Time Warner from 1999 to 2000. Mr. Martin first joined the Company in 1993 as a Manager of SEC financial reporting.
 
Ms. Melton Executive Vice President, Global Public Policy since June 2005; prior to that, Ms. Melton worked for eight years at Viacom Inc., serving as Executive Vice President, Government Relations at the time she left to rejoin Time Warner. Prior to that, Ms. Melton served as Vice President in Time Warner’s Public Policy Office until 1997, having joined the Company in 1987 as Washington Counsel to Warner Communications Inc. after serving as Legal Advisor to the Chairman of the FCC from 1986 to 1987.
 
Mr. Olafsson Executive Vice President since March 2003. During 2002, Mr. Olafsson pursued personal interests, including working on a novel that was published in the fall of 2003. Prior to that, he was Vice Chairman of Time Warner Digital Media from November 1999 through December 2001 and, prior to that, Mr. Olafsson served as President of Advanta Corp. from March of 1998 until November 1999.
 
PART II
 
Item 5.  Market For Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.
 
The Company is a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware, and was formed on February 4, 2000 in connection with the Company’s January 2001 merger with America Online, Inc. The principal market for the Company’s Common Stock is the NYSE. For quarterly price information with respect to the Company’s Common Stock for the two years ended December 31, 2010, see “Quarterly Financial Information” at page 132 herein, which information is incorporated herein by reference. The quarterly price information set forth therein reflects the 1-for-3 reverse stock split of the Company’s Common Stock that became effective at 7 p.m. on March 27, 2009 (the “Reverse Stock Split”). The number of holders of record of the Company’s Common Stock as of February 11, 2011 was approximately 28,785.
 
The Company paid a cash dividend of $0.1875 per share in each quarter of 2009 (which amount has been adjusted to reflect the Reverse Stock Split) and a cash dividend of $0.2125 per share in each quarter of 2010.
 
On February 1, 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors approved an increase in the quarterly cash dividend to $0.235 per share and declared the next regular quarterly cash dividend to be paid on March 15, 2011 to stockholders of record on February 28, 2011. The Company currently expects to continue to pay comparable cash dividends in the future; however, changes in the Company’s dividend program will depend on the Company’s earnings, investment opportunities, capital requirements, financial condition, economic conditions and other factors considered relevant by the Company’s Board of Directors.


31


Table of Contents

Company Purchases of Equity Securities
 
The following table provides information about the Company’s purchases of equity securities registered by the Company pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act during the quarter ended December 31, 2010.
 
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
                                 
            Total Number of
  Approximate Dollar
            Shares Purchased as
  Value of Shares that
            Part of Publicly
  May Yet Be
    Total Number of
  Average Price
  Announced Plans or
  Purchased Under the
Period   Shares Purchased   Paid Per Share (1)   Programs (2)   Plans or Programs (3)
 
October 1, 2010 - October 31, 2010
    5,234,413     $ 31.30       5,234,413     $ 1,337,621,173  
November 1, 2010 - November 30, 2010
    5,283,650     $ 30.97       5,283,650     $ 1,173,967,678  
December 1, 2010 - December 31, 2010
    5,438,481     $ 31.53       5,438,481     $  1,002,467,109  
                                 
Total
    15,956,544     $  31.27       15,956,544          
 
 
(1) The calculation of the average price paid per share does not give effect to any fees, commissions or other costs associated with the repurchase of such shares.
(2) On February 3, 2010, the Company announced that its Board of Directors had authorized up to $3 billion in share repurchases beginning January 1, 2010. On February 2, 2011, the Company announced that its Board of Directors had authorized an increase to $5 billion in share repurchases beginning January 1, 2011, from the approximately $1 billion remaining under the program at December 31, 2010. Purchases under the stock repurchase program may be made, from time to time, on the open market and in privately negotiated transactions. The size and timing of these purchases will be based on a number of factors, including price and business and market conditions. In the past, the Company has repurchased shares of Common Stock pursuant to trading programs under Rule 10b5-1 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and it may repurchase shares of Common Stock under such trading programs in the future.
(3) This amount does not reflect the fees, commissions and other costs associated with the stock repurchase program and does not reflect the new authorization announced in February 2011 for the dollar value of shares that may be purchased under the program described in note 2 above.
 
Item 6.  Selected Financial Data.
 
The selected financial information of the Company for the five years ended December 31, 2010 is set forth at page 131 herein and is incorporated herein by reference.
 
Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
 
The information set forth under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition” at pages 39 through 72 herein is incorporated herein by reference.
 
Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.
 
The information set forth under the caption “Market Risk Management” at pages 69 through 71 herein is incorporated herein by reference.
 
Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
 
The consolidated financial statements and supplementary data of the Company and the report of independent registered public accounting firm thereon set forth at pages 73 through 127, 133 through 141 and 129 herein, respectively, are incorporated herein by reference.
 
Quarterly Financial Information set forth at page 132 herein is incorporated herein by reference.
 
Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
 
Not applicable.


32


Table of Contents

 
Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures.
 
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
 
The Company, under the supervision and with the participation of its management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s “disclosure controls and procedures” (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports filed or submitted by the Company under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and that information required to be disclosed by the Company is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management to allow timely decisions regarding the required disclosure.
 
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting and the report of independent registered public accounting firm thereon set forth at pages 128 and 130 herein are incorporated herein by reference.
 
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
There have not been any changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2010 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, its internal control over financial reporting.
 
Item 9B.  Other Information.
 
On February 16, 2011, Time Warner established a new commercial paper program (the “New CP Program”) on a private placement basis under which Time Warner may issue unsecured commercial paper notes (“Notes”) up to a maximum aggregate amount outstanding at any time of $5.0 billion. Concurrently with the effectiveness of the New CP Program, the Company terminated its existing commercial paper program (the “Prior CP Program”). As of February 16, 2011, no amounts were outstanding under the Prior CP Program. The proceeds from the New CP Program may be used for general corporate purposes.
 
The maturities of the Notes will vary, but may not exceed 365 days from the date of issue. The Notes will be sold under customary terms in the commercial paper market and will be issued at a discount from par or, alternatively, will be sold at par and bear varying interest rates on a fixed or floating basis. The Notes will be supported by the unused committed capacity under the Company’s $2.5 billion senior unsecured three-year revolving credit facility that matures on January 19, 2014 and $2.5 billion senior unsecured five-year revolving credit facility that matures on January 19, 2016.
 
The Company’s obligations under the New CP Program are fully, irrevocably and unconditionally guaranteed by Historic TW Inc. (“Historic TW”). In addition, Home Box Office and Turner fully, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee the obligations of Historic TW under the New CP Program.
 
The Company has entered into commercial paper dealer agreements with several dealers and may enter into commercial paper dealer agreements with additional dealers (collectively, the “Dealer Agreements”). The Dealer Agreements contain customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnification provisions and provide the terms under which the dealers will either purchase from the Company or arrange for the sale by the Company of Notes pursuant to an exemption from federal and state securities laws. A copy of the form of the Dealer Agreement is filed as Exhibit 10.53 to this report.


33


Table of Contents

 
PART III
 
Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14.   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance; Executive Compensation; Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters; Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence; Principal Accounting Fees and Services.
 
Information called for by Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of Part III is incorporated by reference from the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with its 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders pursuant to Regulation 14A, except that (i) the information regarding the Company’s executive officers called for by Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K has been included in Part I of this report; and (ii) the information regarding certain Company equity compensation plans called for by Item 201(d) of Regulation S-K is set forth below.
 
The Company has adopted a Code of Ethics for its Senior Executive and Senior Financial Officers. A copy of the Code is publicly available on the Company’s website at www.timewarner.com/corp/corp_governance/governance_conduct.html . Amendments to the Code or any grant of a waiver from a provision of the Code requiring disclosure under applicable SEC rules will also be disclosed on the Company’s website.
 
Equity Compensation Plan Information
 
The following table summarizes information as of December 31, 2010 about the Company’s outstanding equity compensation awards and shares of Common Stock reserved for future issuance under the Company’s equity compensation plans.
 
                         
            Number of Securities
    Number of Securities
  Weighted-Average
  Remaining Available for
    to be Issued Upon
  Exercise
  Future Issuance Under
    Exercise of Outstanding
  Price of Outstanding
  Equity Compensation Plans
    Options, Warrants
  Options, Warrants
  (Excluding Securities
Plan Category
  and Rights (4)   and Rights (4)   Reflected in Column (a)) (5)
    (a)   (b)   (c)
 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders (1)
    106,454,512     $ 36.56       69,596,821  
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders (2)
    45,327,624     $ 71.13       0  
Total (3)
    151,782,136     $  48.23       69,596,821  
 
 
(1) Equity compensation plans approved by security holders are the (i) Time Warner Inc. 2010 Stock Incentive Plan (will expire on August 15, 2014), (ii) Time Warner Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (terminated effective September 16, 2010), (iii) Time Warner Inc. 2003 Stock Incentive Plan (expired on May 16, 2008), (iv) Time Warner Inc. 1999 Stock Plan (expired on October 28, 2009) and (v) Time Warner Inc. 1988 Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Plan for Non-Employee Directors (expired on May 19, 2009). The Time Warner Inc. 1999 Stock Plan and the Time Warner Inc. 1988 Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Plan for Non-Employee Directors were approved in 1999 by the stockholders of America Online, Inc. and Historic TW, respectively, and were assumed by the Company in connection with the merger of America Online, Inc. and Time Warner Inc. (now known as Historic TW Inc.), which was approved by the stockholders of both America Online, Inc. and Historic TW on June 23, 2000 (the “AOL-Historic TW Merger”).
(2) The AOL Time Warner Inc. 1994 Stock Option Plan (expired on November 18, 2003) (the “1994 Plan”) is the only equity compensation plan not approved by security holders.
(3) Does not include options to purchase 1,095 shares of Common Stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $71.16, granted under a plan assumed by the Company in connection with an acquisition and under which no additional options may be granted. No dividends or dividend equivalents are paid on the outstanding stock options granted pursuant to the plan.
(4) Column (a) includes 15,834,276 shares of Common Stock underlying outstanding restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and 1,737,620 shares of Common Stock underlying outstanding performance stock units (“PSUs”), assuming a maximum payout of 200% of the target number of PSUs at the end of the applicable performance period. Because there is no exercise price associated with RSUs or PSUs, these stock awards are not included in the weighted-average exercise price calculation presented in column (b).
(5) Of the shares available for future issuance under the Time Warner Inc. 2010 Stock Incentive Plan, a maximum of 27,838,446 shares may be issued in connection with awards of restricted stock, RSUs or PSUs as of December 31, 2010.


34


Table of Contents

 
The 1994 Plan was assumed by the Company in connection with the AOL-Historic TW Merger. The 1994 Plan expired on November 18, 2003. Prior to the expiration of the 1994 Plan, nonqualified stock options and related stock appreciation rights could be granted under the plan to employees (other than executive officers) of and consultants and advisors to the Company and certain of its subsidiaries. Only stock options are currently outstanding under the 1994 Plan. Under the 1994 Plan, the exercise price of a stock option may not be less than the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant. The definition of “fair market value” was amended effective October 1, 2008 to mean the closing sale price of shares of Common Stock as reported on the NYSE Composite Tape (rather than the average of the high and low sales prices of the Common Stock on the NYSE) for grants made on or after October 1, 2008. The change did not affect the exercise price of outstanding stock options under the 1994 Plan, but the new definition is used to calculate the gain realized upon the exercise of stock options issued under the plan. The outstanding stock options under the 1994 Plan generally became exercisable in installments of one-third or one-quarter on each of the first three or four anniversaries, respectively, of the date of grant, subject to earlier vesting upon termination of employment due to death, disability or retirement, and expire 10 years from the grant date. Holders of stock options awarded under the 1994 Plan do not receive dividends or dividend equivalents on the stock options.
 
PART IV
 
Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statements Schedules.
 
(a)(1)-(2) Financial Statements and Schedules:
 
(i) The list of consolidated financial statements and schedules set forth in the accompanying Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Other Financial Information at page 38 herein is incorporated herein by reference. Such consolidated financial statements and schedules are filed as part of this report.
 
(ii) All other financial statement schedules are omitted because the required information is not applicable, or because the information required is included in the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.
 
(3)  Exhibits:
 
The exhibits listed on the accompanying Exhibit Index are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this report and such Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.


35


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
TIME WARNER INC.
 
  By: 
/s/  John K. Martin, Jr.
Name:     John K. Martin, Jr.
  Title:  Executive Vice President,
Chief Financial and Administrative Officer
 
Date: February 18, 2011
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Jeffrey L. Bewkes

Jeffrey L. Bewkes
  Director, Chairman of the Board
and Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)
  February 18, 2011
         
/s/  John K. Martin, Jr.

John K. Martin, Jr.
  Executive Vice President, Chief
Financial and Administrative Officer
(principal financial officer)
  February 18, 2011
         
/s/  Pascal Desroches

Pascal Desroches
  Senior Vice President and Controller (principal accounting officer)   February 18, 2011
         
/s/  James L. Barksdale

James L. Barksdale
  Director   February 18, 2011
         
/s/  William P. Barr

William P. Barr
  Director   February 18, 2011
         
/s/  Stephen F. Bollenbach

Stephen F. Bollenbach
  Director   February 18, 2011
         
/s/  Frank J. Caufield

Frank J. Caufield
  Director   February 18, 2011
         
/s/  Robert C. Clark

Robert C. Clark
  Director   February 18, 2011


36


Table of Contents

             
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
         
/s/  Mathias Döpfner

Mathias Döpfner
  Director   February 18, 2011
         
/s/  Jessica P. Einhorn

Jessica P. Einhorn
  Director   February 18, 2011
         
/s/  Fred Hassan

Fred Hassan
  Director   February 18, 2011
         
/s/  Michael A. Miles

Michael A. Miles
  Director   February 18, 2011
         
/s/  Kenneth J. Novack

Kenneth J. Novack
  Director   February 18, 2011
         
/s/  Paul D. Wachter

Paul D. Wachter
  Director   February 18, 2011
         
/s/  Deborah C. Wright

Deborah C. Wright
  Director   February 18, 2011


37


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AND OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
         
    Page
 
    39  
Consolidated Financial Statements:
       
    73  
    74  
    75  
    76  
    77  
    128  
    129  
    131  
    132  
    133  
    142  


38


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION
 
INTRODUCTION
 
Management’s discussion and analysis of results of operations and financial condition (“MD&A”) is a supplement to the accompanying consolidated financial statements and provides additional information on Time Warner Inc.’s (“Time Warner” or the “Company”) businesses, current developments, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. MD&A is organized as follows:
 
  •     Overview.   This section provides a general description of Time Warner’s business segments, as well as recent developments the Company believes are important in understanding the results of operations and financial condition or in understanding anticipated future trends.
 
  •     Results of operations.   This section provides an analysis of the Company’s results of operations for the three years ended December 31, 2010. This analysis is presented on both a consolidated and a business segment basis. In addition, a brief description is provided of significant transactions and events that affect the comparability of the results being analyzed.
 
  •     Financial condition and liquidity.   This section provides an analysis of the Company’s cash flows for the three years ended December 31, 2010, as well as a discussion of the Company’s outstanding debt and commitments that existed as of December 31, 2010. Included in the analysis of outstanding debt is a discussion of the amount of financial capacity available to fund the Company’s future commitments, as well as a discussion of other financing arrangements.
 
  •     Market risk management.   This section discusses how the Company monitors and manages exposure to potential gains and losses arising from changes in market rates and prices, such as interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and changes in the market value of financial instruments.
 
  •     Critical accounting policies.   This section identifies those accounting policies that are considered important to the Company’s results of operations and financial condition, require significant judgment and require estimates on the part of management in application. The Company’s significant accounting policies, including those considered to be critical accounting policies, are summarized in Note 1 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
 
  •     Caution concerning forward-looking statements.   This section provides a description of the use of forward-looking information appearing herein. Such information is based on management’s current expectations about future events, which are inherently susceptible to uncertainty and changes in circumstances. Refer to Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” in Part I of this report for a discussion of the risk factors applicable to the Company.


39


Table of Contents

 
TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
 
OVERVIEW
 
Time Warner is a leading media and entertainment company whose major businesses encompass an array of the most respected and successful media brands. Among the Company’s brands are TNT, TBS, CNN, HBO, Cinemax, Warner Bros., New Line Cinema, People , Sports Illustrated and Time . During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company generated revenues of $26.888 billion (up 6% from $25.388 billion in 2009), Operating Income of $5.428 billion (up 21% from $4.470 billion in 2009), Net Income attributable to Time Warner shareholders of $2.578 billion (up 4% from $2.477 billion in 2009) and Cash Provided by Operations from Continuing Operations of $3.314 billion (down 2% from $3.386 billion in 2009).
 
Time Warner Businesses
 
Time Warner classifies its operations into three reportable segments: Networks, Filmed Entertainment and Publishing. For additional information regarding Time Warner’s business segments, refer to Part 1. Item 1, “Business,” and Note 15, “Segment Information,” in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
 
Networks.   Time Warner’s Networks segment consists of Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. (“Turner”) and Home Box Office, Inc. (“Home Box Office”). During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Networks segment generated revenues of $12.480 billion (46% of the Company’s overall revenues) and $4.224 billion in Operating Income.
 
Turner operates domestic and international networks, including such recognized brands as TNT, TBS, and CNN, which are among the leaders in advertising-supported cable television networks. The Turner networks generate revenues principally from providing programming to affiliates that have contracted to receive and distribute this programming and from the sale of advertising. Turner also operates various websites, including CNN.com , NASCAR.com and CartoonNetwork.com that generate revenues principally from the sale of advertising. During 2010, Turner’s Advertising revenue increased reflecting the benefit of an improved advertising environment domestically and internationally as well as yield management, partially offset by the impact of lower audience delivery at Turner’s domestic news networks.
 
Home Box Office operates the HBO and Cinemax multi-channel premium pay television services, with the HBO service ranking as the nation’s most widely distributed premium pay television service. Home Box Office generates revenues principally from providing programming to affiliates that have contracted to receive and distribute such programming to their customers who choose to subscribe to the HBO or Cinemax services. An additional source of revenues for Home Box Office is the sale and licensing of its original programming, including True Blood , Entourage and The Pacific .
 
The Company’s Networks segment has been pursuing international expansion in select areas. For example, during 2010, Home Box Office purchased an additional 21% equity interest in HBO Latin America Group, consisting of HBO Brasil, HBO Olé and HBO Latin America Production Services (collectively, “HBO LAG”), and acquired the remainder of its partners’ interests in HBO Central Europe (“HBO CE”), and Turner acquired Chilevisión, a television broadcaster in Chile, and a majority ownership interest in NDTV Imagine, a Hindi general entertainment channel in India. In addition, Home Box Office is expected to acquire an additional 8% equity interest in HBO LAG in the first quarter of 2011. The Company anticipates that international expansion will continue to be an area of focus at the Networks segment for the foreseeable future.
 
Filmed Entertainment.   Time Warner’s Filmed Entertainment segment consists of businesses managed by the Warner Bros. Entertainment Group (“Warner Bros.”) that principally produce and distribute theatrical motion pictures, including Harry Potter and the Deathly Hallows: Part 1 , Inception and Clash of the Titans , as well as television shows and videogames. During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Filmed Entertainment segment generated revenues of $11.622 billion (40% of the Company’s overall revenues) and $1.107 billion in Operating Income.


40


Table of Contents

 
TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
 
The Filmed Entertainment segment’s theatrical product revenues principally are generated domestically and internationally through rentals from theatrical exhibition and subsequently through licensing fees received for the distribution of films on television networks and pay television programming services. Television product revenues principally are generated domestically and internationally from the licensing of the Filmed Entertainment segment’s programs on television networks and pay television programming services. The Filmed Entertainment segment also generates revenues for both its theatrical and television product through home video distribution on DVD and Blu-ray Discs and in various digital formats. The Filmed Entertainment segment also generates revenues through the distribution of interactive videogames.
 
Warner Bros. continues to be an industry leader in the television content business. At the beginning of the 2010-2011 broadcast season, Warner Bros. produced more than 30 scripted primetime series, with at least two series for each of the five broadcast networks (including Two and a Half Men , The Mentalist , The Big Bang Theory , Mike & Molly , Gossip Girl, Fringe, The Middle and Chuck ) and original series for several cable networks (including The Closer , Rizzoli & Isles and Pretty Little Liars ). Internationally, Warner Bros. is forming a group of local television production companies in major territories with a focus on non-scripted programs and formats that can be sold internationally and adapted for sale in the U.S. Warner Bros. is also creating locally produced versions of programs owned by the studio and is developing original local television programming. As part of its international expansion efforts, during the fourth quarter of 2010, Warner Bros. acquired a controlling interest in Shed Media plc (“Shed Media”), a leading television production company in the U.K.
 
The distribution of DVDs has been one of the largest drivers of the segment’s revenues and profits over the last several years. The industry and the Company have experienced a decline in DVD sales in recent years as a result of several factors, including the general economic downturn in the U.S. and many regions around the world, increasing competition for consumer discretionary time and spending, piracy, and the maturation of the standard definition DVD format. The decline in home video revenues has also been affected by consumers shifting to subscription rental services and discount rental kiosks, which generate significantly less revenue per transaction for the Company than DVD sales. Partially offsetting the softening consumer demand for standard definition DVDs and the shift to subscription services and kiosks are growing sales of high definition Blu-ray Discs and increased sales through electronic delivery (particularly video-on-demand), which have higher gross margins than standard definition DVDs.
 
Publishing.   Time Warner’s Publishing segment consists principally of magazine publishing and related websites as well as marketing services and direct-marketing businesses that are all primarily conducted by Time Inc. During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Publishing segment generated revenues of $3.675 billion (14% of the Company’s overall revenues) and $515 million in Operating Income.
 
As of December 31, 2010, Time Inc. published 22 magazines in the U.S., including People , Sports Illustrated and Time , and over 70 magazines outside the U.S. The Publishing segment generates revenues primarily from the sale of print advertising, magazine subscriptions and newsstand sales. Advertising sales at the Publishing segment, particularly print advertising sales, were significantly adversely affected by the economic environment during 2009. In contrast, during 2010, the Publishing segment’s Advertising revenues stabilized driven by increases in domestic print advertising pages sold, partially offset by lower average advertising rates per page, and increases in digital advertising. For the year ended December 31, 2010, digital Advertising revenues were 13% of Time Inc.’s total Advertising revenues.
 
In July 2010, Time Inc. and Turner announced the formation of a strategic digital partnership between Turner Sports and Sports Illustrated . The partnership combines Sports Illustrated ’s and Golf’ s content with Turner’s digital media and sales expertise. Under the agreement, beginning in the fourth quarter of 2010, Turner began managing the SI.com and Golf.com websites, including selling all advertising for the websites. Accordingly, effective with the change, Turner receives all advertising revenues generated from the websites and Time Inc. receives a license fee from Turner and reimbursement for certain website editorial and other costs.


41


Table of Contents

 
TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
 
In its ongoing effort to improve efficiency and reduce its cost structure, the Publishing segment executed restructuring initiatives, primarily relating to headcount reductions, in the fourth quarters of 2010 and 2009. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, restructuring costs were $61 million and $99 million, respectively.
 
Recent Developments
 
Revolving Bank Credit Facilities
 
On January 19, 2011, the Company entered into two new senior unsecured revolving bank credit facilities totaling $5.0 billion, which replaced the Company’s senior unsecured revolving bank credit facility that would have expired in February 2011. See “Financial Condition and Liquidity — Outstanding Debt and Other Financing Arrangements” for more information.
 
2010 Debt Transactions
 
As discussed more fully in “Financial Condition and Liquidity — Outstanding Debt and Other Financing Arrangements,” in 2010, the Company entered into a series of transactions to capitalize on the historically low interest rate environment and extend the average maturity of its public debt. Specifically, Time Warner issued $5.0 billion aggregate principal amount of 5, 10, and 30-year debt securities in two public offerings and used the net proceeds from the debt offerings to repurchase and redeem approximately $3.930 billion aggregate principal amount of debt securities of Time Warner and Historic TW Inc. (“Historic TW”) that were scheduled to mature within the next three years (collectively, the “2010 Debt Redemptions”) and to repay $805 million outstanding under the Company’s two accounts receivable securitization facilities. For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company incurred $364 million of premiums paid and transaction costs incurred in connection with the 2010 Debt Redemptions.
 
Shed Media
 
On October 13, 2010, Warner Bros. acquired an approximate 55% interest in Shed Media, a leading television production company in the U.K., for $100 million in cash, net of cash acquired. Warner Bros. has a call right that enables it to purchase a portion of the interests held by the other owners of Shed Media in 2014 and the remaining interests held by the other owners in 2018. The other owners have a reciprocal put right that enables them to require Warner Bros. to purchase a portion of their interests in Shed Media in 2014 and the remaining interests held by them in 2018. See Note 3 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
 
Chilevisión
 
On October 6, 2010, Turner acquired Chilevisión, a television broadcaster in Chile, for $134 million in cash, net of cash acquired. See Note 3 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
 
HBO LAG
 
On March 9, 2010, Home Box Office purchased additional interests in HBO LAG for $217 million in cash, which resulted in Home Box Office owning 80% of the equity interests of HBO LAG. On November 18, 2010, one of the remaining partners in HBO LAG exercised its put option to sell its remaining 8% equity interest in HBO LAG for approximately $65 million in cash. The transaction is expected to close in the first quarter of 2011 and will result in Home Box Office owning 88% of the equity interests of HBO LAG. Home Box Office accounts for this investment under the equity method of accounting. See Notes 1 and 3 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.


42


Table of Contents

 
TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
 
HBO Central Europe Acquisition
 
On January 27, 2010, Home Box Office purchased the remainder of its partners’ interests in HBO CE for $136 million in cash, net of cash acquired. HBO CE operates the HBO and Cinemax premium pay television services serving 11 territories in Central Europe. The Company has consolidated the results of operations and financial condition of HBO CE effective January 27, 2010. Upon the acquisition of the controlling interest in HBO CE, a gain of $59 million was recognized reflecting the excess of the fair value over the Company’s carrying cost of its original investment in HBO CE. See Note 3 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
 
Common Stock Repurchase Program
 
On January 25, 2011, Time Warner’s Board of Directors authorized up to $5.0 billion of share repurchases beginning January 1, 2011. See “Financial Condition and Liquidity” for more information.
 
Retirement Plan Amendments
 
In March 2010, the Company’s Board of Directors approved amendments to its domestic defined benefit pension plans. Pursuant to the amendments, (i) effective June 30, 2010, benefits provided under the plans stopped accruing for additional years of service and the plans were closed to new hires and employees with less than one year of service and (ii) after December 31, 2013, pay increases will no longer be taken into consideration when determining a participating employee’s benefits under the plans.
 
Effective July 1, 2010, the Company increased its matching contributions for eligible participants in the Company’s domestic defined contribution plan (“Time Warner Savings Plan”). Effective January 1, 2011, the Company has implemented a supplemental savings plan that provides for similar Company matching for eligible participant deferrals above the Internal Revenue Service compensation limits that apply to the Time Warner Savings Plan up to $500,000 of eligible compensation.
 
In December 2010, amendments to the U.K. defined benefit pension plans were approved. Pursuant to the amendments, beginning in April 2011, benefits provided under the plans will stop accruing for additional years of service. Pay increases will continue to be taken into consideration when determining a participating employee’s benefits under the plans. In addition, matching contributions under a defined contribution plan will be provided to eligible U.K. employees.
 
See Note 13, “Benefit Plans,” to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
 
NCAA Basketball Programming Agreement
 
On April 22, 2010, Turner, together with CBS Broadcasting, Inc. (“CBS”), entered into a 14-year agreement with The National Collegiate Athletic Association (the “NCAA”), which provides Turner and CBS with exclusive television, Internet, and wireless rights to the NCAA Division I Men’s Basketball Championship events (the “NCAA Tournament Games”) in the United States and its territories and possessions. Under the terms of the arrangement, Turner and CBS will work together to produce and distribute the NCAA Tournament Games and related programming commencing in 2011. The games will be televised on Turner’s TNT, TBS and truTV networks and on the CBS network, and advertising is sold on a joint basis.
 
The aggregate programming rights fee of approximately $10.8 billion, which will be shared by Turner and CBS, will be paid by Turner to the NCAA over the 14-year term of the agreement. Further, Turner and CBS have agreed to share advertising and sponsorship revenues and production costs. In the event, however, that the programming rights fee and production costs exceed advertising and sponsorship revenues, CBS’s share of such shortfall is limited to specified annual amounts (the “Loss Cap Amounts”), ranging from approximately $90 million to $30 million (totaling approximately $670 million over the term of the agreement). Beginning in 2011, consistent with the Company’s other sports programming rights, Turner’s share of the programming rights fee will be


43


Table of Contents

 
TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
 
amortized based on the ratio of current period advertising revenue to total estimated advertising revenue over the term of the agreement. Any costs recognized and payable by Turner due to the Loss Cap Amounts will be expensed by the Company as incurred.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Recent Accounting Guidance
 
As discussed more fully in Note 1 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements, on January 1, 2010, the Company adopted on a retrospective basis amendments to accounting guidance pertaining to the accounting for transfers of financial assets and variable interest entities.
 
Significant Transactions and Other Items Affecting Comparability
 
As more fully described herein and in the related notes to the accompanying consolidated financial statements, the comparability of Time Warner’s results from continuing operations has been affected by significant transactions and certain other items in each period as follows (millions):
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
 
Amounts related to securities litigation and government investigations, net
  $ (22 )   $ (30 )   $ (21 )
Asset impairments
    (20 )     (85 )     (7,213 )
Gain (loss) on operating assets
    70       (33 )     (3 )
                         
Impact on Operating Income
    28       (148 )     (7,237 )
Investment gains (losses), net
    32       (21 )     (60 )
Amounts related to the separation of Time Warner Cable Inc. 
    (6 )     14       (11 )
Costs related to the separation of AOL Inc. 
          (15 )      
Premiums paid and transaction costs incurred in connection with debt redemptions
    (364 )            
Share of equity investment gain on disposal of assets
                30  
                         
Pretax impact
    (310 )     (170 )     (7,278 )
Income tax impact of above items
    131       37       488  
Tax items related to Time Warner Cable Inc. 
          24       (9 )
                         
After-tax impact
    (179 )     (109 )     (6,799 )
Noncontrolling interest impact
          5        
                         
Impact of items on income from continuing operations attributable to Time Warner Inc. shareholders
  $  (179 )   $  (104 )   $  (6,799 )
                         
 
In addition to the items affecting comparability described above, the Company incurred restructuring costs of $97 million, $212 million and $327 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company also recognized a $58 million reserve reversal in connection with the resolution of litigation relating to the sale of the Atlanta Hawks and Thrashers sports franchises and certain operating rights to the Philips Arena (the “Winter Sports Teams”). For further discussion of restructuring costs and the $58 million reserve reversal, refer to “Consolidated Results” and “Business Segment Results.”
 
Amounts Related to Securities Litigation
 
The Company recognized legal and other professional fees related to the defense of securities litigation matters by former employees totaling $22 million, $30 million and $21 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.


44


Table of Contents

 
TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
 
Asset Impairments
 
During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company recorded noncash impairments of $9 million at the Filmed Entertainment segment related to the termination of a games licensing relationship and $11 million at the Publishing segment related to certain intangible assets.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company recorded noncash impairments of $52 million at the Networks segment related to Turner’s interest in a general entertainment network in India and $33 million at the Publishing segment related to certain fixed assets in connection with the Publishing segment’s restructuring activities.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company recorded noncash impairments related to goodwill and identifiable intangible assets of $7.139 billion at the Publishing segment. The Company also recorded noncash impairments of $18 million at the Networks segment related to GameTap, an online video game business, and $30 million at the Publishing segment related to a sub-lease with a tenant that filed for bankruptcy in September 2008, $21 million at the Publishing segment related to Southern Living At Home and $5 million at the Publishing segment related to certain other asset write-offs.
 
Gain (Loss) on Operating Assets
 
For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company recognized a $59 million gain at the Networks segment upon the acquisition of its controlling interest in HBO CE, reflecting the recognition of the excess of the fair value over the Company’s carrying costs of its original investment in HBO CE. For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company also recorded noncash income of $11 million at the Filmed Entertainment segment related to a fair value adjustment on certain contingent consideration arrangements relating to acquisitions.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company recognized a $33 million loss at the Filmed Entertainment segment on the sale of Warner Bros.’ Italian cinema assets.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company recorded a $3 million loss at the Networks segment on the sale of GameTap.
 
Investment Gains (Losses), Net
 
For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company recognized net investment gains of $32 million, including $13 million of miscellaneous investment gains, net, and noncash income of $19 million related to fair value adjustments on certain options to redeem securities.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company recognized net investment losses of $21 million, including a $23 million impairment of the Company’s investment in Miditech Pvt. Limited, a programming production company in India, and $43 million of other miscellaneous investment losses, net, partially offset by a $28 million gain on the sale of the Company’s investment in TiVo Inc. and a $17 million gain on the sale of the Company’s investment in Eidos plc. (“Eidos”).
 
For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company recognized net investment losses of $60 million, including a $38 million impairment of the Company’s investment in Eidos, $12 million of other miscellaneous investment losses, net and $10 million of losses resulting from market fluctuations in equity derivative instruments.
 
Amounts Related to the Separation of TWC
 
For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company recognized $6 million of other loss related to the expiration, exercise and net change in the estimated fair value of Time Warner equity awards held by Time Warner Cable Inc. (“TWC”) employees.


45


Table of Contents

 
TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
 
For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company recognized $20 million of other income related to the increase in the estimated fair value of Time Warner equity awards held by TWC employees. In addition, the Company incurred pretax direct transaction costs, primarily legal and professional fees, related to the separation of TWC of $6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 and $11 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
The aforementioned costs have been reflected in other income (loss), net in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.
 
Costs Related to the Separation of AOL
 
For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company incurred $15 million of costs related to the separation of AOL Inc. (“AOL”), which have been recorded in other income (loss), net in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. These costs were related to the solicitation of consents from debt holders to amend the indentures governing certain of the Company’s debt securities.
 
Premiums Paid and Transaction Costs Incurred in Connection with Debt Redemptions
 
For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company recognized $364 million of premiums paid and transaction costs incurred in connection with the 2010 Debt Redemptions, which were recorded in other income (loss), net in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. See “Financial Condition and Liquidity — Outstanding Debt and Other Financing Arrangements” for more information.
 
Share of Equity Investment Gain on Disposal of Assets
 
For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company recognized $30 million as its share of a pretax gain on the sale of a Central European documentary channel of an equity method investee, which has been reflected in other income (loss), net in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.
 
Income Tax Impact and Tax Items Related to TWC
 
The income tax impact reflects the estimated tax provision or tax benefit associated with each item affecting comparability. Such estimated tax provisions or tax benefits vary based on certain factors, including the taxability or deductibility of the items and foreign tax on certain transactions. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company also recognized approximately $24 million of tax benefits and $9 million of tax expense, respectively, attributable to the impact of certain state tax law changes on TWC net deferred liabilities.
 
Noncontrolling Interest Impact
 
For the year ended December 31, 2009, the noncontrolling interest impact of $5 million reflects the minority owners’ share of the tax provision related to changes in certain state tax laws on TWC net deferred liabilities.
 
2010 vs. 2009
 
Consolidated Results
 
The following discussion provides an analysis of the Company’s results of operations and should be read in conjunction with the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.


46


Table of Contents

 
TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
 
Revenues.   The components of revenues are as follows (millions):
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     % Change  
 
Subscription
  $ 9,028     $ 8,445       7 %
Advertising
    5,682       5,161       10 %
Content
    11,565       11,074       4 %
Other
    613       708       (13 %)
                         
Total revenues
  $  26,888     $  25,388       6 %
                         
 
The increase in Subscription revenues for the year ended December 31, 2010 was primarily related to an increase at the Networks segment. Advertising revenues increased for the year ended December 31, 2010 primarily reflecting growth at the Networks and Publishing segments. The increase in Content revenues for the year ended December 31, 2010 was due primarily to increases at the Filmed Entertainment and Networks segments.
 
Each of the revenue categories is discussed in greater detail by segment in “Business Segment Results.”
 
Costs of Revenues.   For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, costs of revenues totaled $15.023 billion and $14.235 billion, respectively, and, as a percentage of revenues, were 56% for both years. The segment variations are discussed in “Business Segment Results.”
 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.   For the year ended December 31, 2010, selling, general and administrative expenses increased 1% to $6.126 billion from $6.073 billion in 2009, primarily due to an increase at the Networks segment, partially offset by a decrease at the Publishing segment. In addition, selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2010 included a $58 million reserve reversal at the Networks segment in connection with the resolution of litigation relating to the Winter Sports Teams. The segment variations are discussed in “Business Segment Results.”
 
Included in costs of revenues and selling, general and administrative expenses is depreciation expense, which increased to $674 million in 2010 from $668 million in 2009.
 
Amortization Expense.   Amortization expense decreased to $264 million in 2010 from $280 million in 2009.
 
Restructuring Costs.   For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company incurred restructuring costs of $97 million primarily related to various employee terminations and other exit activities, consisting of $6 million at the Networks segment, $30 million at the Filmed Entertainment segment and $61 million at the Publishing segment. The total number of employees terminated across the segments in 2010 was approximately 500.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company incurred restructuring costs of $212 million primarily related to various employee terminations and other exit activities, including $8 million at the Networks segment, $105 million at the Filmed Entertainment segment and $99 million at the Publishing segment. The total number of employees terminated across the segments in 2009 was approximately 1,500.
 
Operating Income.   Operating Income increased to $5.428 billion for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $4.470 billion for the year ended December 31, 2009. Excluding the items previously noted under “Significant Transactions and Other Items Affecting Comparability” totaling $28 million of income and $148 million of expense for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, Operating Income increased $782 million, primarily reflecting increases at the Networks and Publishing segments. The segment variations are discussed under “Business Segment Results.”
 
Interest Expense, Net.   For the year ended December 31, 2010, interest expense, net, increased to $1.178 billion from $1.166 billion for the year ended December 31, 2009 primarily due to the absence in 2010 of a prior year $43 million benefit in connection with the resolution of an international VAT matter and higher net debt, partially offset by lower rates.


47


Table of Contents

 
TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
 
Other Income (Loss), Net.   Other income (loss), net detail is shown in the table below (millions):
 
                 
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009  
 
Investment gains (losses), net
  $ 32     $ (21 )
Amounts related to the separation of TWC
    (6 )     14  
Costs related to the separation of AOL
          (15 )
Premiums paid and transaction costs incurred in connection with debt redemptions
    (364 )      
Income (loss) from equity method investees
    6       (32 )
Other
    1       (13 )
                 
Other income (loss), net
  $  (331 )   $  (67 )
                 
 
The changes in other income (loss), net related to investment gains (losses), net, amounts related to the separation of TWC, costs related to the separation of AOL and premiums paid and transaction costs incurred in connection with debt redemptions are discussed under “Significant Transactions and Other Items Affecting Comparability.” The remaining changes reflect income from equity method investees and the favorable impact of foreign exchange rates.
 
Income Tax Provision.   Income tax expense from continuing operations increased to $1.348 billion in 2010 from $1.153 billion in 2009. The Company’s effective tax rate for continuing operations was 34% in 2010 compared to 36% in 2009. This decrease was primarily due to the benefit of valuation allowance releases on tax attributes and higher domestic production deductions.
 
Income from Continuing Operations.   Income from continuing operations increased to $2.571 billion in 2010 from $2.084 billion in 2009. Excluding the items previously noted under “Significant Transactions and Other Items Affecting Comparability” totaling $179 million and $109 million of expense, net for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, income from continuing operations increased by $557 million, primarily reflecting higher Operating Income, partially offset by higher income tax expense. Basic and diluted income per common share from continuing operations attributable to Time Warner Inc. common shareholders were $2.27 and $2.25, respectively, in 2010 compared to $1.76 and $1.75, respectively, in 2009.
 
Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax.   The financial results for the year ended December 31, 2009 included the impact of treating the results of operations and financial condition of AOL and TWC as discontinued operations. Discontinued operations, net of tax was income of $428 million and included AOL’s results for the period January 1, 2009 through December 9, 2009 and TWC’s results for the period from January 1, 2009 through March 12, 2009. For additional information, see Note 3 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
 
Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests.   For the year ended December 31, 2010, net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests was $7 million, and for the year ended December 31, 2009, net income attributable to noncontrolling interests was $35 million.
 
Net Income Attributable to Time Warner Inc. Shareholders.   Net income attributable to Time Warner Inc. shareholders was $2.578 billion and $2.477 billion for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Basic and diluted net income per common share attributable to Time Warner Inc. common shareholders were $2.27 and $2.25, respectively, in 2010 compared to $2.08 and $2.07, respectively, in 2009.


48


Table of Contents

 
TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
 
Business Segment Results
 
Networks.   Revenues and Operating Income of the Networks segment for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows (millions):
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     % Change  
 
Revenues:
                       
Subscription
  $ 7,671     $ 7,077       8%  
Advertising
    3,736       3,272       14%  
Content
    942       819       15%  
Other
    131       85       54%  
                         
Total revenues
     12,480        11,253       11%  
Costs of revenues (a)
    (5,732 )      (5,349 )     7%  
Selling, general and administrative (a)
    (2,200 )     (2,002 )     10%  
Gain on operating assets
    59             NM  
Asset impairments
          (52 )     (100% )
Restructuring costs
    (6 )     (8 )     (25% )
Depreciation
    (342 )     (338 )     1%  
Amortization
    (35 )     (34 )     3%  
                         
Operating Income
  $ 4,224     $ 3,470       22%  
                         
 
 
(a) Costs of revenues and selling, general and administrative expenses exclude depreciation.
 
The increase in Subscription revenues consisted of an increase in domestic subscription revenues of $406 million, mainly due to higher domestic subscription rates, and an increase in international subscription revenues of $188 million, primarily due to the consolidation of HBO CE, international growth and, to a lesser extent, the favorable impact of foreign exchange rates. Home Box Office’s domestic subscribers declined by 1.6 million during 2010; however, as these subscribers generated very little or no revenue, the decline had almost no impact on Subscription revenues.
 
The increase in Advertising revenues reflected domestic growth of $248 million at Turner mainly as a result of strong domestic demand as well as yield management, which was partially offset by the impact of lower audience delivery at Turner’s domestic news networks. Advertising revenues also increased $216 million due to international expansion and growth.
 
The increase in Content revenues was due primarily to higher sales of Home Box Office’s original programming of $104 million, which included licensing and home video sales of The Pacific and the domestic basic cable television sale of Entourage , and higher international licensing revenues at Turner, partially offset by a decrease of approximately $20 million due to a larger benefit in 2009 associated with lower than anticipated home video returns.
 
Costs of revenues increased 7% and, as a percentage of revenues, were 46% in 2010 compared to 48% in 2009. Programming costs increased 5% to $4.485 billion in 2010 from $4.258 billion in 2009, primarily due to higher original programming and sports programming costs and increased programming costs due to international growth and expansion, partially offset by a prior year $104 million write-down to net realizable value relating to a program licensed by Turner from Warner Bros. that the Company re-licensed to a third party. The increases in Costs of revenues also reflected higher operating costs of $156 million primarily related to international expansion.
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased due primarily to higher marketing expenses, increased costs associated with acquisitions and merit-based increases in compensation, partially offset by a $58 million reserve reversal in connection with the resolution of litigation relating to the sale of the Winter Sports Teams.


49


Table of Contents

 
TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
 
As previously noted under “Significant Transactions and Other Items Affecting Comparability,” the 2010 results included a $59 million gain that was recognized upon the acquisition of the controlling interest in HBO CE, reflecting the excess of the fair value over the Company’s carrying costs of its original investment in HBO CE. The 2009 results included a $52 million noncash impairment of intangible assets related to Turner’s interest in a general entertainment network in India. In addition, the 2010 and 2009 results included $6 million and $8 million, respectively, of restructuring costs, primarily related to headcount reductions.
 
Operating Income increased primarily due to the increase in revenues, the $59 million gain relating to HBO CE, the $58 million reserve reversal in connection with the resolution of litigation related to the sale of the Winter Sports Teams and the absence in 2010 of the $52 million noncash impairment of intangible assets, partially offset by higher costs of revenues and higher selling, general and administrative expenses.
 
The Company anticipates that Operating Income growth at the Networks segment for the first quarter of 2011 will be negatively affected by increased programming costs associated with Turner’s investment in the NCAA Tournament Games programming.
 
Filmed Entertainment.   Revenues and Operating Income of the Filmed Entertainment segment for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows (millions):
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     % Change  
 
Revenues:
                       
Subscription
  $ 66     $ 44       50 %
Advertising
    75       79       (5 %)
Content
    11,359       10,766       6 %
Other
    122       177       (31 %)
                         
Total revenues
     11,622        11,066       5 %
Costs of revenues (a)
    (8,429 )     (7,805 )     8 %
Selling, general and administrative (a)
    (1,684 )     (1,676 )      
Gain (loss) on operating assets
    11       (33 )     (133 %)
Asset impairments
    (9 )           N M
Restructuring costs
    (30 )     (105 )     (71 %)
Depreciation
    (186 )     (164 )     13 %
Amortization
    (188 )     (199 )     (6 %)
                         
Operating Income
  $ 1,107     $ 1,084       2 %
                         
 
 
(a) Costs of revenues and selling, general and administrative expenses exclude depreciation.


50


Table of Contents

 
TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
 
 
Content revenues primarily relate to theatrical product (which is content made available for initial exhibition in theaters) and television product (which is content made available for initial airing on television). The components of Content revenues for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows (millions):
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     % Change  
 
Theatrical product:
                       
Theatrical film
  $ 2,249     $ 2,085       8 %
Home video and electronic delivery
    2,707       2,820       (4 %)
Television licensing
    1,605       1,459       10 %
Consumer products and other
    125       129       (3 %)
                         
Total theatrical product
    6,686       6,493       3 %
Television product:
                       
Television licensing
    2,987       2,506       19 %
Home video and electronic delivery
    790       777       2 %
Consumer products and other
    216       214       1 %
                         
Total television product
    3,993       3,497       14 %
Other
    680       776       (12 %)
                         
Total Content revenues
  $  11,359     $  10,766       6 %
                         
 
For the year ended December 31, 2010, Content revenues included the positive impact of foreign exchange rates on many of the segment’s international operations.
 
Theatrical film revenues in 2010, which included revenues from Harry Potter and the Deathly Hallows: Part I , Inception , Clash of the Titans , Sex and the City 2 , Valentine’s Day and Due Date , increased compared to revenues in 2009, which included revenues from Harry Potter and the Half-Blood Prince , The Hangover , The Blind Side , Sherlock Holmes and Terminator Salvation .
 
Theatrical product revenues from home video and electronic delivery decreased due primarily to lower home video catalog sales due in part to the effect of improved home video catalog returns in the second quarter of 2009, partially offset by an increased quantity of new releases in 2010. Significant titles in 2010 included The Blind Side , Inception, Sherlock Holmes , Clash of the Titans and Sex and the City 2 , while 2009 included Harry Potter and the Half-Blood Prince , The Hangover and Gran Torino .
 
Theatrical product revenues from television licensing increased due primarily to the quantity and mix of availabilities. In 2010, theatrical product revenues from television licensing included worldwide television availabilities for Harry Potter and the Order of the Phoenix and Harry Potter and the Half-Blood Prince .
 
The increase in television product licensing fees for the year ended December 31, 2010 was due primarily to the off-network availabilities of Two and a Half Men, The New Adventures of Old Christine and The Closer , increased revenues from new series and revenues from Shed Media, which was acquired in October 2010.
 
Television product revenues from home video and electronic delivery were essentially flat due to the timing and mix of product.
 
Other content revenues in 2010, which included revenues from the interactive videogame release of LEGO Harry Potter: Years 1-4 , decreased compared to 2009, which included revenues from the interactive videogame release of Batman: Arkham Asylum , LEGO Indiana Jones 2: The Adventure Continues, F.E.A.R. 2: Project Origin and LEGO Rock Band .
 
The increase in costs of revenues resulted primarily from higher film costs due mainly to higher television product costs and higher advertising and print costs due mainly to the quantity and mix of films released, including a


51


Table of Contents

 
TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
 
higher number of international releases. Film costs increased to $5.194 billion in 2010 from $4.789 billion in 2009. Included in film costs are net theatrical film valuation adjustments, which were $78 million in 2010 compared to $85 million in 2009. In 2009, the Company also recognized a net benefit of $50 million related to adjustments to correct prior period participation accruals. Costs of revenues as a percentage of revenues were 73% in 2010 compared to 71% in 2009. This percentage varies from period to period based on the quantity, mix and timing of theatrical releases and television availabilities.
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses were essentially flat as increased costs associated with acquisitions and merit-based increases in compensation were largely offset by lower bad debt expenses.
 
As previously noted under “Significant Transactions and Other Items Affecting Comparability,” the 2010 results included an $11 million noncash gain related to a fair value adjustment on certain contingent consideration arrangements relating to acquisitions and a $9 million noncash impairment of intangible assets related to the termination of a games licensing relationship. The 2009 results included a $33 million loss on the sale of Warner Bros.’ Italian cinema assets. In addition, the results for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 included $30 million and $105 million of restructuring costs, respectively, primarily related to headcount reductions and the outsourcing of certain functions.
 
The increase in Operating Income was primarily due to higher revenues, lower restructuring costs and the absence in 2010 of the $33 million loss on the 2009 sale of Warner Bros.’ Italian cinema assets, partially offset by higher costs of revenues, the 2009 net benefit of $50 million related to adjustments to correct prior period participation accruals, the impact of improved home video catalog returns in 2009 of approximately $30 million, and the absence in 2010 of a $26 million benefit in connection with the resolution of an international VAT matter in 2009.
 
The Company anticipates that Operating Income at the Filmed Entertainment segment for the first quarter of 2011 will decline as compared to Operating Income in the first quarter of 2010 due to the timing of theatrical and home video releases.
 
Publishing.   Revenues and Operating Income of the Publishing segment for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows (millions):
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     % Change  
 
Revenues:
                       
Subscription
  $ 1,291     $ 1,324       (2 %)
Advertising
    1,935       1,878       3 %
Content
    68       73       (7 %)
Other
    381       461       (17 %)
                         
Total revenues
    3,675       3,736       (2 %)
Costs of revenues (a)
    (1,359 )     (1,441 )     (6 %)
Selling, general and administrative (a)
    (1,580 )     (1,744 )     (9 %)
Asset impairments
    (11 )     (33 )     (67 %)
Restructuring costs
    (61 )     (99 )     (38 %)
Depreciation
    (108 )     (126 )     (14 %)
Amortization
    (41 )     (47 )     (13 %)
                         
Operating Income
  $ 515     $ 246       109 %
                         
 
 
(a) Costs of revenues and selling, general and administrative expenses exclude depreciation.
 
Subscription revenues decreased primarily due to a $23 million decline in domestic subscription revenues and lower domestic newsstand revenues of $9 million.


52


Table of Contents

 
TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
 
Advertising revenues increased primarily due to a $28 million increase in domestic print advertising revenues due to improvements in domestic print advertising pages sold, partially offset by lower average advertising rates per page, and a $32 million increase in digital advertising revenues. Growth in digital advertising revenues at the Publishing segment was negatively affected by the transfer of management to Turner in the fourth quarter of 2010 of the SI.com and Golf.com websites, including selling the advertising for the websites. This transfer had a commensurate increase in digital advertising revenues at the Networks segment.
 
The decrease in Other revenues is due primarily to declines at non-magazine businesses, including Synapse, and the sale of Southern Living At Home in the third quarter of 2009.
 
Costs of revenues decreased 6% and, as a percentage of revenues, were 37% in 2010 compared to 39% in 2009. Costs of revenues for the magazine and digital businesses include manufacturing costs (paper, printing and distribution) and editorial-related costs, which together decreased 4% to $1.190 billion in 2010 from $1.241 billion in 2009, primarily due to lower paper costs associated with a decline in paper prices and cost savings initiatives. In addition, costs of revenues declined at the non-magazine businesses primarily as a result of lower revenues and the sale of Southern Living At Home.
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased due primarily to lower marketing expenses, lower pension expenses, the sale of Southern Living At Home, cost savings resulting from Time Inc.’s fourth quarter 2009 restructuring activities and the absence in 2010 of an $18 million bad debt reserve in 2009 related to a newsstand wholesaler.
 
As previously noted under “Significant Transactions and Other Items Affecting Comparability,” the 2010 results included $11 million of noncash impairments related to certain intangible assets and the 2009 results included $33 million of noncash impairments of certain fixed assets in connection with the Publishing segment’s restructuring activities. In addition, the results for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 included restructuring costs of $61 million and $99 million, respectively.
 
Operating Income increased due primarily to decreases in selling, general and administrative expenses and costs of revenues, lower restructuring costs and a decrease in asset impairments, partially offset by lower revenues.
 
Corporate.   Operating Loss of the Corporate segment for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 is as follows (millions):
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     % Change  
 
Selling, general and administrative (a)
  $ (336 )   $ (325 )     3 %
Depreciation
    (38 )     (40 )     (5 %)
                         
Operating Loss
  $  (374 )   $  (365 )     2 %
                         
 
 
(a) Selling, general and administrative expenses exclude depreciation.
 
Operating Loss increased compared to the prior year due primarily to merit-based increases in compensation, severance charges and an adjustment to a lease exit accrual, partially offset by lower pension expenses and lower legal and other professional fees related to the defense of former employees in various lawsuits.
 
2009 vs. 2008
 
Consolidated Results
 
The following discussion provides an analysis of the Company’s results of operations and should be read in conjunction with the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.


53


Table of Contents

 
TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
 
Revenues.   The components of revenues are as follows (millions):
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     % Change  
 
Subscription
  $  8,445     $  8,300       2 %
Advertising
    5,161       5,798       (11 %)
Content
    11,074       11,450       (3 %)
Other
    708       886       (20 %)
                         
Total revenues
  $  25,388     $  26,434       (4 %)
                         
 
The increase in Subscription revenues for the year ended December 31, 2009 was primarily related to an increase at the Networks segment, offset partially by a decline at the Publishing segment. The decrease in Advertising revenues for the year ended December 31, 2009 was primarily due to declines at the Publishing segment and, to a lesser extent, a decline at the Networks segment. The decrease in Content revenues for the year ended December 31, 2009 was due primarily to declines at the Filmed Entertainment and Networks segments. Each of the revenue categories is discussed in greater detail by segment in “Business Segment Results.”
 
Costs of Revenues.   For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, costs of revenues totaled $14.235 billion and $14.911 billion, respectively, and, as a percentage of revenues, were both 56%. The segment variations are discussed in detail in “Business Segment Results.”
 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses.   For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased 9% to $6.073 billion in 2009 from $6.678 billion in 2008, due to decreases across each of the segments. The segment variations are discussed in detail in “Business Segment Results.”
 
Included in costs of revenues and selling, general and administrative expenses is depreciation expense, which was $668 million in both 2009 and 2008.
 
Amortization Expense.   Amortization expense decreased to $280 million in 2009 from $346 million in 2008. The decrease in amortization expense primarily related to declines at the Filmed Entertainment and Publishing segments. The segment variations are discussed in detail in “Business Segment Results.”
 
Restructuring Costs.   During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company incurred restructuring costs of $212 million primarily related to various employee terminations and other exit activities, including $8 million at the Networks segment, $105 million at the Filmed Entertainment segment and $99 million at the Publishing segment. The total number of employees terminated across the segments in 2009 was approximately 1,500.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company incurred restructuring costs of $327 million, primarily related to various employee terminations and other exit activities, including $142 million at the Filmed Entertainment segment, $176 million at the Publishing segment and $12 million at the Corporate segment, partially offset by a reversal of $3 million at the Networks segment. The total number of employees terminated across the segments in 2008 was approximately 1,700.
 
Operating Income (Loss).   Operating Income was $4.470 billion in 2009 compared to Operating Loss of $3.044 billion in 2008. Excluding the items previously noted under “Significant Transactions and Other Items Affecting Comparability” totaling $148 million and $7.237 billion of expense for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, Operating Income increased $425 million, primarily reflecting increases at the Networks and Filmed Entertainment segments, partially offset by a decline at the Publishing segment. The segment variations are discussed under “Business Segment Results.”


54


Table of Contents

 
TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
 
Interest Expense, Net.   Interest expense, net, decreased to $1.166 billion in 2009 from $1.360 billion in 2008. The decrease in interest expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2009 is due primarily to lower average net debt and also included a $43 million benefit in connection with the resolution of an international VAT matter.
 
Other Income (Loss), Net.   Other income (loss), net detail is shown in the table below (millions):
 
                 
    Years Ended
 
    December 31,  
    2009     2008  
 
Investment losses, net
  $ (21 )   $ (60 )
Amounts related to the separation of TWC
    14       (11 )
Costs related to the separation of AOL
    (15 )      
Income (loss) from equity method investees
    (32 )     34  
Other
    (13 )     44  
                 
Other income (loss), net
  $  (67 )   $  7  
                 
 
The changes in investment losses, net, amounts related to the separation of TWC and costs related to the separation of AOL are discussed under “Significant Transactions and Other Items Affecting Comparability.” The change in Income (loss) from equity method investees for the year ended December 31, 2009 was primarily due to the Company’s recognition in the third quarter of 2008 of its $30 million share of a pretax gain on the sale of a Central European documentary channel by an equity method investee, as well as losses in 2009 from equity method investees. The remaining change reflected the negative impact of foreign exchange rates.
 
Income Tax Provision.   Income tax expense from continuing operations was $1.153 billion in 2009 compared to $693 million in 2008. The Company’s effective tax rate for continuing operations was 36% in 2009 compared to (16%) in 2008. The change is primarily attributable to the portion of the goodwill impairment in 2008 that did not generate a tax benefit and the recognition of certain state and local tax benefits in 2009.
 
Income (Loss) from Continuing Operations.   Income from continuing operations was $2.084 billion in 2009 compared to a loss from continuing operations of $5.090 billion in 2008. Excluding the items previously noted under “Significant Transactions and Other Items Affecting Comparability” totaling $109 million and $6.799 billion of expense, net in 2009 and 2008, respectively, income from continuing operations increased by $484 million, primarily reflecting higher Operating Income and lower interest expense, net, partially offset by other losses, net in 2009, all as noted above. Basic and diluted income per common share from continuing operations attributable to Time Warner Inc. common shareholders were $1.76 and $1.75, respectively, in 2009 compared to basic and diluted loss per common share from continuing operations attributable to Time Warner Inc. common shareholders of $4.27 for both in 2008.
 
Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax.   The financial results for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 included the impact of treating the results of operations and financial condition of TWC and AOL as discontinued operations. Discontinued operations, net of tax was income of $428 million in 2009 and was a loss of $9.559 billion in 2008. The 2009 results included TWC’s results for the period from January 1, 2009 through March 12, 2009 and AOL’s results for the period January 1, 2009 through December 9, 2009, as compared to the results for 2008, which included TWC’s results and AOL’s results for the full twelve-month period. Included in discontinued operations for 2008 was a noncash impairment of $14.822 billion and a related tax benefit of $5.729 billion to reduce the carrying values of certain cable franchise rights at TWC and a noncash impairment of $2.207 billion and a related tax benefit of $90 million to reduce the carrying value of goodwill at AOL. For additional information, see Note 3 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
 
Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests.   Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests was $35 million in 2009 compared to a net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests of $1.251 billion in


55


Table of Contents

 
TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
 
2008, of which $39 million of income and a $1.251 billion loss, respectively, were attributable to discontinued operations.
 
Net Income (Loss) Attributable to Time Warner Inc. shareholders.   Net income attributable to Time Warner Inc. common shareholders was $2.477 billion in 2009 compared to a loss of $13.398 billion in 2008. Basic and diluted net income per common share attributable to Time Warner Inc. common shareholders were $2.08 and $2.07, respectively, in 2009 compared to basic and diluted net loss per common share attributable to Time Warner Inc. common shareholders of $11.22 for both in 2008.
 
Business Segment Results
 
Networks.   Revenues and Operating Income of the Networks segment for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows (millions):
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     % Change  
 
Revenues:
                       
Subscription
  $  7,077     $  6,738       5 %
Advertising
    3,272       3,359       (3 %)
Content
    819       901       (9 %)
Other
    85       60       42 %
                         
Total revenues
     11,253        11,058       2 %
Costs of revenues (a)
    (5,349 )     (5,261 )     2 %
Selling, general and administrative (a)
    (2,002 )     (2,320 )     (14 %)
Loss on disposal of consolidated business
          (3 )     (100 %)
Asset impairments
    (52 )     (18 )     189 %
Restructuring costs
    (8 )     3       N M
Depreciation
    (338 )     (324 )     4 %
Amortization
    (34 )     (33 )     3 %
                         
Operating Income
  $  3,470     $  3,102       12 %
                         
 
 
(a) Costs of revenues and selling, general and administrative expenses exclude depreciation.
 
The increase in Subscription revenues consisted primarily of a $325 million increase in domestic subscription revenues mainly due to higher domestic subscription rates at both Turner and Home Box Office and an increase in international subscription revenues of $51 million due to international subscriber growth, which was partially offset by a $37 million negative impact of foreign exchange rates.
 
The decrease in Advertising revenues primarily reflected a decrease of $69 million at Turner’s news networks, mainly due to audience declines, in part tied to the impact of the 2008 election coverage, and weakened demand, as well as a $20 million negative impact of foreign exchange rates principally at Turner’s international entertainment networks.
 
The decrease in Content revenues was due primarily to a $99 million decrease in ancillary sales of Home Box Office’s original programming, partly offset by the effect of lower than anticipated home video returns of approximately $25 million.
 
Costs of revenues increased primarily due to higher programming costs. Programming costs increased 2% to $4.258 billion from $4.161 billion in 2008. The increase in programming costs was due primarily to higher expenses related to licensed programming at both Turner and Home Box Office and original programming at Turner, partially offset by lower sports programming expenses at Turner that were primarily related to NBA programming and lower newsgathering costs, primarily reflecting the absence of the prior year’s election-related newsgathering costs.


56


Table of Contents

 
TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
 
Licensed programming costs for the year ended December 31, 2009 included a fourth quarter $104 million write-down to the net realizable value relating to a program licensed by Turner from Warner Bros. that the Company re-licensed to a third party. The write-down of this licensed program was partially offset by $27 million of intercompany profits that have been eliminated in consolidation, resulting in a net charge to Time Warner of $77 million. Costs of revenues as a percentage of revenues were 48% in both 2009 and 2008.
 
The decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2009 reflected a $281 million charge in 2008 as a result of a trial court judgment against Turner related to the sale of the Winter Sports Teams. Excluding the impact of this charge, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased primarily due to lower marketing expenses.
 
As previously noted under “Significant Transactions and Other Items Affecting Comparability,” the 2009 results included a $52 million noncash impairment of intangible assets related to Turner’s interest in a general entertainment network in India. The 2008 results included an $18 million noncash impairment related to GameTap, an online video game business, and a $3 million loss on the sale of GameTap. In addition, the 2009 results included restructuring costs of $8 million at Home Box Office primarily related to severance, and the 2008 results included a $3 million reversal of 2007 restructuring charges related to senior management changes at Home Box Office due to changes in estimates.
 
Operating Income increased primarily due to an increase in revenues.
 
Filmed Entertainment.   Revenues and Operating Income of the Filmed Entertainment segment for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows (millions):
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     % Change  
 
Revenues:
                       
Subscription
  $ 44     $ 39       13%  
Advertising
    79       88       (10% )
Content
    10,766       11,030       (2% )
Other
    177       241       (27% )
                         
Total revenues
     11,066        11,398       (3% )
Costs of revenues (a)
    (7,805 )     (8,161 )     (4% )
Selling, general and administrative (a)
    (1,676 )     (1,867 )     (10% )
Loss on operating assets
    (33 )           NM  
Restructuring costs
    (105 )     (142 )     (26% )
Depreciation
    (164 )     (167 )     (2% )
Amortization
    (199 )     (238 )     (16% )
                         
Operating Income
  $  1,084     $  823       32%  
                         
 
 
(a) Costs of revenues and selling, general and administrative expenses exclude depreciation.


57


Table of Contents

 
TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
 
 
Content revenues primarily include theatrical product (which is content made available for initial exhibition in theaters) and television product (which is content made available for initial airing on television). The components of Content revenues for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows (millions):
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     % Change  
 
Theatrical product:
                       
Theatrical film
  $ 2,085     $ 1,861       12 %
Home video and electronic delivery
    2,820       3,320       (15 %)
Television licensing
    1,459       1,574       (7 %)
Consumer products and other
    129       191       (32 %)
                         
Total theatrical product
    6,493       6,946       (7 %)
Television product:
                       
Television licensing
    2,506       2,274       10 %
Home video and electronic delivery
    777       814       (5 %)
Consumer products and other
    214       224       (4 %)
                         
Total television product
    3,497       3,312       6 %
Other
    776       772       1 %
                         
Total Content revenues
  $  10,766     $  11,030       (2 %)
                         
 
The decline in Content revenues included the negative impact of foreign exchange rates on many of the segment’s international operations.
 
The increase in theatrical film revenues was due primarily to the success of certain key releases in 2009, which compared favorably to 2008. Revenues in 2009 included the releases of Harry Potter and the Half-Blood Prince, The Hangover, The Blind Side, Sherlock Holmes and Terminator Salvation compared to revenues in 2008, which included the releases of The Dark Knight , 10,000 B.C. , Sex and the City , Get Smart and Journey to the Center of the Earth . Theatrical product revenues from home video and electronic delivery decreased primarily due to the reduced quantity and performance of new releases and lower catalog sales, driven in part by the negative impact of the current economic environment and secular trends, partially offset by the effect of lower than anticipated catalog returns. Significant titles in 2009 included Harry Potter and the Half-Blood Prince , The Hangover , Gran Torino and Terminator Salvation , while significant titles in 2008 included The Dark Knight , I Am Legend , 10,000 B.C. , The Bucket List and Sex and the City . Theatrical product revenues from television licensing decreased due primarily to the timing and number of availabilities. Theatrical product revenues from consumer products and other decreased due to difficult comparisons to consumer product revenues in 2008, which included revenues from arrangements related to the release of The Dark Knight in the third quarter of 2008 and the release of Speed Racer in the second quarter of 2008.
 
The increase in television product licensing fees was primarily due to the effect of fewer network deliveries in 2008 as a result of the Writers Guild of America (East and West) strike, which was settled in February 2008. The decrease in television product revenues from Home video and electronic delivery primarily resulted from the reduced quantity and performance of new releases and lower catalog sales, driven in part by the negative impact of the current economic environment.
 
Other content revenues in 2009, which included the interactive videogame releases of LEGO Indiana Jones 2: The Adventure Continues , F.E.A.R. 2: Project Origin and LEGO Rock Band as well as the expansion of the distribution of third party interactive videogames, increased slightly compared to Other content revenues in 2008, which included revenues from the interactive videogame releases of LEGO Indiana Jones and LEGO Batman .
 
The decrease in costs of revenues resulted primarily from a $259 million decrease in theatrical advertising and print costs due primarily to the timing, quantity and mix of films released and a $163 million decline in manufacturing and related costs primarily associated with a decline in home video revenues. Film costs


58


Table of Contents

 
TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
 
increased to $4.789 billion in 2009 from $4.741 billion in 2008. Included in film costs are net pre-release theatrical film valuation adjustments, which increased slightly to $85 million in 2009 from $84 million in 2008. In addition, in 2009, the Company recognized a net benefit of approximately $50 million related to adjustments to correct prior period participation accruals, and, in 2008, the Company recognized approximately $53 million in participation expense related to claims on films released in prior periods. Costs of revenues as a percentage of revenues was 71% in 2009 compared to 72% in 2008.
 
The decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses was primarily the result of a $60 million decline in employee costs mainly resulting from the operational reorganization of the New Line business in 2008 and Warner Bros.’ restructuring activities in 2009, discussed below, as well as a $133 million decrease in distribution expenses primarily associated with the declines in Home video and electronic delivery revenues.
 
As previously noted under “Significant Transactions and Other Items Affecting Comparability,” the 2009 results included a $33 million loss on the sale of Warner Bros.’ Italian cinema assets. In addition, beginning in the first quarter of 2009, Warner Bros. commenced a significant restructuring, primarily consisting of headcount reductions and the outsourcing of certain functions to an external service provider. The Filmed Entertainment segment incurred restructuring charges of $105 million in 2009. The 2008 results included restructuring charges of $142 million primarily related to involuntary employee terminations in connection with the operational reorganization of the New Line business.
 
Operating Income increased primarily due to lower costs of revenues and selling, general and administrative expenses and a decrease in amortization expense primarily relating to film library assets, partly offset by a decrease in revenues and the negative impact of foreign exchange rates. Operating Income also included the effect of lower than anticipated home video catalog returns of approximately $40 million, a $26 million benefit in connection with the resolution of an international VAT matter and the $33 million loss on the sale of the Italian cinema assets.
 
Publishing.   Revenues and Operating Income (Loss) of the Publishing segment for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows (millions):
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     % Change  
 
Revenues:
                       
Subscription
  $ 1,324     $ 1,523       (13% )
Advertising
    1,878       2,419       (22% )
Content
    73       63       16%  
Other
    461       603       (24% )
                         
Total revenues
    3,736       4,608       (19% )
Costs of revenues (a)
     (1,441 )      (1,813 )     (21% )
Selling, general and administrative (a)
    (1,744 )     (1,840 )     (5% )
Asset impairments
    (33 )     (7,195 )     NM  
Restructuring costs
    (99 )     (176 )     (44% )
Depreciation
    (126 )     (133 )     (5% )
Amortization
    (47 )     (75 )     (37% )
                         
Operating Income (Loss)
  $  246     $  (6,624 )     NM  
                         
 
 
(a) Costs of revenues and selling, general and administrative expenses exclude depreciation.
 
Subscription revenues declined primarily due to softening domestic newsstand sales, which decreased $47 million, and a decline of $35 million in domestic subscription sales, both due in part to the effect of the current economic environment, as well as a $95 million decrease at IPC resulting primarily from the negative impact of foreign exchange rates.


59


Table of Contents

 
TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
 
Advertising revenues decreased primarily due to a $330 million decline in domestic print Advertising revenues and a $141 million decrease in international print Advertising revenues, including the effect of foreign exchange rates at IPC, and a decrease of $20 million in online revenues. These declines primarily reflect the weak economic conditions and increased competition for advertising dollars.
 
Other revenues decreased due primarily to decreases at the non-magazine businesses, including Southern Living At Home, which was sold during the third quarter of 2009, and Synapse.
 
Costs of revenues decreased 21%, and, as a percentage of revenues, was 39% in both 2009 and 2008. Costs of revenues for the magazine and online businesses include manufacturing costs (paper, printing and distribution) and editorial-related costs, which together decreased 20% to $1.241 billion in 2009 from $1.544 billion in 2008, primarily due to cost savings initiatives, lower printing and paper costs related to a decline in volume and lower costs at IPC due primarily to the effect of foreign exchange rates. In addition, costs of revenues at the non-magazine businesses declined as a result of lower revenues.
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased due to cost savings initiatives, a decrease at IPC due primarily to the effect of foreign exchange rates, lower marketing expenses, the effect of the sale of Southern Living At Home and lower bad debt reserves related to newsstand wholesalers, partly offset by higher pension expense and costs associated with the acquisition of QSP.
 
As previously noted under “Significant Transactions and Other Items Affecting Comparability,” the 2009 results included a $33 million noncash impairment of certain fixed assets in connection with the Publishing segment’s restructuring activities. The 2008 results included a $7.139 billion noncash impairment to reduce the carrying value of goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, a $30 million noncash impairment related to the sub-lease with a tenant that filed for bankruptcy in September 2008, a $21 million noncash impairment of Southern Living At Home and a $5 million noncash impairment related to certain other asset write-offs. In addition, the 2009 results included restructuring costs of $99 million, primarily due to severance and facility costs related to an ongoing effort to continue to streamline the Publishing segment’s operations. The 2008 results included restructuring costs of $176 million, primarily consisting of $119 million of severance and facility costs associated with a significant reorganization of the Publishing segment’s operations and $57 million related to the sub-lease with a tenant that filed for bankruptcy in September 2008.
 
As discussed above, Operating Income (Loss) was negatively affected by $33 million and $7.195 billion of asset impairments in 2009 and 2008, respectively. Excluding the asset impairments, Operating Income decreased due primarily to lower revenues, partially offset by decreases in costs of revenues and selling, general and administrative expenses and lower restructuring costs. The decrease in Operating Income for the year ended December 31, 2009 was also partially offset by lower amortization expense as a result of the prior year noncash impairment to reduce the carrying value of certain identifiable intangible assets.
 
Corporate.   Operating Loss of the Corporate segment for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 is as follows (millions):
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     % Change  
 
Selling, general and administrative (a)
  $ (325 )   $ (324 )      
Restructuring costs
          (12 )     (100 %)
Depreciation
    (40 )     (44 )     (9 %)
                         
Operating Loss
  $  (365 )   $  (380 )     (4 %)
                         
                         
 
 
(a) Selling, general and administrative expenses exclude depreciation.


60


Table of Contents

 
TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
 
 
The 2008 results included $12 million of restructuring costs, due primarily to involuntary employee terminations as a result of the Company’s cost savings initiatives at the Corporate segment.
 
Excluding the restructuring costs noted above, Operating Loss for the year ended December 31, 2009 was essentially flat compared to the prior year, reflecting higher pension expenses, an increase in legal and other professional fees related to the defense of former employees in various lawsuits and an increase in philanthropic contributions, offset by cost savings initiatives.
 
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY
 
Management believes that cash generated by or available to the Company should be sufficient to fund its capital and liquidity needs for the foreseeable future, including quarterly dividend payments, the purchase of up to $5 billion of common stock under the Company’s repurchase program and scheduled debt repayments. Time Warner’s sources of cash include cash provided by operations, cash and equivalents on hand, available borrowing capacity under its committed credit facilities and commercial paper program and access to capital markets. Time Warner’s unused committed capacity at December 31, 2010 was $8.700 billion, which included $3.663 billion of cash and equivalents.
 
Current Financial Condition
 
At December 31, 2010, Time Warner had $16.549 billion of debt, $3.663 billion of cash and equivalents (net debt, defined as total debt less cash and equivalents, of $12.886 billion) and $32.940 billion of shareholders’ equity, compared to $16.208 billion of debt, $4.733 billion of cash and equivalents (net debt of $11.475 billion) and $33.396 billion of shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2009.
 
The following table shows the significant items contributing to the increase in net debt from December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2010 (millions):
 
         
Balance at December 31, 2009
  $ 11,475  
Cash provided by operations from continuing operations
     (3,314 )
Cash used by discontinued operations
    24  
Capital expenditures
    631  
Dividends paid to common stockholders
    971  
Investments and acquisitions, net (a)
    935  
Proceeds from the sale of investments
    (130 )
Repurchases of common stock
    2,016  
All other, net (b)
    278  
         
Balance at December 31, 2010
  $  12,886  
         
 
 
(a) Refer to “Investing Activities” below for further detail.
(b) Includes premiums and transaction costs paid in connection with debt redemptions.
 
On January 28, 2010, Time Warner’s Board of Directors authorized up to $3.0 billion of share repurchases beginning January 1, 2010. Purchases under the stock repurchase program may be made from time to time on the open market and in privately negotiated transactions. The size and timing of these purchases are based on a number of factors, including price and business and market conditions. From January 1, 2010 through December 31, 2010, the Company repurchased approximately 65 million shares of common stock for approximately $1.999 billion pursuant to trading programs under Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). On January 25, 2011, Time Warner’s Board of Directors authorized up to $5.0 billion of share repurchases beginning January 1, 2011. From January 1, 2011 through February 11, 2011, the Company repurchased approximately 9 million shares of common stock for approximately $295 million pursuant to trading programs under Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act.


61


Table of Contents

 
TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
 
Cash Flows
 
Cash and equivalents decreased by $1.070 billion, including $24 million of cash used by discontinued operations, for the year ended December 31, 2010 and increased by $3.651 billion, including $617 million of cash provided by discontinued operations, for the year ended December 31, 2009. Components of these changes are discussed below in more detail.
 
Operating Activities from Continuing Operations
 
Details of cash provided by operations from continuing operations are as follows (millions):
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
 
Operating Income (Loss)
  $ 5,428     $ 4,470     $ (3,044 )
Depreciation and amortization
    938       948       1,014  
(Gain) loss on operating assets
    (70 )     33       3  
Noncash asset impairments
    20       85       7,213  
Net interest payments (a)
      (1,060 )      (1,082 )      (1,341 )
Net income taxes paid (b)
    (958 )     (810 )     (212 )
Noncash equity-based compensation
    199       175       192  
Domestic pension plan contributions
    (26 )     (43 )     (395 )
Restructuring payments, net of accruals
    (62 )     (8 )     181  
Amounts paid to settle litigation
    (250 )            
All other, net, including working capital changes
    (845 )     (382 )     681  
                         
Cash provided by operations from continuing operations
  $  3,314     $  3,386     $  4,292  
                         
 
 
(a) Includes interest income received of $26 million, $43 million and $65 million in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
(b) Includes income tax refunds received of $90 million, $99 million and $137 million in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and income tax sharing payments to TWC of $87 million in 2010 and net income tax sharing receipts from TWC and AOL of $241 million and $342 million in 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
Cash provided by operations from continuing operations decreased to $3.314 billion in 2010 from $3.386 billion in 2009. The decrease in cash provided by operations from continuing operations was related primarily to cash used by working capital, amounts paid to settle litigation and higher income taxes paid, partially offset by an increase in Operating Income. Working capital is subject to wide fluctuations based on the timing of cash transactions related to production schedules, the acquisition of programming, collection of accounts receivable and similar items. In 2011, the Company anticipates that cash used by working capital will increase over 2010 primarily due to higher investments in television programming and film production as well as higher cash tax payments.
 
Cash provided by operations from continuing operations decreased to $3.386 billion in 2009 from $4.292 billion in 2008. The decrease in cash provided by operations from continuing operations was related primarily to an increase in net income taxes paid, an increase in restructuring payments, net of accruals and cash used by working capital, partially offset by a decline in net interest payments and domestic pension plan contributions. The Company’s net income tax payments increased in 2009 by $598 million primarily due to higher taxable income in 2009 and the run-off of tax attributes that benefitted the Company in prior years.


62


Table of Contents

 
TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
 
Investing Activities from Continuing Operations
 
Details of cash provided (used) by investing activities from continuing operations are as follows (millions):
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
 
Investments in available-for-sale securities
  $ (16 )   $ (4 )   $ (19 )
Investments and acquisitions, net of cash acquired:
                       
HBO Asia, HBO South Asia and HBO LAG
    (217 )           (288 )
HBO CE
    (136 )            
Chilevision
    (134 )            
Shed Media
    (100 )            
Repurchase of Google’s 5% interest in AOL
          (283 )      
CME
          (246 )      
All other
    (332 )     (216 )     (441 )
Capital expenditures
    (631 )     (547 )     (682 )
Proceeds from the Special Dividend (as defined below)
          9,253        
Proceeds from the sale of available-for-sale securities
          50       13  
All other investment and sale proceeds
    130       181       131  
                         
Cash provided (used) by investing activities from continuing operations
  $  (1,436 )   $  8,188     $  (1,286 )
                         
 
Cash used by investing activities from continuing operations was $1.436 billion in 2010 compared to cash provided by investing activities from continuing operations of $8.188 billion in 2009. The change in cash provided (used) by investing activities from continuing operations was primarily due to the Company’s receipt of $9.253 billion on March 12, 2009 as its portion of the payment by TWC of a special cash dividend of $10.27 per share to all holders of TWC Class A Common Stock and TWC Class B Common Stock as of the close of business on March 11, 2009 (the “Special Dividend”) in connection with the separation of TWC from the Company.
 
Cash provided by investing activities from continuing operations was $8.188 billion in 2009 compared to cash used by investing activities from continuing operations of $1.286 billion in 2008. The change in cash provided (used) by investing activities from continuing operations was primarily due to the receipt of the Company’s portion of the Special Dividend.
 
Financing Activities from Continuing Operations
 
Details of cash used by financing activities from continuing operations are as follows (millions):
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
 
Borrowings (a)
  $ 5,243     $ 3,583     $ 33,192  
Debt repayments (a)
    (4,910 )     (10,050 )     (34,971 )
Proceeds from the exercise of stock options
    121       56       134  
Excess tax benefit on stock options
    7       1       3  
Principal payments on capital leases
    (14 )     (18 )     (17 )
Repurchases of common stock
    (2,016 )     (1,158 )     (332 )
Dividends paid
    (971 )     (897 )     (901 )
Other financing activities
    (384 )     (57 )     (3 )
                         
Cash used by financing activities from continuing operations
  $  (2,924 )   $  (8,540 )   $  (2,895 )
                         
 
 
(a) The Company reflects borrowings under its bank credit agreements on a gross basis and short-term commercial paper on a net basis in the accompanying consolidated statement of cash flows.


63


Table of Contents

 
TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
 
 
Cash used by financing activities from continuing operations decreased to $2.924 billion in 2010 from $8.540 billion in 2009. The decrease in cash used by financing activities from continuing operations was primarily due to a decrease in debt repayments and an increase in borrowings, partially offset by an increase in repurchases of common stock made in connection with the Company’s common stock repurchase program. Other financing activities include the premiums and transaction costs paid in connection with the 2010 Debt Redemptions. As discussed under “Recent Developments,” the borrowings and debt repayments in 2010 primarily reflect a series of transactions that capitalized on the historically low interest rate environment and extended the average maturity of the Company’s debt. In 2009, the Company used a portion of the $9.253 billion it received from the payment of the Special Dividend to repay in full its $2.000 billion three-year unsecured term loan facility (plus accrued interest) and repay all amounts outstanding under the Prior Credit Agreement (defined below). In addition, the Company paid $2.000 billion (plus accrued interest) for floating rate public debt that matured on November 13, 2009.
 
Cash used by financing activities from continuing operations increased to $8.540 billion in 2009 from $2.895 billion in 2008. The change in cash used by financing activities from continuing operations was primarily due to an increase in net debt repayments and an increase in repurchases of common stock made in connection with the Company’s common stock repurchase program.
 
Cash Flows from Discontinued Operations
 
Details of cash provided (used) by discontinued operations are as follows (millions):
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
 
Cash provided (used) by operations from discontinued operations
  $ (24 )   $ 1,324     $ 6,268  
Cash used by investing activities from discontinued operations
          (763 )     (5,213 )
Cash provided (used) by financing activities from discontinued operations
          (5,255 )     3,983  
Effect of change in cash and equivalents of discontinued operations
          5,311       (5,200 )
                         
Cash provided (used) by discontinued operations
  $  (24 )   $  617     $  (162 )
                         
 
Cash used by discontinued operations was $24 million in 2010 as compared to cash provided by discontinued operations of $617 million in 2009, which primarily reflected the cash activity associated with AOL.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2009, cash provided (used) by discontinued operations primarily reflected cash activity of TWC and AOL through their separations from the Company on March 12, 2009 and December 9, 2009, respectively, and, for the year ended December 31, 2008, it primarily reflected cash activity of TWC and AOL for the entire twelve-month period. The cash used by financing activities from discontinued operations of $5.255 billion for the year ended December 31, 2009 reflects TWC’s payment of the Special Dividend, partially offset by an increase in borrowings. Cash provided by discontinued operations of $617 million in 2009 compared to cash used by discontinued operations of $162 million in 2008 primarily reflected a decline in net investment and acquisition expenditures at AOL.
 
Outstanding Debt and Other Financing Arrangements
 
Outstanding Debt and Committed Financial Capacity
 
At December 31, 2010, Time Warner had total committed capacity, defined as maximum available borrowings under various existing debt arrangements and cash and short-term investments, of $25.314 billion. Of this committed capacity, $8.700 billion was unused and $16.549 billion was outstanding as debt. At December 31,


64


Table of Contents

 
TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
 
2010, total committed capacity, outstanding letters of credit, outstanding debt and total unused committed capacity were as follows (millions):
 
                                 
                      Unused
 
    Committed
    Letters of
    Outstanding
    Committed
 
    Capacity (a)     Credit (b)     Debt (c)     Capacity  
 
Cash and equivalents
  $ 3,663     $     $     $ 3,663  
Revolving bank credit agreement and commercial paper program
    5,000       51             4,949  
Fixed-rate public debt
    16,276             16,276        
Other obligations (d)
    375       14       273       88  
                                 
Total
  $  25,314     $  65     $  16,549     $  8,700  
                                 
 
 
(a) The revolving bank credit agreement, commercial paper program and public debt of the Company rank pari passu with the senior debt of the respective obligors thereon. The maturity profile of the Company’s outstanding debt and other financing arrangements is relatively long-term, with a weighted average maturity of 14.7 years as of December 31, 2010.
(b) Represents the portion of committed capacity reserved for outstanding and undrawn letters of credit.
(c) Represents principal amounts adjusted for premiums and discounts. At December 31, 2010, the Company’s public debt matures as follows: $0 in 2011, $638 million in 2012, $732 million in 2013, $0 in 2014, $1.000 billion in 2015 and $14.031 billion thereafter. In the period after 2015, no more than $2.0 billion will mature in any given year.
(d) Includes committed financings by subsidiaries under local bank credit agreements and $26 million of debt due within the next twelve months that relates to capital lease and other obligations.
 
Revolving Bank Credit Facilities
 
Effective November 30, 2010, the Company reduced the commitments of the lenders under its $6.9 billion senior unsecured five-year revolving credit facility to an aggregate amount equal to $5.0 billion (the “Prior Credit Agreement”).
 
On January 19, 2011, the Company entered into two new senior unsecured revolving bank credit facilities totaling $5.0 billion (the “New Revolving Credit Facilities”), consisting of a $2.5 billion three-year revolving credit facility that matures on January 19, 2014 and a $2.5 billion five-year revolving credit facility that matures on January 19, 2016. The New Revolving Credit Facilities replaced the Prior Credit Agreement, which would have expired on February 17, 2011.
 
The funding commitments under the New Revolving Credit Facilities are provided by a geographically diverse group of over 20 major financial institutions based in countries including Canada, France, Germany, Japan, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, the United Kingdom and the U.S. No institution accounts for more than 7% of the aggregate undrawn loan commitments.
 
Commercial Paper Program
 
On February 16, 2011, the Company established a new commercial paper program on a private placement basis under which Time Warner may issue unsecured commercial paper notes up to a maximum aggregate amount outstanding at any time of $5 billion. Concurrently with the effectiveness of the new program, the Company terminated its prior commercial paper program.
 
2010 Debt Transactions
 
On March 3, 2010, Time Warner filed a shelf registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission that allows it to offer and sell from time to time debt securities, preferred stock, common stock and warrants to purchase debt and equity securities. As summarized below, during 2010, the Company entered into a


65


Table of Contents

 
TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
 
series of transactions to capitalize on the historically low interest rate environment and extend the maturities of its public debt.
 
On March 11, 2010, Time Warner issued $2.0 billion aggregate principal amount of debt securities from the shelf registration statement, consisting of $1.4 billion aggregate principal amount of 4.875% Notes due 2020 and $600 million aggregate principal amount of 6.200% Debentures due 2040 (the “March 2010 Debt Offering”). On July 14, 2010, Time Warner issued $3.0 billion aggregate principal amount of debt securities from the shelf registration statement, consisting of $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of 3.15% Notes due 2015, $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of 4.70% Notes due 2021 and $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of 6.10% Debentures due 2040 (the “July 2010 Debt Offering” and, together with the March 2010 Debt Offering, the “2010 Debt Offerings”). The net proceeds to the Company from the 2010 Debt Offerings were $4.963 billion, after deducting underwriting discounts, and the net proceeds were used in connection with the 2010 Debt Redemptions and the Securitization Repayment, as defined below.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company repurchased and redeemed all $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of the 6.75% Notes due 2011 of Time Warner, all $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of the 5.50% Notes due 2011 of Time Warner, $1.362 billion aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 6.875% Notes due 2012 of Time Warner and $568 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 9.125% Debentures due 2013 of Historic TW (as successor by merger to Time Warner Companies, Inc.). The premiums paid and transaction costs incurred in connection with the 2010 Debt Redemptions were $364 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. These amounts were reflected in other income (loss), net in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations and were included in significant transactions and other items affecting comparability.
 
During the first quarter of 2010, the Company repaid the $805 million outstanding under the Company’s two accounts receivable securitization facilities (the “Securitization Repayment”). The Company terminated the two accounts receivable securitization facilities on March 19, 2010 and March 24, 2010, respectively.
 
Additional Information
 
The obligations of each of the borrowers under the Company’s revolving bank credit agreements and the obligations of Time Warner under the commercial paper program and public debt issued in 2010 are directly or indirectly guaranteed, on an unsecured basis by Historic TW Inc. (“Historic TW”), Home Box Office and Turner. See Note 8, “Long-Term Debt and Other Financing Arrangements,” to the accompanying consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding the Company’s outstanding debt and other financing arrangements, including certain information about maturities, covenants, rating triggers and bank credit agreement leverage ratios relating to such debt and financing arrangements.
 
Contractual and Other Obligations
 
Contractual Obligations
 
In addition to the previously discussed financing arrangements, the Company has obligations under certain contractual arrangements to make future payments for goods and services. These contractual obligations secure the future rights to various assets and services to be used in the normal course of operations. For example, the Company is contractually committed to make certain minimum lease payments for the use of property under operating lease agreements. In accordance with applicable accounting rules, the future rights and obligations pertaining to firm commitments, such as operating lease obligations and certain purchase obligations under contracts, are not reflected as assets or liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.


66


Table of Contents

 
TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
 
The following table summarizes the Company’s aggregate contractual obligations at December 31, 2010, and the estimated timing and effect that such obligations are expected to have on the Company’s liquidity and cash flows in future periods (millions):
 
                                         
Contractual Obligations (a)(b)(c)
  Total     2011     2012-2013     2014-2015     Thereafter  
 
Outstanding debt obligations (Note 8)
  $ 16,599     $ 15     $ 1,370     $ 1,000     $ 14,214  
Interest (Note 8)
    17,099       1,065       2,045       1,914       12,075  
Capital lease obligations (Note 8)
    95       14       27       22       32  
Operating lease obligations (Note 16)
    2,488       401       729       630       728  
Purchase obligations
    21,415       4,444       5,328       3,450       8,193  
                                         
Total contractual obligations and outstanding debt
  $  57,696     $  5,939     $  9,499     $  7,016     $  35,242  
                                         
 
 
(a) The table does not include the effects of certain put/call or other buy-out arrangements that are contingent in nature involving certain of the Company’s investees (Note 16).
(b) The table does not include the Company’s reserve for uncertain tax positions and related accrued interest and penalties, which at December 31, 2010 totaled $2.4 billion, as the specific timing of any cash payments relating to this obligation cannot be projected with reasonable certainty.
(c) The references to Note 8 and Note 16 refer to the notes to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
 
The following is a description of the Company’s material contractual obligations at December 31, 2010:
 
  •   Outstanding debt obligations — represents the principal amounts due on outstanding debt obligations as of December 31, 2010. Amounts do not include any fair value adjustments, bond premiums, discounts, interest payments or dividends.
 
  •   Interest — represents amounts based on the outstanding debt balances, interest rates and maturity schedules of the respective instruments as of December 31, 2010. Interest ultimately paid on these obligations may differ based on changes in interest rates for variable-rate debt, as well as any potential future refinancings entered into by the Company.
 
  •   Capital lease obligations — represents the minimum lease payments under noncancelable capital leases, primarily for certain transponder leases at the Networks segment.
 
  •   Operating lease obligations — represents the minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases, primarily for the Company’s real estate and operating equipment in various locations around the world.
 
  •   Purchase obligations — represents an agreement to purchase goods or services that is enforceable and legally binding on the Company and that specifies all significant terms, including: fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. The purchase obligation amounts do not represent the entire anticipated purchases in the future, but represent only those items for which the Company is contractually obligated. Additionally, the Company also purchases products and services as needed, with no firm commitment. For this reason, the amounts presented in the table alone do not provide a reliable indicator of the Company’s expected future cash outflows. For purposes of identifying and accumulating purchase obligations, the Company has included all material contracts meeting the definition of a purchase obligation (i.e., legally binding for a fixed or minimum amount or quantity). For those contracts involving a fixed or minimum quantity, but with variable pricing terms, the Company has estimated the contractual obligation based on its best estimate of the pricing that will be in effect at the time the obligation is incurred. Additionally, the Company has included only the obligations represented by those contracts as they existed at December 31, 2010, and did not assume renewal or replacement of the contracts at the end of their respective terms. If a contract includes a penalty for non-renewal, the Company has included that penalty, assuming it will be paid in the period


67


Table of Contents

 
TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
 
  after the contract term expires. If Time Warner can unilaterally terminate an agreement simply by providing a certain number of days notice or by paying a termination fee, the Company has included the amount of the termination fee or the amount that would be paid over the “notice period.” Contracts that can be unilaterally terminated without incurring a penalty have not been included.
 
The following table summarizes the Company’s purchase obligations at December 31, 2010 (millions):
 
                                         
Purchase Obligations
  Total     2011     2012-2013     2014-2015     Thereafter  
 
Network programming obligations (a)
  $ 17,294     $ 2,543     $ 3,806     $ 2,960     $ 7,985  
Creative talent and employment agreements (b)
    1,866       1,004       709       144       9  
Obligations to use certain printing facilities for the production of magazines
    705       229       437       39        
Advertising, marketing and sponsorship obligations (c)
    785       394       207       179       5  
Other, primarily general and administrative obligations (d)
    765       274       169       128       194  
                                         
Total purchase obligations
  $ 21,415     $ 4,444     $ 5,328     $ 3,450     $ 8,193  
                                         
 
 
(a) The Networks segment enters into contracts to license sports programming to carry on its television networks. The amounts in the table represent minimum payment obligations to sports leagues (e.g., NCAA, NBA, NASCAR, MLB) to air the programming over the contract period. Included in the table above is $10.7 billion payable to the NCAA over the 14-year term of the agreement, which does not include amounts recoupable from the other party to the agreement with the NCAA. The Networks segment also enters into licensing agreements with certain movie studios to acquire the rights to air movies that the movie studios release theatrically. The pricing structures in these contracts differ in that certain agreements can require a fixed amount per movie while others are based on a percentage of the movie’s box office receipts (with license fees generally capped at specified amounts), or a combination of both. The amounts included in the table represent obligations for movies that have been released theatrically as of December 31, 2010 and are calculated using the actual or estimated box office performance or fixed amounts, based on the applicable contract.
(b) The Company’s commitments under creative talent and employment agreements include obligations to executives, actors, producers, authors, and other talent under contractual arrangements, including union contracts and other organizations that represent such creative talent.
(c) Advertising, marketing and sponsorship obligations include minimum guaranteed royalty and marketing payments to vendors and content providers, primarily at the Networks and Filmed Entertainment segments.
(d) Other includes obligations related to the Company’s postretirement and unfunded defined benefit pension plans, obligations to purchase general and administrative items and services, construction commitments primarily at the Networks segment, outsourcing commitments primarily at the Filmed Entertainment segment, a deferred purchase price obligation at the Networks segment, obligations to purchase information technology licenses and services and payments due pursuant to certain technology arrangements.
 
Most of the Company’s other long-term liabilities reflected in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet have been incorporated in the estimated timing of cash payments provided in the summary of contractual obligations, the most significant of which is an approximate $1.227 billion liability for film licensing obligations. However, certain long-term liabilities and deferred credits have been excluded from the summary because there are no cash outflows associated with them (e.g., deferred revenue) or because the cash outflows associated with them are uncertain or do not represent a purchase obligation as it is used herein (e.g., deferred taxes, participations and royalties, deferred compensation and other miscellaneous items).


68


Table of Contents

 
TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
 
Future Film Licensing Obligations
 
In addition to the purchase obligations previously discussed, the Company has certain future film licensing obligations, which represent studio movie deal commitments to acquire the right to air movies that will be released in the future (i.e., after December 31, 2010). These arrangements do not meet the definition of a purchase obligation since there are neither fixed nor minimum quantities under the arrangements. Because future film licensing obligations are significant to its business, the Company has summarized these arrangements below. Given the variability in the terms of these arrangements, significant estimates were involved in the determination of these obligations, including giving consideration to historical box office performance and studio release trends. Actual amounts, once known, could differ significantly from these estimates (millions).
 
                                         
    Total     2011     2012-2013     2014-2015     Thereafter  
 
Future Film Licensing Obligations
  $  4,546     $  563     $  1,331     $  1,513     $  1,139  
                                         
 
Contingent Commitments and Programming Licensing Backlog
 
The Company has certain contractual arrangements that would require it to make payments or provide funding if certain circumstances occur. In addition, the Company has contractual arrangements for the licensing of theatrical and television product for which the telecast period has not yet commenced and for which the Company has not yet recorded the related revenue. See Note 16, “Commitments and Contingencies,” to the accompanying consolidated financial statements for further discussion of these items.
 
Customer Credit Risk
 
Customer credit risk represents the potential for financial loss if a customer is unwilling or unable to meet its agreed upon contractual payment obligations. Credit risk in the Company’s businesses originates from sales of various products or services and is dispersed among many different counterparties. At December 31, 2010, no single customer had a receivable balance greater than 5% of total receivables. The Company’s exposure to customer credit risk is largely concentrated in the following categories (amounts presented below are net of reserves and allowances):
 
  •     Various retailers for home video product of approximately $730 million;
  •     Various cable and broadcast TV network operators for licensed TV and film product of approximately $2.2 billion;
  •     Various magazine wholesalers related to the distribution of published product of approximately $130 million;
  •     Various cable system operators, satellite distribution services, telephone companies and other distributors for the distribution of television programming services of approximately $1.2 billion; and
  •     Various advertisers and advertising agencies related to advertising services of approximately $1.3 billion.
 
For additional information regarding Time Warner’s accounting policies relating to customer credit risk, refer to Note 1, “Description of Business, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Polices,” to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
 
MARKET RISK MANAGEMENT
 
Market risk is the potential gain/loss arising from changes in market rates and prices, such as interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and changes in the market value of financial instruments.


69


Table of Contents

 
TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
 
Interest Rate Risk
 
Time Warner has issued fixed-rate debt that, at December 31, 2010, had an outstanding balance of $16.276 billion and an estimated fair value of $18.545 billion. Based on Time Warner’s fixed-rate debt obligations outstanding at December 31, 2010, a 25 basis point increase or decrease in the level of interest rates would, respectively, decrease or increase the fair value of the fixed-rate debt by approximately $411 million. Such potential increases or decreases are based on certain simplifying assumptions, including a constant level of fixed-rate debt and an immediate, across-the-board increase or decrease in the level of interest rates with no other subsequent changes for the remainder of the period.
 
At December 31, 2010, the Company had a cash balance of $3.663 billion, which is primarily invested in variable-rate interest-earning assets. Based on Time Warner’s variable-rate interest-earning assets outstanding at December 31, 2010, a 25 basis point increase or decrease in the level of interest rates would have an insignificant impact on interest income.
 
Foreign Currency Risk
 
Time Warner uses foreign exchange contracts primarily to hedge the risk that unremitted or forecasted royalties and license fees owed to Time Warner domestic companies for the sale or anticipated sale of U.S. copyrighted products abroad because such amounts may be adversely affected by changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Similarly, the Company enters into foreign exchange contracts to hedge certain film production costs denominated in a foreign currency as well as other transactions, assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign currency. As part of its overall strategy to manage the level of exposure to the risk of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, Time Warner hedges a portion of its foreign currency exposures anticipated over a rolling twelve-month period. The hedging period for royalties and license fees covers revenues expected to be recognized during the calendar year; however, there is often a lag between the time that revenue is recognized and the transfer of foreign-denominated cash to U.S. dollars. To hedge this exposure, Time Warner uses foreign exchange contracts that generally have maturities of three months to eighteen months and provide continuing coverage throughout the hedging period. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, Time Warner had contracts for the sale of $2.760 billion and $2.320 billion, respectively, and the purchase of $2.206 billion and $1.762 billion, respectively, of foreign currencies at fixed rates. The following provides a summary of foreign currency contracts by currency (millions):
 
                                 
    December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  
    Sales     Purchases     Sales     Purchases  
 
British pound
  $ 612     $ 646     $ 684     $ 519  
Euro
    427       302       482       243  
Canadian dollar
    634       416       484       338  
Australian dollar
    587       534       331       419  
Other
    500       308       339       243  
                                 
Total
  $ 2,760     $ 2,206     $ 2,320     $ 1,762  
                                 
 
Based on the foreign exchange contracts outstanding at December 31, 2010, a 10% devaluation of the U.S. dollar as compared to the level of foreign exchange rates for currencies under contract at December 31, 2010 would result in a decrease of approximately $55 million in the value of such contracts. Conversely, a 10% appreciation of the U.S. dollar would result in an increase of approximately $55 million in the value of such contracts. For a hedge of forecasted royalty or license fees denominated in a foreign currency, consistent with the nature of the economic hedge provided by such foreign exchange contracts, such unrealized gains or losses largely would be offset by corresponding decreases or increases, respectively, in the dollar value of future foreign currency royalty and license fee payments that would be received in cash within the hedging period from the sale of U.S. copyrighted products abroad. See Note 7 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements for additional discussion.


70


Table of Contents

 
TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
 
Equity Risk
 
The Company is exposed to market risk as it relates to changes in the market value of its investments. The Company invests in equity instruments of public and private companies for operational and strategic business purposes. These securities are subject to significant fluctuations in fair market value due to the volatility of the stock market and the industries in which the companies operate. At December 31, 2010, these securities, which are classified in Investments, including available-for-sale securities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet, included $883 million of investments accounted for using the equity method of accounting, $313 million of cost-method investments, primarily relating to equity interests in privately held businesses, $547 million of investments related to the Company’s deferred compensation program and $53 million of investments in available-for-sale securities.
 
The potential loss in fair value resulting from a 10% adverse change in the prices of the Company’s available-for-sale securities would be approximately $5 million. While Time Warner has recognized all declines that are believed to be other-than-temporary, it is reasonably possible that individual investments in the Company’s portfolio may experience an other-than-temporary decline in value in the future if the underlying investee company experiences poor operating results or if the U.S. equity markets experience future broad declines in value. See Note 4 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements for additional discussion.
 
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
The Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which requires management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Management considers an accounting policy to be critical if it is important to the Company’s financial condition and results of operations, and if it requires significant judgment and estimates on the part of management in its application. The development and selection of these critical accounting policies have been determined by the management of Time Warner and the related disclosures have been reviewed with the Audit and Finance Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company. The Company considers policies relating to the following matters to be critical accounting policies:
 
  •     Impairment of Goodwill and Intangible Assets;
  •     Multiple-Element Transactions;
  •     Income Taxes;
  •     Film Cost Recognition, Participations and Residuals and Impairments;
  •     Gross versus Net Revenue Recognition; and
  •     Sales Returns, Pricing Rebates and Uncollectible Accounts.
 
For a discussion of each of the Company’s critical accounting policies, including information and analysis of estimates and assumptions involved in their application, and other significant accounting policies, see Note 1 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
 
CAUTION CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
This report contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. Forward-looking statements often include words such as “anticipates,” “estimates,” “expects,” “projects,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes” and words and terms of similar substance in connection with discussions of future operating or financial performance. Examples of forward-looking statements in this report include, but are not limited to, statements regarding the adequacy of the Company’s liquidity to meet its needs for the foreseeable future, the impact of plan amendments on employee benefit plan expenses, the Company’s international expansion plans, the impact of increased programming costs associated with Turner’s investment in NCAA Tournament Games programming, the impact of the timing of theatrical and home video releases, future film licensing obligations and the impact of increases in cash used by working capital.


71


Table of Contents

 
TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
 
The Company’s forward-looking statements are based on management’s current expectations and assumptions regarding the Company’s business and performance, the economy and other future conditions and forecasts of future events, circumstances and results. As with any projection or forecast, forward-looking statements are inherently susceptible to uncertainty and changes in circumstances. The Company’s actual results may vary materially from those expressed or implied in its forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause the Company’s actual results to differ materially from those in its forward-looking statements include government regulation, economic, strategic, political and social conditions and the following factors:
 
  •     recent and future changes in technology, services and standards, including, but not limited to, alternative methods for the delivery, storage and consumption of digital media and the maturation of the standard definition DVD format;
  •     changes in consumer behavior, including changes in spending behavior and changes in when, where and how digital media is consumed;
  •     changes in the Company’s plans, initiatives and strategies, and consumer acceptance thereof;
  •     competitive pressures, including as a result of audience fragmentation and changes in technology;
  •     the popularity of the Company’s content;
  •     the Company’s ability to deal effectively with an economic slowdown or other economic or market difficulty;
  •     changes in advertising expenditures due to, among other things, the shift of advertising expenditures from traditional to digital media, pressure from public interest groups, changes in laws and regulations and other societal, political, technological and regulatory developments;
  •     piracy and the Company’s ability to protect its content and intellectual property rights;
  •     lower than expected valuations associated with the cash flows and revenues at Time Warner’s segments, which could result in Time Warner’s inability to realize the value of recorded intangible assets and goodwill at those segments;
  •     decreased liquidity in the capital markets, including any limitation on the Company’s ability to access the capital markets for debt securities or obtain bank financings on acceptable terms;
  •     the effects of any significant acquisitions, dispositions and other similar transactions by the Company;
  •     the failure to meet earnings expectations;
  •     the adequacy of the Company’s risk management framework;
  •     changes in U.S. GAAP or other applicable accounting policies;
  •     the impact of terrorist acts, hostilities, natural disasters and pandemic viruses;
  •     changes in tax, federal communication and other laws and regulations; and
  •     the other risks and uncertainties detailed in Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” in this report.
 
Any forward-looking statements made by the Company in this report speak only as of the date on which they are made. The Company is under no obligation to, and expressly disclaims any obligation to, update or alter its forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, subsequent events or otherwise.


72


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
(millions, except per share amounts)
 
                 
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2010     2009  
 
ASSETS
               
Current assets
               
Cash and equivalents
  $ 3,663     $ 4,733  
Receivables, less allowances of $2,161 and $2,247
    6,413       5,070  
Securitized receivables
          805  
Inventories
    1,920       1,769  
Deferred income taxes
    581       670  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    561       645  
                 
Total current assets
    13,138       13,692  
Noncurrent inventories and film costs
    5,985       5,754  
Investments, including available-for-sale securities
    1,796       1,542  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    3,874       3,922  
Intangible assets subject to amortization, net
    2,492       2,676  
Intangible assets not subject to amortization
    7,827       7,734  
Goodwill
    29,994       29,639  
Other assets
    1,418       1,100  
                 
Total assets
  $ 66,524     $ 66,059  
                 
 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities
               
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
  $ 7,733     $ 7,807  
Deferred revenue
    884       781  
Debt due within one year
    26       57  
Non-recourse debt
          805  
Current liabilities of discontinued operations
          23  
                 
Total current liabilities
    8,643       9,473  
Long-term debt
    16,523       15,346  
Deferred income taxes
    1,950       1,607  
Deferred revenue
    296       269  
Other noncurrent liabilities
    6,167       5,967  
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 16)
               
Equity
               
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 1.641 billion and 1.634 billion shares issued and 1.099 billion and 1.157 billion shares outstanding
    16       16  
Paid-in-capital
    157,146       158,129  
Treasury stock, at cost (542 million and 477 million shares)
    (29,033 )     (27,034 )
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net
    (632 )     (580 )
Accumulated deficit
    (94,557 )     (97,135 )
                 
Total Time Warner Inc. shareholders’ equity
    32,940       33,396  
Noncontrolling interests
    5       1  
                 
Total equity
    32,945       33,397  
                 
Total liabilities and equity
  $ 66,524     $ 66,059  
                 
 
See accompanying notes.


73


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
Years Ended December 31,
(millions, except per share amounts)
 
                         
    2010     2009     2008  
 
Revenues:
                       
Subscription
  $ 9,028     $ 8,445     $ 8,300  
Advertising
    5,682       5,161       5,798  
Content
    11,565       11,074       11,450  
Other
    613       708       886  
                         
Total revenues
    26,888       25,388       26,434  
Costs of revenues
    (15,023 )     (14,235 )     (14,911 )
Selling, general and administrative
    (6,126 )     (6,073 )     (6,678 )
Amortization of intangible assets
    (264 )     (280 )     (346 )
Restructuring costs
    (97 )     (212 )     (327 )
Asset impairments
    (20 )     (85 )     (7,213 )
Gain (loss) on operating assets
    70       (33 )     (3 )
                         
Operating income (loss)
    5,428       4,470       (3,044 )
Interest expense, net
    (1,178 )     (1,166 )     (1,360 )
Other loss, net
    (331 )     (67 )     7  
                         
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
    3,919       3,237       (4,397 )
Income tax provision
    (1,348 )     (1,153 )     (693 )
                         
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    2,571       2,084       (5,090 )
Discontinued operations, net of tax
          428       (9,559 )
                         
Net income (loss)
    2,571       2,512       (14,649 )
Less Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
    7       (35 )     1,251  
                         
Net income (loss) attributable to Time Warner Inc. shareholders
  $ 2,578     $ 2,477     $ (13,398 )
                         
Amounts attributable to Time Warner Inc. shareholders:
                       
Income (loss) from continuing operations
  $ 2,578     $ 2,088     $ (5,090 )
Discontinued operations, net of tax
          389       (8,308 )
                         
Net income (loss)
  $ 2,578     $ 2,477     $ (13,398 )
                         
Per share information attributable to Time Warner Inc. common shareholders:
                       
Basic income (loss) per common share from continuing operations
  $ 2.27     $ 1.76     $ (4.27 )
Discontinued operations
          0.32       (6.95 )
                         
Basic net income (loss) per common share
  $ 2.27     $ 2.08     $ (11.22 )
                         
Average basic common shares outstanding
    1,128.4       1,184.0       1,194.2  
                         
Diluted income (loss) per common share from continuing operations
  $ 2.25     $ 1.75     $ (4.27 )
Discontinued operations
          0.32       (6.95 )
                         
Diluted net income (loss) per common share
  $ 2.25     $ 2.07     $ (11.22 )
                         
Average diluted common shares outstanding
    1,145.3       1,195.1       1,194.2  
                         
Cash dividends declared per share of common stock
  $ 0.850     $ 0.750     $ 0.750  
                         
 
See accompanying notes.


74


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
Years Ended December 31,
(millions)
 
                         
    2010     2009     2008  
 
OPERATIONS
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ 2,571     $ 2,512     $ (14,649 )
Less Discontinued operations, net of tax
          428       (9,559 )
                         
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
    2,571       2,084       (5,090 )
Adjustments for noncash and nonoperating items:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    938       948       1,014  
Amortization of film and television costs
    6,663       6,403       5,826  
Asset impairments
    20       85       7,213  
(Gain) loss on investments and other assets, net
    (6 )     49       52  
Equity in losses of investee companies, net of cash distributions
    38       74       21  
Equity-based compensation
    199       175       192  
Deferred income taxes
    89       346       410  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:
                       
Receivables
    (676 )     317       1,151  
Inventories and film costs
    (6,921 )     (6,671 )     (5,699 )
Accounts payable and other liabilities
    104       (838 )     (766 )
Other changes
    295       414       (32 )
                         
Cash provided by operations from continuing operations
    3,314       3,386       4,292  
                         
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
                       
Investments in available-for-sale securities
    (16 )     (4 )     (19 )
Investments and acquisitions, net of cash acquired
    (919 )     (745 )     (729 )
Capital expenditures
    (631 )     (547 )     (682 )
Investment proceeds from available-for-sale securities
          50       13  
Proceeds from the Special Dividend paid by Time Warner Cable Inc. 
          9,253        
Other investment proceeds
    130       181       131  
                         
Cash provided (used) by investing activities from continuing operations
    (1,436 )     8,188       (1,286 )
                         
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
                       
Borrowings
    5,243       3,583       33,192  
Debt repayments
    (4,910 )     (10,050 )     (34,971 )
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
    121       56       134  
Excess tax benefit on stock options
    7       1       3  
Principal payments on capital leases
    (14 )     (18 )     (17 )
Repurchases of common stock
    (2,016 )     (1,158 )     (332 )
Dividends paid
    (971 )     (897 )     (901 )
Other financing activities
    (384 )     (57 )     (3 )
                         
Cash used by financing activities from continuing operations
    (2,924 )     (8,540 )     (2,895 )
                         
Cash provided (used) by continuing operations
    (1,046 )     3,034       111  
                         
Cash provided (used) by operations from discontinued operations
    (24 )     1,324       6,268  
Cash used by investing activities from discontinued operations
          (763 )     (5,213 )
Cash provided (used) by financing activities from discontinued operations
          (5,255 )     3,983  
Effect of change in cash and equivalents of discontinued operations
          5,311       (5,200 )
                         
Cash provided (used) by discontinued operations
    (24 )     617       (162 )
                         
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND EQUIVALENTS
    (1,070 )     3,651       (51 )
CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD
    4,733       1,082       1,133  
                         
CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD
  $ 3,663     $ 4,733     $ 1,082  
                         
 
See accompanying notes.


75


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF EQUITY
(millions)
 
                                                         
    Time Warner Shareholders’              
                      Retained
                   
                      Earnings
                   
    Common
    Paid-In
    Treasury
    (Accumulated
          Noncontrolling
    Total
 
    Stock     Capital     Stock     Deficit)     Total     Interests     Equity  
 
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2007
  $ 16     $ 170,263     $ (25,526 )   $ (86,217 )   $ 58,536     $ 4,322     $ 62,858  
Net loss
                      (13,398 )     (13,398 )     (1,251 )     (14,649 )
Foreign currency translation adjustments
                      (956 )     (956 )     (5 )     (961 )
Change in unrealized gain on securities
                      (18 )     (18 )           (18 )
Change in unfunded benefit obligation
                      (780 )     (780 )     (46 )     (826 )
Change in realized and unrealized losses on derivative financial instruments
                      (71 )     (71 )           (71 )
                                                         
Comprehensive loss
                      (15,223 )     (15,223 )     (1,302 )     (16,525 )
Cash dividends
          (901 )                 (901 )           (901 )
Common stock repurchases
                (299 )           (299 )           (299 )
Impact of adopting new accounting pronouncements (a)
                      (13 )     (13 )           (13 )
Noncontrolling interests of acquired businesses
                                  15       15  
Amounts related primarily to stock options and restricted stock (b)
          202       (11 )     1       192             192  
                                                         
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2008
  $ 16     $ 169,564     $ (25,836 )   $ (101,452 )   $ 42,292     $ 3,035     $ 45,327  
                                                         
Net income
                      2,477       2,477       35       2,512  
Foreign currency translation adjustments
                      221       221       1       222  
Change in unrealized gain on securities
                      (12 )     (12 )           (12 )
Change in unfunded benefit obligation
                      183       183             183  
Change in realized and unrealized losses on derivative financial instruments
                      35       35             35  
                                                         
Comprehensive income
                      2,904       2,904       36       2,940  
Cash dividends
          (897 )                 (897 )           (897 )
Common stock repurchases
                (1,198 )           (1,198 )           (1,198 )
Time Warner Cable Inc. Special Dividend
                                  (1,603 )     (1,603 )
Time Warner Cable Inc. Spin-off
          (7,213 )           391       (6,822 )     (1,167 )     (7,989 )
AOL Spin-off
          (3,480 )           278       (3,202 )           (3,202 )
Repurchase of Google’s interest in AOL
          (155 )           164       9       (292 )     (283 )
Noncontrolling interests of acquired businesses
                                  (8 )     (8 )
Amounts related primarily to stock options and restricted stock (b)
          310                   310             310  
                                                         
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2009
  $ 16     $ 158,129     $ (27,034 )   $ (97,715 )   $ 33,396     $ 1     $ 33,397  
                                                         
Net income
                      2,578       2,578       (7 )     2,571  
Foreign currency translation adjustments
                      (131 )     (131 )           (131 )
Change in unrealized gain on securities
                      (1 )     (1 )           (1 )
Change in unfunded benefit obligation
                      55       55             55  
Change in realized and unrealized losses on derivative financial instruments
                      25       25             25  
                                                         
Comprehensive income
                      2,526       2,526       (7 )     2,519  
Cash dividends
          (971 )                 (971 )           (971 )
Common stock repurchases
                (1,999 )           (1,999 )           (1,999 )
Noncontrolling interests of acquired businesses
                                  11       11  
Amounts related primarily to stock options and restricted stock (b)
          (12 )                 (12 )           (12 )
                                                         
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2010
  $ 16     $ 157,146     $ (29,033 )   $ (95,189 )   $ 32,940     $ 5     $ 32,945  
                                                         
 
 
(a) For the year ended December 31, 2008, reflects the impact of adopting accounting guidance related to the accounting for collateral assignment and endorsement split-dollar life insurance arrangements.
(b) Amounts related primarily to stock options and restricted stock includes write-offs of deferred tax assets related to equity-based compensation.
 
See accompanying notes.


76


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1.  DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS, BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
Description of Business
 
Time Warner Inc. (“Time Warner” or the “Company”) is a leading media and entertainment company, whose businesses include television networks, filmed entertainment and publishing. Time Warner classifies its operations into three reportable segments: Networks: consisting principally of cable television networks that provide programming; Filmed Entertainment: consisting principally of feature film, television, home video and interactive game production and distribution; and Publishing: consisting principally of magazine publishing. Financial information for Time Warner’s various reportable segments is presented in Note 15.
 
Basis of Presentation
 
Basis of Consolidation
 
The consolidated financial statements include all of the assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and cash flows of entities in which Time Warner has a controlling interest (“subsidiaries”). Intercompany accounts and transactions between consolidated companies have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
The financial position and operating results of substantially all foreign operations are consolidated using the local currency as the functional currency. Local currency assets and liabilities are translated at the rates of exchange on the balance sheet date, and local currency revenues and expenses are translated at average rates of exchange during the period. Translation gains or losses of assets and liabilities are included in the consolidated statement of shareholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income, net.
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and footnotes thereto. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
Significant estimates and judgments inherent in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements include accounting for asset impairments, allowances for doubtful accounts, depreciation and amortization, the determination of ultimate revenues as it relates to amortized capitalized film costs and participations and residuals, home video and interactive games product and magazine returns, business combinations, pension and other postretirement benefits, equity-based compensation, income taxes, contingencies, litigation matters and the determination of whether the Company is the primary beneficiary of entities in which it holds variable interests.
 
Accounting Guidance Adopted in 2010
 
Amendments to Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets and VIEs
 
On January 1, 2010, the Company adopted guidance on a retrospective basis that (i) eliminated the concept of a qualifying special-purpose entity (“SPE”), (ii) eliminated the exception from applying existing accounting guidance related to variable interest entities (“VIEs”) that were previously considered qualifying SPEs, (iii) changed the approach for determining the primary beneficiary of a VIE from a quantitative risk and reward model to a qualitative model based on control and (iv) requires the Company to assess each reporting period whether any of the Company’s variable interests give it a controlling financial interest in the applicable VIE.
 
The Company’s investments in entities determined to be VIEs principally consist of certain investments at its Networks segment, primarily HBO Asia, HBO South Asia and certain entities that comprise HBO Latin America Group (“HBO LAG”), which operate multi-channel pay and basic cable television services. As of December 31, 2010, the Company held an 80% economic interest in HBO Asia, a 75% economic interest in HBO South Asia and an approximate 80% economic interest in HBO LAG. The Company previously consolidated these entities;


77


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
however, as a result of adopting this guidance, because voting control is shared with the other partners in each of the three entities, the Company determined that it is no longer the primary beneficiary of these entities and, effective January 1, 2010, accounts for these investments using the equity method. As of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the Company’s aggregate investment in these three entities was $597 million and $362 million, respectively, and was recorded in investments, including available-for-sale securities, in the consolidated balance sheet.
 
These investments are intended to enable the Company to more broadly leverage its programming and digital strategy in the territories served and to capitalize on the growing multi-channel television market in such territories. The Company provides programming as well as certain services, including distribution, licensing, technological and administrative support, to HBO Asia, HBO South Asia and HBO LAG. These entities are financed through cash flows from their operations, and the Company is not obligated to provide them with any additional financial support. In addition, the assets of these entities are not available to settle the Company’s obligations.
 
The adoption of this guidance with respect to these entities resulted in an increase (decrease) to revenues, operating income and net income attributable to Time Warner Inc. shareholders of $(397) million, $(75) million and $9 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2009 and an increase (decrease) of $(82) million, $(16) million and $4 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2008. The impact on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2009 and consolidated statement of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 was not material.
 
The Company also held variable interests in two wholly owned SPEs through which the activities of its accounts receivable securitization facilities were conducted. The Company determined it was the primary beneficiary of these entities because of its ability to direct the key activities of the SPEs that most significantly impact their economic performance. Accordingly, as a result of adopting this guidance, the Company consolidated these SPEs, which resulted in an increase to securitized receivables and non-recourse debt of $805 million as of December 31, 2009. In addition, for the year ended December 31, 2008, cash provided by operations increased by $231 million, with an offsetting decrease to cash used by financing activities. There was no change to cash provided by operations for the year ended December 31, 2009. The impact on the consolidated statement of operations for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 was not material. During the first quarter of 2010, the Company repaid the $805 million that was outstanding under these facilities and terminated the two facilities on March 19, 2010 and March 24, 2010, respectively.
 
Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses
 
On December 31, 2010, the Company adopted guidance that requires enhanced disclosures regarding the credit quality of financing receivables (e.g., long-term unbilled accounts receivable) and the allowances for credit losses. The adoption of this guidance did not affect the Company’s historical consolidated financial statements.
 
Accounting Guidance Not Yet Effective
 
Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements
 
In October 2009, guidance was issued related to the accounting for multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements, which amended the existing guidance for separating consideration in multiple-deliverable arrangements and established a selling price hierarchy for determining the selling price of a deliverable. This guidance became effective for the Company on January 1, 2011 and is being applied prospectively to multiple-deliverable arrangements entered into on or after January 1, 2011. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.


78


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
Summary of Critical and Significant Accounting Policies
 
The following is a discussion of each of the Company’s critical accounting policies, including information and analysis of estimates and assumptions involved in their application, and other significant accounting policies.
 
The Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) considers an accounting policy to be critical if it is important to the Company’s financial condition and results of operations and if it requires significant judgment and estimates on the part of management in its application. The development and selection of these critical accounting policies have been determined by Time Warner’s management and the related disclosures have been reviewed with the Audit and Finance Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company. Due to the significant judgment involved in selecting certain of the assumptions used in these areas, it is possible that different parties could choose different assumptions and reach different conclusions. The Company considers the policies relating to the following matters to be critical accounting policies:
 
  •     Impairment of Goodwill and Intangible Assets (see pages 82 to 83);
 
  •     Multiple-Element Transactions (see page 88);
 
  •     Income Taxes (see pages 89 to 90);
 
  •     Film Cost Recognition, Participations and Residuals and Impairments (see page 87);
 
  •     Gross versus Net Revenue Recognition (see pages 88 to 89); and
 
  •     Sales Returns, Pricing Rebates and Uncollectible Accounts (see pages 79 to 80).
 
Cash and Equivalents
 
Cash equivalents consist of investments that are readily convertible into cash and have original maturities of three months or less. Cash equivalents are carried at cost, which approximates fair value. The Company monitors concentrations of credit risk with respect to cash and equivalents by placing such balances with higher quality financial institutions or investing such amounts in liquid, short-term, highly-rated instruments or investment funds holding similar instruments. As of December 31, 2010, the majority of the Company’s cash and equivalents were invested in Rule 2a-7 money market mutual funds and with banks with a credit rating of at least A. At December 31, 2010, no single money market mutual fund or bank held more than $500 million.
 
Sales Returns, Pricing Rebates and Uncollectible Accounts
 
Management’s estimate of product sales that will be returned, pricing rebates to grant and the amount of receivables that will ultimately be collected is an area of judgment affecting reported revenues and net income. In estimating product sales that will be returned, management analyzes vendor sales of product, historical return trends, current economic conditions, and changes in customer demand. Based on this information, management reserves a percentage of any product sales that provide the customer with the right of return. The provision for such sales returns is reflected as a reduction in the revenues from the related sale. The Company’s products subject to return primarily include home entertainment product at the Filmed Entertainment and Networks segments and magazines and direct marketing sales at the Publishing segment. In estimating the reserve for pricing rebates, management considers the terms of the Company’s agreements with its customers that contain purchasing targets which, if met, would entitle the customer to a rebate. In those instances, management evaluates the customer’s actual and forecasted purchases to determine the appropriate reserve. At December 31, 2010, total reserves for sales returns (which also reflects reserves for certain pricing allowances provided to customers) were $1.432 billion at the Filmed Entertainment and Networks segments primarily related to film products (e.g., DVD sales) and $405 million at the Publishing segment for magazines and direct marketing sales.
 
Similarly, the Company monitors customer credit risk related to accounts receivable, including non-current unbilled trade receivables primarily related to the international distribution of television product. Significant


79


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
judgments and estimates are involved in evaluating if such amounts will ultimately be fully collected. Each division maintains a comprehensive approval process prior to issuing credit to third-party customers. On an ongoing basis, the Company tracks customer exposure based on news reports, ratings agency information and direct dialogue with customers. Counterparties that are determined to be of a higher risk are evaluated to assess whether the payment terms previously granted to them should be modified. The Company also monitors payment levels from customers, and a provision for estimated uncollectible amounts is maintained based on such payment levels, historical experience, management’s views on trends in the overall receivable agings at the different divisions and, for larger accounts, analyses of specific risks on a customer specific basis. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, total reserves for uncollectible accounts were approximately $324 million and $367 million, respectively. Bad debt expense recognized during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 totaled $42 million, $84 million and $117 million, respectively. In general, the Company does not require collateral with respect to its trade receivable arrangements. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and adjusts credit limits based on payment histories, current credit ratings and other factors.
 
Investments
 
Investments in companies in which Time Warner has significant influence, but less than a controlling voting interest, are accounted for using the equity method. Significant influence is generally presumed to exist when Time Warner owns between 20% and 50% of the investee, holds substantial management rights or holds an interest of less than 20%, but the investee is a limited liability partnership or limited liability corporation that is treated as a flow-through entity.
 
Under the equity method of accounting, only Time Warner’s investment in and amounts due to and from the equity investee are included in the consolidated balance sheet; only Time Warner’s share of the investee’s earnings (losses) is included in the consolidated statement of operations; and only the dividends, cash distributions, loans or other cash received from the investee, additional cash investments, loan repayments or other cash paid to the investee are included in the consolidated statement of cash flows. Additionally, the carrying value of investments accounted for using the equity method of accounting is adjusted downward to reflect any other-than-temporary declines in value (see “Asset Impairments” below).
 
Investments in companies in which Time Warner does not have a controlling interest or over which it is unable to exert significant influence are accounted for at market value if the investments are publicly traded. If the investment is not publicly traded, the investment is accounted for at cost. Unrealized gains and losses on investments accounted for at market value are reported, net of tax, in the consolidated statement of shareholders’ equity as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive income, net, until the investment is sold or considered impaired (see “Asset Impairments” below), at which time the realized gain or loss is included in Other income, net. Dividends and other distributions of earnings from both market-value investments and investments accounted for at cost are included in Other income, net, when declared. For more information, see Note 4.
 
Consolidation
 
Time Warner consolidates all entities in which it has a controlling voting interest and all VIEs in which the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary. An entity is generally a VIE if it meets any of the following criteria: (i) the entity has insufficient equity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties, (ii) the equity investors cannot make significant decisions about the entity’s operations or (iii) the voting rights of some investors are not proportional to their obligations to absorb the expected losses of the entity or receive the expected returns of the entity and substantially all of the entity’s activities involve or are conducted on behalf of the investor with disproportionately few voting rights. Time Warner periodically makes judgments in determining whether entities in which it invests are VIEs and, each reporting period, the Company assesses whether it is the primary beneficiary in any of its VIEs.


80


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
Derivative Instruments
 
The Company uses derivative instruments principally to manage the risk associated with movements in foreign currency exchange rates and recognizes all derivative instruments on the balance sheet at fair value. Changes in fair value of derivative instruments that qualify for hedge accounting will either be offset against the change in fair value of the hedged assets, liabilities or firm commitments through earnings or recognized in shareholders’ equity as a component of Accumulated other comprehensive income, net, until the hedged item is recognized in earnings, depending on whether the derivative instrument is being used to hedge changes in fair value or cash flows. The ineffective portion of a derivative instrument’s change in fair value is immediately recognized in earnings. For those derivative instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting, changes in fair value are recognized immediately in earnings. See Note 7 for additional information regarding derivative instruments held by the Company and risk management strategies.
 
Property, Plant and Equipment
 
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Additions to property, plant and equipment generally include material, labor and overhead. Time Warner also capitalizes certain costs associated with coding, software configuration, upgrades and enhancements incurred for the development of internal use software. Depreciation is recorded on a straight-line basis over estimated useful lives. Upon the occurrence of certain events or circumstances, Time Warner evaluates the depreciation periods of property, plant and equipment to determine whether a revision to its estimates of useful lives is warranted. Property, plant and equipment, including capital leases, consist of (millions):
 
                     
    December 31,     Estimated
    2010     2009     Useful Lives
 
Land (a)
  $ 499     $ 476      
Buildings
    2,610       2,512     7 to 30 years
Capitalized software costs
    1,597       1,445     3 to 7 years
Furniture, fixtures and other equipment
    3,337       3,221     3 to 10 years
                     
      8,043       7,654      
Less accumulated depreciation
    (4,169 )     (3,732 )    
                     
Total
  $   3,874     $   3,922      
                     
          
                   
 
 
(a) Land is not depreciated.
 
Intangible Assets
 
As a creator and distributor of branded content and copyrighted entertainment products, Time Warner has a significant number of intangible assets, including acquired film and television libraries and other copyrighted products and trademarks. Time Warner does not recognize the fair value of internally generated intangible assets. Costs incurred to create and produce copyrighted products, such as feature films and television series, generally are either expensed as incurred or capitalized. Intangible assets acquired in business combinations are recorded at the acquisition date fair value in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. For more information, see Note 2.
 
Asset Impairments
 
Investments
 
The Company’s investments consist of (i) fair-value investments, including available-for-sale securities and deferred compensation-related investments, (ii) investments accounted for using the cost method of accounting and (iii) investments accounted for using the equity method of accounting. The Company regularly reviews its


81


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
investments for impairment, including when the carrying value of an investment exceeds its related market value. If it has been determined that an investment has sustained an other-than-temporary decline in its value, the investment is written down to its fair value by a charge to earnings. Factors that are considered by the Company in determining whether an other-than-temporary decline in value has occurred include the (i) market value of the security in relation to its cost basis, (ii) financial condition of the investee and (iii) the Company’s intent and ability to retain the investment for a sufficient period of time to allow for recovery in the market value of the investment.
 
In evaluating the factors described above for available-for-sale securities, the Company presumes a decline in value to be other-than-temporary if the quoted market price of the security is 20% or more below the investment’s cost basis for a period of six months or more (the “20% criterion”) or the quoted market price of the security is 50% or more below the security’s cost basis at any quarter end (the “50% criterion”). However, the presumption of an other-than-temporary decline in these instances may be overcome if there is persuasive evidence indicating that the decline is temporary in nature (e.g., the investee’s operating performance is strong, the market price of the investee’s security is historically volatile, etc.). Additionally, there may be instances in which impairment losses are recognized even if the 20% and 50% criteria are not satisfied (e.g., there is a plan to sell the security in the near term and the fair value is below the Company’s cost basis).
 
For investments accounted for using the cost or equity method of accounting, the Company evaluates information (e.g., budgets, business plans, financial statements, etc.) in addition to quoted market prices, if any, in determining whether an other-than-temporary decline in value exists. Factors indicative of an other-than-temporary decline include recurring operating losses, credit defaults and subsequent rounds of financing at an amount below the cost basis of the Company’s investment. For more information, see Note 4.
 
Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets
 
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, primarily tradenames, are tested annually for impairment during the fourth quarter or earlier upon the occurrence of certain events or substantive changes in circumstances. Goodwill is tested for impairment at a level referred to as a reporting unit. A reporting unit is either the “operating segment level,” such as Warner Bros. Entertainment Group (“Warner Bros.”), Home Box Office, Inc. (“Home Box Office”), Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. (“Turner”) and Time Inc., or one level below, which is referred to as a “component” (e.g., Sports Illustrated , People ). The level at which the impairment test is performed requires judgment as to whether the operations below the operating segment constitute a self-sustaining business. If the operations below the operating segment level are determined to be a self-sustaining business, testing is generally required to be performed at this level; however, if multiple self-sustaining business units exist within an operating segment, an evaluation would be performed to determine if the multiple business units share resources that support the overall goodwill balance. For purposes of the goodwill impairment test, Time Warner has identified Warner Bros., Home Box Office, Turner and Time Inc. as its reporting units.
 
Goodwill impairment is determined using a two-step process. The first step involves a comparison of the estimated fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying amount, including goodwill. In performing the first step, the Company determines the fair value of a reporting unit using a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) analysis and, in certain cases, a combination of a DCF analysis and a market-based approach. Determining fair value requires the exercise of significant judgment, including judgments about appropriate discount rates, perpetual growth rates, the amount and timing of expected future cash flows, as well as relevant comparable company earnings multiples for the market-based approach. The cash flows employed in the DCF analyses are based on the Company’s most recent budgets and business plans and, when applicable, various growth rates have been assumed for years beyond the current business plan period. Discount rate assumptions are based on an assessment of the risk inherent in the future cash flows of the respective reporting units. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not impaired and the second step of the impairment test is not necessary. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, then the second step of the goodwill impairment test must be performed. The second step of the goodwill impairment test compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill with its carrying amount to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any.


82


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination (i.e., the estimated fair value of the reporting unit is allocated to all of the assets and liabilities of that reporting unit including any unrecognized intangible assets as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination and the fair value of the reporting unit was the purchase price paid). If the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.
 
The performance of the Company’s 2010 annual impairment analyses did not result in any impairments of the Company’s goodwill. The discount rates utilized in the 2010 analysis ranged from 10.5% to 12.0% while the terminal growth rates used in the DCF analysis ranged from 2.5%-3.5%. To illustrate the magnitude of a potential impairment relative to future changes in estimated fair values, had the fair values of each of the Company’s reporting units been hypothetically lower by 10% as of December 31, 2010, the Time Inc. reporting unit book value would have exceeded fair value by approximately $105 million. Had the fair values of each of the Company’s reporting units been hypothetically lower by 20% as of December 31, 2010, the Time Inc. reporting unit book value would have exceeded fair value by approximately $600 million, the Warner Bros. reporting unit book value would have exceeded fair value by approximately $250 million and the Home Box Office reporting unit book value would have exceeded fair value by approximately $500 million. If this were to occur, the second step of the goodwill impairment test would be required to be performed to determine the ultimate amount of impairment loss to record.
 
The impairment test for other intangible assets not subject to amortization involves a comparison of the estimated fair value of the intangible asset with its carrying value. If the carrying value of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. The estimates of fair value of intangible assets not subject to amortization are determined using a DCF valuation analysis. Common among such approaches is the “relief from royalty” methodology, which is used in estimating the fair value of the Company’s tradenames. Discount rate assumptions are based on an assessment of the risk inherent in the projected future cash flows generated by the respective intangible assets. Also subject to judgment are assumptions about royalty rates, which are based on the estimated rates at which similar tradenames are being licensed in the marketplace. The discount rates utilized in the 2010 analysis of other intangible assets ranged from 11.0% to 12.5% while the terminal growth rates used in the DCF analysis ranged from 2.5% to 3.5%. To illustrate the magnitude of potential impairment relative to future changes in estimated fair values, had the fair values of certain tradenames at Time Inc. with an aggregate carrying value of $809 million been hypothetically lower by 10%, the book values of certain of those tradenames would have exceeded fair values by $11 million. Had the fair values of those tradenames been hypothetically lower by 20% as of December 31, 2010, the book values of certain of those tradenames would have exceeded fair values by $74 million.
 
Long-Lived Assets
 
Long-lived assets, including finite-lived intangible assets (e.g., tradenames, customer lists, film libraries and property, plant and equipment), do not require that an annual impairment test be performed; instead, long-lived assets are tested for impairment upon the occurrence of a triggering event. Triggering events include the more likely than not disposal of a portion of such assets or the occurrence of an adverse change in the market involving the business employing the related assets. Once a triggering event has occurred, the impairment test is based on whether the intent is to hold the asset for continued use or to hold the asset for sale. If the intent is to hold the asset for continued use, the impairment test first requires a comparison of estimated undiscounted future cash flows generated by the asset against the carrying value of the asset. If the carrying value of the asset exceeds the estimated undiscounted future cash flows, the asset is deemed to be impaired. Impairment would then be measured as the difference between the estimated fair value of the asset and its carrying value. Fair value is generally determined by discounting the future cash flows associated with that asset. If the intent is to hold the asset for sale and certain other criteria are met (e.g., the asset can be disposed of currently, appropriate levels of authority have approved the sale, and there is an active program to locate a buyer), the impairment test involves comparing the asset’s carrying value to its estimated fair value. To the extent the carrying value is greater than the asset’s estimated fair value, an


83


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
impairment loss is recognized for the difference. Significant judgments in this area involve determining whether a triggering event has occurred, determining the future cash flows for the assets involved and selecting the appropriate discount rate to be applied in determining estimated fair value. For more information, see Note 2.
 
Accounting for Pension Plans
 
Time Warner and certain of its subsidiaries have both funded and unfunded defined benefit pension plans, the substantial majority of which are noncontributory, covering a majority of domestic employees and, to a lesser extent, have various defined benefit plans, primarily noncontributory, covering international employees. Pension benefits are based on formulas that reflect the participating employees’ years of service and compensation during their employment period. Time Warner uses a December 31 measurement date for its plans. The pension expense recognized by the Company is determined using certain assumptions, including the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, the interest factor implied by the discount rate and the rate of compensation increases. In March 2010, the Company’s Board of Directors approved amendments to its domestic defined benefit plans relating to eligibility, service credit and future compensation increases. Additional information about the plan amendments and the determination of pension-related assumptions is discussed in more detail in Note 13.
 
Equity-Based Compensation
 
The Company measures the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of the award. That cost is recognized in costs of revenues or selling, general and administrative expenses depending on the job function of the grantee on a straight-line basis (net of estimated forfeitures) over the period during which an employee is required to provide services in exchange for the award. Also, excess tax benefits realized are reported as a financing cash inflow.
 
The grant-date fair value of a stock option is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model . Because the Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the use of subjective assumptions, changes in these assumptions can materially affect the fair value of the options. The Company determines the volatility assumption for these stock options using implied volatilities data from its traded options. The expected term, which represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding, is estimated based on the historical exercise experience of Time Warner employees. Groups of employees that have similar historical exercise behavior are considered separately for valuation purposes. The risk-free rate assumed in valuing the options is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for the expected term of the option. The Company determines the expected dividend yield percentage by dividing the expected annual dividend by the market price of Time Warner common stock at the date of grant. For more information, see Note 12.
 
Revenues and Costs
 
Networks
 
The Networks segment recognizes Subscription revenues as programming services are provided to cable system operators, satellite distribution services, telephone companies and other distributors (collectively, “affiliates”) based on negotiated contractual programming rates (or estimated programming rates if a new contract has not been negotiated) for each affiliate. Management considers factors such as the previous contractual rates, inflation, current payments by the affiliate and the status of the negotiations in determining any estimates. When the new distribution contract terms are finalized, an adjustment to Subscription revenue is recorded, if necessary, to reflect the new terms. Such adjustments historically have not been significant. Advertising revenues are recognized, net of agency commissions, in the period that the advertisements are aired. If there is a targeted audience guarantee, revenues are recognized for the actual audience delivery with revenue deferred for any shortfall until the guaranteed audience delivery is met, typically through the provision of additional air time. Advertising revenues from websites are recognized as impressions are delivered or the services are performed.


84


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
In the normal course of business, the Networks segment enters into agreements to license programming exhibition rights from licensors. A programming inventory asset related to these rights and a corresponding liability to the distributor are recorded (on a discounted basis if the license agreements are long-term) when (i) the cost of the programming is reasonably determined, (ii) the programming material has been accepted in accordance with the terms of the agreement, (iii) the programming (or any program in a package of programming) is available for its first showing or telecast, and (iv) the license period has commenced. There are variations in the amortization methods of these rights, depending on whether the network is advertising-supported (e.g., TNT and TBS) or not advertising-supported (e.g., HBO).
 
For advertising-supported networks, the Company’s general policy is to amortize each program’s costs on a straight-line basis (or per-play basis, if greater) over its license period. There are, however, exceptions to this general policy. For example, for rights fees paid for sports programming arrangements (e.g., National Basketball Association, NCAA Men’s Division I Basketball Tournament and Major League Baseball), programming costs are amortized using a revenue-forecast model, in which the rights fees are amortized using the ratio of current period advertising revenue to total estimated remaining advertising revenue over the term of the arrangement. The revenue-forecast model approximates the pattern with which the network will use and benefit from providing the sports programming. In addition, for certain types of programming, the initial airing has more value than subsequent airings. In these circumstances, the Company will use an accelerated method of amortization. Specifically, if the Company is licensing the right to air a movie multiple times over a certain period, the movie is being shown to the public for the first time on a Company network (a “Network Movie Premiere”) and the Network Movie Premiere advertising is sold at a premium rate, a larger portion of the movie’s programming inventory cost is amortized upon the initial airing of the movie, with the remaining cost amortized on a straight-line basis (or per-play basis, if greater) over the remaining license period. The amortization that accelerates upon the first airing versus subsequent airings is determined based on a study of historical and estimated future advertising sales for similar programming.
 
For a premium pay television service that is not advertising-supported (e.g., HBO), each program’s costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over its license period or estimated period of use, beginning with the month of initial exhibition. When the Company has the right to exhibit feature theatrical programming in multiple windows over a number of years, the Company uses historical audience viewership as its basis for determining the amount of a film’s programming amortization attributable to each window.
 
The Company carries each of its network’s programming inventory at the lower of unamortized cost or estimated net realizable value. For cable networks that earn both Advertising and Subscription revenues (e.g., TBS and TNT), the Company generally evaluates the net realizable value of unamortized programming costs based on the network’s programming taken as a whole. In assessing whether the programming inventory for a particular advertising-supported network is impaired, the Company determines the net realizable value for all of the network’s programming inventory based on a projection of the network’s estimated combined subscription revenues and advertising revenues. Similarly, for a premium pay television service that is not advertising-supported (e.g., HBO), the Company performs its evaluation of the net realizable value of unamortized programming costs based on the the network’s programming taken as a whole. Specifically, the Company determines the net realizable value for all of its premium pay television service programming based on projections of estimated Subscription revenues and, where applicable, home video and other licensing revenues. In addition, changes in management’s intended usage of a program, such as a decision to no longer air a particular program and forego the rights associated with the program license, would result in a reassessment of that program’s net realizable value, which could result in an impairment.
 
Filmed Entertainment
 
Feature films typically are produced or acquired for initial exhibition in theaters, followed by distribution in the home video, electronic sell-through, video-on-demand, pay cable, basic cable and broadcast network sectors. Generally, distribution to the home video, video-on-demand, pay cable, basic cable and broadcast network sectors each commence within three years of initial theatrical release. Theatrical revenues are recognized as the films are exhibited. Revenues from home video sales are recognized at the later of the delivery date or the date that video units


85


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
are made widely available for sale or rental by retailers based on gross sales less a provision for estimated returns. Revenues from the distribution of theatrical product to television sectors are recognized when the films are available to telecast.
 
Television films and series are initially produced for broadcast networks, cable networks or first-run television syndication and may be subsequently licensed to foreign or domestic cable and syndicated television sectors, as well as sold on home video. Revenues from the distribution of television programming are recognized when the films or series are available to telecast, except for advertising barter agreements, where the revenue is valued and recognized when the related advertisements are exhibited. In certain circumstances, pursuant to the terms of the applicable contractual arrangements, the availability dates granted to customers may precede the date the Company may bill the customers for these sales. Unbilled accounts receivable, which primarily relate to the distribution of television product, totaled $2.339 billion and $2.105 billion at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. Included in the unbilled accounts receivable at December 31, 2010 was $1.462 billion that is to be billed in the next twelve months. Similar to theatrical home video sales, revenue from home video sales of television films and series, less a provision for estimated returns, is recognized at the later of the delivery date or the date that video units are made widely available for sale or rental by retailers.
 
Upfront or guaranteed payments for the licensing of intellectual property are recognized as revenue when (i) an arrangement has been signed with a customer, (ii) the customer’s right to use or otherwise exploit the intellectual property has commenced and there is no requirement for significant continued performance by the Company, (iii) licensing fees are either fixed or determinable and (iv) collectability of the fees is reasonably assured. In the event any significant continued performance is required in these arrangements, revenue is recognized when the related services are performed.
 
Film costs include the unamortized cost of completed theatrical films and television episodes, theatrical films and television series in production and film rights in preparation of development. Film costs are stated at the lower of cost, less accumulated amortization, or fair value. The amount of capitalized film costs recognized as cost of revenues for a given film as it is exhibited in various sectors, throughout its life cycle, is determined using the film forecast computation method. Under this method, the amortization of capitalized costs and the accrual of participations and residuals is based on the proportion of the film’s revenues recognized for such period to the film’s estimated remaining ultimate revenues. The process of estimating a film’s ultimate revenues (i.e., the total revenue to be received throughout a film’s life cycle) is discussed further under “Film Cost Recognition and Impairments.”
 
Inventories of theatrical and television product consist primarily of DVDs and are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined using the average cost method. Returned goods included in inventory are valued at estimated realizable value, but not in excess of cost. For more information, see Note 6.
 
The Company enters into collaborative arrangements primarily related to arrangements with third parties to jointly finance and distribute many of its theatrical productions. See “Accounting for Collaborative Arrangements” for more information.
 
Acquired film libraries (i.e., program rights and product that are acquired after a film has been exhibited at least once in all sectors) are amortized using the film forecast computation method. For more information, see Note 2.
 
Publishing
 
Magazine Subscription and Advertising revenues are recognized at the magazine cover date. The unearned portion of magazine subscriptions is deferred until the magazine cover date, at which time a proportionate share of the gross subscription price is included in revenues, net of any commissions paid to subscription agents. Also included in Subscription revenues are revenues generated from single-copy sales of magazines through retail outlets such as newsstands, supermarkets, convenience stores and drugstores, which may or may not result in future subscription sales. Advertising revenues from websites are recognized as the services are performed.


86


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
Certain products, such as magazines sold at newsstands and other merchandise, are sold to customers with the right to return unsold items. Revenues from such sales are recognized when the products are shipped, based on gross sales less a provision for future estimated returns based on historical experience.
 
Inventories of merchandise are stated at the lower of cost or estimated realizable value. Cost is determined using primarily the average cost method. Returned merchandise included in inventory is valued at estimated realizable value, but not in excess of cost. For more information, see Note 6.
 
Film Cost Recognition, Participation and Residuals and Impairments
 
One aspect of the accounting for film and television production costs, as well as related revenues, that impacts the Filmed Entertainment segment (and the Networks segment, to a lesser degree) and requires the exercise of judgment relates to the process of estimating a film’s ultimate revenues and is important for two reasons. First, while a film is being produced and the related costs are being capitalized, as well as at the time the film is released, it is necessary for management to estimate the ultimate revenues, less additional costs to be incurred (including exploitation and participation costs), in order to determine whether the value of a film has been impaired and, thus, requires an immediate write-off of unrecoverable film costs. Second, it is necessary for management to determine, using the film forecast computation method, the amount of capitalized film costs and the amount of participations and residuals to be recognized as costs of revenues for a given film in a particular period. To the extent that the film’s ultimate revenues are adjusted, the resulting gross margin reported on the exploitation of that film in a period is also adjusted.
 
Prior to the theatrical release of a film, management bases its estimates of ultimate revenues for each film on factors such as the historical performance of similar films, the star power of the lead actors and actresses, the rating and genre of the film, pre-release market research (including test market screenings) and the expected number of theaters in which the film will be released. Management updates such estimates based on information available during the film’s production and, upon release, the actual results of each film. Changes in estimates of ultimate revenues from period to period affect the amount of film costs amortized in a given period and, therefore, could have an impact on the segment’s financial results for that period. For example, prior to a film’s release, the Company often will test market the film to the film’s targeted demographic. If the film is not received favorably, the Company may (i) reduce the film’s estimated ultimate revenues, (ii) revise the film, which could cause the production costs to increase or (iii) perform a combination of both. Similarly, a film that generates lower-than-expected theatrical revenues in its initial weeks of release would have its theatrical, home video and television distribution ultimate revenues adjusted downward. A failure to adjust for a downward change in estimates of ultimate revenues could result in the understatement of film costs amortization for the period. The Company recorded film cost amortization of $3.407 billion, $3.180 billion and $2.796 billion in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Included in film cost amortization are film impairments primarily related to pre-release theatrical films of $78 million, $85 million and $84 million in 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
Barter Transactions
 
Time Warner enters into transactions that involve the exchange of advertising, in part, for other products and services, such as a license for programming. Such transactions are recognized by the programming licensee (e.g., a television network) as programming inventory and deferred advertising revenue at the estimated fair value when the product is available for telecast. Barter programming inventory is amortized in the same manner as the non-barter component of the licensed programming, and advertising revenue is recognized when delivered. From the perspective of the programming licensor (e.g., a film studio), incremental licensing revenue is recognized when the barter advertising spots received are either used or sold to third parties.


87


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
Multiple-Element Transactions
 
In the normal course of business, the Company enters into transactions, referred to as multiple-element transactions, that involve making judgments about allocating consideration to the various elements. While the more common type of multiple-element transactions encountered by the Company involve the sale or purchase of multiple products or services (e.g., licensing multiple film titles in a single arrangement), multiple element transactions can also involve contemporaneous purchase and sales transactions, the settlement of an outstanding dispute contemporaneous with the purchase of a product or service, as well as investing in an investee while at the same time entering into an operating agreement. In accounting for multiple-element transactions, judgment must be exercised in determining the fair value of the different elements in a bundled transaction. The judgments made in determining fair value in such arrangements impact the amount of revenues, expenses and net income recognized over the term of the contract, as well as the period in which they are recognized.
 
If the Company has evidence of fair value for each deliverable in a multiple-element transaction, then it accounts for each deliverable in the transaction separately, based on the relevant accounting policies. However, if the Company is unable to determine fair value for one or more elements of the transaction, the transaction is accounted for as one unit of accounting and is recorded as revenue, a reduction of revenue, costs or a reduction of costs, as applicable. The timing of the recognition of revenues for the unit of account will depend on the nature of the deliverables comprising the unit of accounting as well as the conditions for revenue recognition, to the extent applicable.
 
In determining the fair value of the respective elements, the Company refers to quoted market prices (where available), independent appraisals (where available), historical transactions or comparable cash transactions. Other indicators of fair value include the existence of price protection in the form of “most-favored-nation” clauses or similar contractual provisions and individual elements whose values are dependent on future performance (and based on independent factors). Further, in such transactions, evidence of fair value for one element of a transaction may provide support that value was not transferred from one element in a transaction to another element in a transaction.
 
Gross versus Net Revenue Recognition
 
In the normal course of business, the Company acts as or uses an intermediary or agent in executing transactions with third parties. In connection with these arrangements, the Company must determine whether to report revenue based on the gross amount billed to the ultimate customer or on the net amount received from the customer after commissions and other payments to third parties. To the extent revenues are recorded on a gross basis, any commissions or other payments to third parties are recorded as expense so that the net amount (gross revenues less expense) is reflected in Operating Income. Accordingly, the impact on Operating Income is the same whether the Company records revenue on a gross or net basis.
 
The determination of whether revenue should be reported gross or net is based on an assessment of whether the Company is acting as the principal or an agent in the transaction. If the Company is acting as a principal in a transaction, the Company reports revenue on a gross basis. If the Company is acting as an agent in a transaction, the Company reports revenue on a net basis. The determination of whether the Company is acting as a principal or an agent in a transaction involves judgment and is based on an evaluation of the terms of an arrangement. The Company serves as the principal in transactions in which it has substantial risks and rewards of ownership.
 
The following are examples of arrangements where the Company is an intermediary or uses an intermediary:
 
  •     The Filmed Entertainment segment provides distribution services to third-party companies.   The Filmed Entertainment segment may provide distribution services for an independent third-party company in the worldwide theatrical, home video, television and/or videogame sectors. The independent third-party company may retain final approval over the distribution, marketing, advertising and publicity for each film or videogame in all media, including the timing and extent of the releases, the pricing and packaging of


88


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
  packaged goods units and approval of all television licenses. The Filmed Entertainment segment records revenue generated in these distribution arrangements on a gross basis when it (i) is the merchant of record for the licensing arrangements, (ii) is the licensor/contracting party, (iii) provides the materials to licensees, (iv) handles the billing and collection of all amounts due under such arrangements and (v) bears the risk of loss related to distribution advances and/or the packaged goods inventory. If the Filmed Entertainment segment does not bear the risk of loss as described in the previous sentence, the arrangements are accounted for on a net basis.
 
  •     The Publishing segment utilizes subscription agents to generate magazine subscribers.   As a way to generate magazine subscribers, the Publishing segment sometimes uses third-party subscription agents to secure subscribers and, in exchange, the agents receive a percentage of the Subscription revenues generated. The Publishing segment records revenues from subscriptions generated by the agent, net of the fees paid to the agent, primarily because the subscription agent (i) has the primary contact with the customer, (ii) performs all of the billing and collection activities, and (iii) passes the proceeds from the subscription to the Publishing segment after deducting the agent’s commission.
 
Accounting for Collaborative Arrangements
 
The Company’s collaborative arrangements primarily relate to arrangements entered into with third parties to jointly finance and distribute theatrical productions (“co-financing arrangements”) and an arrangement entered into with a third party television network to acquire the rights to broadcast certain sports programming in the United States from 2011 through 2024. This sports programming arrangement did not have a material impact to the Company’s results of operations as of and for the year ended December 31, 2010.
 
In most cases, the form of the co-financing arrangement is the sale of an economic interest in a film to an investor. The Filmed Entertainment segment generally records the amounts received for the sale of an economic interest as a reduction of the costs of the film, as the investor assumes full risk for that portion of the film asset acquired in these transactions. The substance of these arrangements is that the third-party investors own an interest in the film and, therefore, in each period the Company reflects in the consolidated statement of operations either a charge or benefit to costs of revenue to reflect the estimate of the third-party investor’s interest in the profits or losses incurred on the film. The estimate of the third-party investor’s interest in profits or losses incurred on the film is determined using the film forecast computation method. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, net participation costs of $508 million, $321 million and $584 million, respectively, were recorded in costs of revenues.
 
Advertising Costs
 
Time Warner expenses advertising costs as they are incurred, which generally is when the advertising is exhibited or aired. Advertising expense to third parties was $2.892 billion in 2010, $2.626 billion in 2009 and $2.905 billion in 2008.
 
Income Taxes
 
Income taxes are provided using the asset and liability method, such that income taxes (i.e., deferred tax assets, deferred tax liabilities, taxes currently payable/refunds receivable and tax expense) are recorded based on amounts refundable or payable in the current year and include the results of any difference between GAAP and tax reporting. Deferred income taxes reflect the tax effect of net operating losses, capital losses and general business credit carryforwards and the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial statement and income tax purposes, as determined under tax laws and rates. Valuation allowances are established when management determines that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The financial effect of changes in tax laws or rates is accounted for in the period of enactment. The subsequent realization of net operating loss and general business credit carryforwards acquired in acquisitions accounted for using the purchase method of accounting is recognized in the statement of operations. Research and development


89


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
credits are recorded based on the amount of benefit the Company believes is “more likely than not” of being earned. The majority of such research and development benefits have been recorded to shareholders’ equity as they resulted from stock option deductions for which such amounts are recorded as an increase to additional paid-in-capital. Tax credits received for the production of a film or program are offset against the cost of inventory capitalized.
 
From time to time, the Company engages in transactions in which the tax consequences may be subject to uncertainty. Examples of such transactions include business acquisitions and dispositions, including dispositions designed to be tax free, issues related to consideration paid or received, and certain financing transactions. Significant judgment is required in assessing and estimating the tax consequences of these transactions. The Company prepares and files tax returns based on its interpretation of tax laws and regulations. In the normal course of business, the Company’s tax returns are subject to examination by various taxing authorities. Such examinations may result in future tax and interest assessments by these taxing authorities. In determining the Company’s tax provision for financial reporting purposes, the Company establishes a reserve for uncertain tax positions unless such positions are determined to be “more likely than not” of being sustained upon examination based on their technical merits. There is considerable judgment involved in determining whether positions taken on the Company’s tax returns are “more likely than not” of being sustained.
 
The Company adjusts its tax reserve estimates periodically because of ongoing examinations by, and settlements with, the various taxing authorities, as well as changes in tax laws, regulations and interpretations. The Company’s policy is to recognize, when applicable, interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions as part of income tax expense. For further information, see Note 9.
 
Discontinued Operations
 
In determining whether a group of assets disposed (or to be disposed) of should be presented as a discontinued operation, the Company makes a determination of whether the group of assets being disposed of comprises a component of the entity; that is, whether it has historic operations and cash flows that can be clearly distinguished (both operationally and for financial reporting purposes). The Company also determines whether the cash flows associated with the group of assets have been significantly (or will be significantly) eliminated from the ongoing operations of the Company as a result of the disposal transaction and whether the Company has no significant continuing involvement in the operations of the group of assets after the disposal transaction. If these determinations can be made affirmatively, the results of operations of the group of assets being disposed of (as well as any gain or loss on the disposal transaction) are aggregated for separate presentation apart from continuing operating results of the Company in the consolidated financial statements. See Note 3 for a summary of discontinued operations.
 
2.  GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
As a creator and distributor of branded information and copyrighted entertainment products, Time Warner has a significant number of intangible assets, acquired film and television libraries and other copyrighted products and tradenames. Certain intangible assets are deemed to have finite lives and, accordingly, are amortized over their estimated useful lives, while others are deemed to be indefinite-lived and therefore not amortized. Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, primarily certain tradenames, are tested annually for impairment during the fourth quarter, or earlier upon the occurrence of certain events or substantive changes in circumstances.
 
As more fully described in Note 1, in connection with the performance of its annual impairment analyses in 2010 and 2009, the Company did not record any asset impairments. In connection with the performance of its annual impairment analyses in 2008, the Company recorded asset impairments of $7.139 billion, which was reflective of the overall decline in the fair values of goodwill and other intangible assets. The asset impairments recorded reduced the carrying values of goodwill at the Publishing segment by $6.007 billion and the carrying values of certain tradenames at the Publishing segment by $1.132 billion, including $614 million of finite-lived intangible assets.


90


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
In 2010, the Company recorded noncash impairments of intangible assets of $9 million related to the termination of a games licensing relationship at the Filmed Entertainment segment and $11 million related to certain other intangibles at the Publishing segment. In 2009, the Company recorded a $52 million noncash impairment of intangible assets at the Networks segment related to Turner’s interest in a general entertainment network in India.
 
The impairments noted above did not result in non-compliance with respect to any debt covenants.
 
The following summary of changes in the Company’s goodwill related to continuing operations during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, by reportable segment, is as follows (millions):
 
                                                         
          Acquisitions,
                Acquisitions,
             
          Dispositions
                Dispositions
             
    December 31,
    and
    Translation
    December 31,
    and
    Translation
    December 31,
 
    2008     Adjustments     Adjustments     2009     Adjustments     Adjustments     2010  
 
Networks
                                                       
Gross goodwill
  $ 34,305     $ 9     $ 5     $ 34,319     $ 192     $ (2 )   $ 34,509  
Impairments
    (13,277 )                 (13,277 )                 (13,277 )
                                                         
Net goodwill
    21,028       9       5       21,042       192       (2 )     21,232  
                                                         
Filmed Entertainment
                                                       
Gross goodwill
    9,533       (19 )     3       9,517       197       (5 )     9,709  
Impairments
    (4,091 )                 (4,091 )                 (4,091 )
                                                         
Net goodwill
    5,442       (19 )     3       5,426       197       (5 )     5,618  
                                                         
Publishing
                                                       
Gross goodwill
    18,428       (8 )     39       18,459       2       (29 )     18,432  
Impairments
    (15,288 )                 (15,288 )                 (15,288 )
                                                         
Net goodwill
    3,140       (8 )     39       3,171       2       (29 )     3,144  
                                                         
Time Warner
                                                       
Gross goodwill
    62,266       (18 )     47       62,295       391       (36 )     62,650  
Impairments
    (32,656 )                 (32,656 )                 (32,656 )
                                                         
Net goodwill
  $   29,610     $   (18 )   $   47     $   29,639     $   391     $   (36 )   $   29,994  
                                                         
 
The Company’s intangible assets and related accumulated amortization consisted of the following (millions):
 
                                                 
    December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  
          Accumulated
                Accumulated
       
    Gross     Amortization (a)     Net     Gross     Amortization (a)     Net  
 
Intangible assets subject to amortization:
                                               
Film Library
  $ 3,534     $ (2,036 )   $ 1,498     $ 3,635     $ (1,871 )   $ 1,764  
Brands, tradenames and other
                                               
intangible assets
    2,000       (1,006 )     994       1,834       (922 )     912  
                                                 
Total
  $ 5,534     $ (3,042 )   $ 2,492     $ 5,469     $ (2,793 )   $ 2,676  
                                                 
Intangible assets not subject to amortization:
                                               
Brands, tradenames and other intangible assets
  $   8,084     $   (257 )   $   7,827     $   7,991     $   (257 )   $   7,734  
                                                 
          
                                               
 
 
(a) The Film Library is amortized using a film forecast methodology. Amortization of Brands, trademarks and other intangible assets subject to amortization is provided generally on a straight-line basis over their respective useful lives. The weighted-average useful life for such intangibles is 18 years. Each reporting period, the Company considers whether events or circumstances warrant revising the estimates of the useful lives of its finite-lived intangible assets.
 
The Company recorded amortization expense of $264 million in 2010 compared to $280 million in 2009 and $346 million in 2008. Based on the amount of intangible assets subject to amortization at December 31, 2010, the


91


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
estimated amortization expense for each of the succeeding five years ended December 31 is as follows: 2011 — $266 million; 2012 — $250 million; 2013 — $236 million, 2014 — $229 million; and 2015 — $212 million. These amounts may vary as acquisitions and dispositions occur in the future and as purchase price allocations are finalized.
 
3.  BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSITIONS
 
Shed Media
 
On October 13, 2010, Warner Bros. acquired an approximate 55% interest in Shed Media plc (“Shed Media”), a leading television producer in the U.K., for $100 million in cash, net of cash acquired. Warner Bros. has a call right that enables it to purchase a portion of the interests held by the other owners of Shed Media in 2014 and the remaining interests held by the other owners in 2018. The other owners have a reciprocal put right that enables them to require Warner Bros. to purchase a portion of their interests in Shed Media in 2014 and the remaining interests held by them in 2018. The operating results of Shed Media did not significantly impact the Company’s consolidated financial results for the year ended December 31, 2010.
 
Chilevisión
 
On October 6, 2010, Turner acquired Chilevisión, a television broadcaster in Chile, for $134 million in cash, net of cash acquired. The operating results of Chilevisión did not significantly impact the Company’s consolidated financial results for the year ended December 31, 2010.
 
HBO Asia, HBO South Asia and HBO LAG
 
On January 2, 2008, Home Box Office purchased additional interests in HBO Asia and HBO South Asia and, on December 19, 2008, purchased additional interests in HBO LAG. The additional interests purchased in each of these multi-channel premium pay and basic cable television services ranged in size from approximately 20% to 30%, and the aggregate purchase price was approximately $288 million. On March 9, 2010, Home Box Office purchased additional interests in HBO LAG for $217 million in cash, which resulted in Home Box Office owning 80% of the equity interests of HBO LAG. On November 18, 2010, one of the remaining partners in HBO LAG exercised its put option to sell its remaining 8% equity interest in HBO LAG for approximately $65 million in cash. The transaction is expected to close in the first quarter of 2011 and will result in Home Box Office owning 88% of the equity interests of HBO LAG.
 
HBO Asia, HBO South Asia and HBO LAG are considered VIEs and, because voting control of each of the entities is shared equally with other investors, the Company has determined it is not the primary beneficiary of these entities. Accordingly, Home Box Office accounts for these investments under the equity method of accounting.
 
HBO Central Europe Acquisition
 
On January 27, 2010, Home Box Office purchased the remainder of its partners’ interests in HBO Central Europe (“HBO CE”) for $136 million in cash, net of cash acquired. HBO CE operates the HBO and Cinemax premium pay television services serving various territories in Central Europe. The Company has consolidated the results of operations and financial condition of HBO CE beginning January 27, 2010. Prior to this transaction, Home Box Office held a 33% interest in HBO CE, which was accounted for under the equity method of accounting. Upon the acquisition of the controlling interest in HBO CE, a gain of $59 million was recognized reflecting the excess of the fair value over the Company’s carrying cost of its original investment in HBO CE. The fair value of Home Box Office’s original investment in HBO CE of $78 million was determined using the consideration paid in the January 27, 2010 purchase, which was primarily derived using a combination of market and income valuation techniques. The operating results of HBO CE did not significantly impact the Company’s consolidated financial results for the year ended December 31, 2010.


92


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
CME Investment
 
On May 18, 2009, the Company completed an equity investment in Central European Media Enterprises Ltd. (“CME”) for $246 million in cash. As of December 31, 2010, the Company holds an approximate 29.5% economic interest in CME. CME is a publicly-traded broadcasting company operating leading networks in seven Central and Eastern European countries. In connection with its investment, Time Warner agreed to allow CME founder and Non-Executive Chairman Ronald S. Lauder to vote Time Warner’s shares of CME for at least four years, subject to certain exceptions. The Company’s investment in CME is being accounted for under the cost method of accounting.
 
Summary of Discontinued Operations
 
AOL Separation from Time Warner
 
On July 8, 2009, the Company repurchased Google Inc.’s (“Google”) 5% interest in the AOL business for $283 million in cash, which amount included a payment in respect of Google’s pro rata share of cash distributions to Time Warner by AOL attributable to the period of Google’s investment in AOL. After repurchasing this stake, Time Warner owned all of AOL.
 
On December 9, 2009 (the “Distribution Date”), the Company disposed of all of its shares of AOL Inc. (“AOL”) common stock. The disposition was made pursuant to a separation and distribution agreement entered into on November 16, 2009 by Time Warner and AOL for the purpose of legally and structurally separating AOL from Time Warner (the “AOL Separation”). The AOL Separation was effected as a pro rata dividend of all shares of AOL common stock held by Time Warner in a spin-off to Time Warner stockholders.
 
With the completion of the AOL Separation, the Company disposed of its AOL segment in its entirety. Accordingly, the Company has presented the financial condition and results of operations of its former AOL segment in the consolidated financial statements through December 9, 2009 as discontinued operations.
 
TWC Separation from Time Warner
 
On March 12, 2009 (the “Distribution Record Date”), the Company disposed of all of its shares of Time Warner Cable Inc (“TWC”) common stock. The disposition was made pursuant to a separation agreement entered into on May 20, 2008, among Time Warner, TWC and certain of their subsidiaries (the “Separation Agreement”) for the purpose of legally and structurally separating TWC from Time Warner (the “TWC Separation”). The TWC Separation was effected as a pro rata dividend of all shares of TWC common stock held by Time Warner in a spin-off to Time Warner stockholders.
 
Prior to the Distribution Record Date, on March 12, 2009, TWC, in accordance with the terms of the Separation Agreement, paid a special cash dividend of $10.27 per share to all holders of TWC Class A common stock and TWC Class B common stock as of the close of business on March 11, 2009 (aggregating $10.856 billion) (the “Special Dividend”), which resulted in the receipt by Time Warner of $9.253 billion.
 
With the completion of the TWC Separation, the Company disposed of its Cable segment in its entirety. Accordingly, the Company has presented the financial condition and results of operations of its former Cable segment in the consolidated financial statements through March 12, 2009 as discontinued operations.


93


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
Financial data for the discontinued operations is as follows (millions, except per share amounts):
 
                 
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008  
 
Total revenues
  $  6,500     $ 21,365  
Pretax income (loss)
    849        (14,227 )
Income tax provision
    (421 )     4,668  
                 
Net income (loss)
  $ 428     $ (9,559 )
                 
Net income (loss) attributable to Time Warner Inc. shareholders
  $ 389     $ (8,308 )
                 
Per share information attributable to Time Warner Inc. common shareholders:
               
Basic net income (loss) per common share
  $ 0.32     $ (6.95 )
                 
Diluted net income (loss) per common share
  $ 0.32     $ (6.95 )
                 
 
Discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2009 included direct transaction costs (e.g., legal and professional fees) related to the separations of TWC and AOL of $112 million. Discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2008, included such direct transaction and financing costs related to the TWC Separation of $206 million.
 
Also included in discontinued operations for 2008 was a noncash impairment of $14.822 billion and a related tax benefit of $5.729 billion to reduce the carrying values of certain cable franchise rights at TWC and a noncash impairment of $2.207 billion and a related tax benefit of $90 million to reduce the carrying value of goodwill at AOL.
 
The Networks segment of Time Warner recognized approximately $170 million of Subscription revenues from TWC in 2009 through the Distribution Record Date and $840 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
4. INVESTMENTS
 
The Company’s investments consist of equity-method investments, fair-value and other investments, including available-for-sale securities, and cost-method investments. Time Warner’s investments, by category, consist of (millions):
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
 
Equity-method investments
  $ 883     $ 641  
Fair-value and other investments, including available-for-sale securities
    600       578  
Cost-method investments
    313       323  
                 
Total
  $  1,796     $  1,542  
                 
 
Equity-Method Investments
 
At December 31, 2010, investments accounted for using the equity method primarily included the Company’s investments in HBO LAG (80% owned), HBO Asia (80% owned), HBO South Asia (75% owned) and certain other network and filmed entertainment ventures which are generally 20%-50% owned.


94


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
Fair-Value and Other Investments, Including Available-for-Sale Securities
 
Fair-value and other investments include deferred compensation-related investments and available-for-sale securities of $547 million and $53 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2010 and $544 million and $33 million respectively, as of December 31, 2009. Equity derivative instruments were $1 million as of December 31, 2009.
 
Deferred compensation-related investments included $248 million and $238 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, which were recorded at fair value, and $299 million and $306 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, of life insurance-related investments, which were recorded at cash surrender value.
 
Equity derivative instruments and available-for-sale securities are recorded at fair value in the consolidated balance sheet, and the realized gains and losses are included as a component of Other income, net.
 
The cost basis, unrealized gains, unrealized losses and fair market value of available-for-sale securities are set forth below (millions):
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
 
Cost basis
  $ 39     $ 21  
Gross unrealized gain
    14       14  
Gross unrealized loss
          (2 )
                 
Fair value
  $   53     $   33  
                 
Deferred tax liability
  $ 5     $ 5  
                 
 
During 2010, 2009 and 2008, $(2) million, $20 million and $6 million, respectively, of net unrealized gains (losses) were reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive income, net, to Other income, net, in the consolidated statement of operations, based on the specific identification method.
 
Cost-Method Investments
 
The Company’s cost-method investments typically include investments in start-up companies and investment funds. The Company uses available qualitative and quantitative information to evaluate all cost-method investments for impairment at least quarterly.
 
Gain on Sale of Investments
 
For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company recognized net gains of $20 million related to the sale of various investments. For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company recognized net gains of $52 million related to the sale of investments, primarily consisting of a $28 million gain on the sale of the Company’s investment in TiVo Inc. and a $17 million gain on the sale of the Company’s investment in Eidos, plc (“Eidos”). For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company recognized net gains of $32 million related to the sale of investments, primarily consisting of a $16 million gain on the sale of the Company’s investment in Adify Corporation and a $6 million gain on the sale of the Company’s investment in BigBand Networks, Inc.
 
Investment Writedowns
 
For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the Company incurred writedowns to reduce the carrying value of certain investments that experienced other-than-temporary impairments.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2010, the writedowns were $7 million, including $1 million related to equity-method investments and $6 million of cost method investments. For the year ended December 31, 2009, the writedowns were $73 million, including $41 million related to equity-method investments, primarily at the Networks segment, and $15 million of available-for-sale securities. For the year ended December 31, 2008, the writedowns were $83 million, including $56 million of available-for-sale securities, primarily consisting of the


95


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
writedown of the Company’s investment in Eidos (which was sold in 2009), and $2 million related to equity-method investments.
 
The year ended December 31, 2008 also included $10 million of losses to reflect market fluctuations in equity derivative instruments.
 
While Time Warner has recognized all declines that are believed to be other-than-temporary as of December 31, 2010, it is reasonably possible that individual investments in the Company’s portfolio may experience an other-than-temporary decline in value in the future if the underlying investee experiences poor operating results or the U.S. or certain foreign equity markets experience further declines in value.
 
5.  FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
 
A fair value measurement is determined based on the assumptions that a market participant would use in pricing an asset or liability. A three-tiered hierarchy draws distinctions between market participant assumptions based on (i) observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets (Level 1), (ii) inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are observable either directly or indirectly (Level 2) and (iii) unobservable inputs that require the Company to use present value and other valuation techniques in the determination of fair value (Level 3). The following tables present information about assets and liabilities required to be carried at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively (millions):
 
                                                                 
    Fair Value Measurements  
    December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  
Description   Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
 
Assets:
                                                               
Trading securities:
                                                               
Diversified Equity securities
  $ 261     $ 4     $     $ 265     $ 243     $ 4     $     $ 247  
Available-for-sale securities:
                                                               
Equity securities
    12                   12       11                   11  
Debt securities
          41             41             22             22  
Derivatives:
                                                               
Foreign Exchange Contracts
          17             17             8             8  
Other
    4             19       23       5             32       37  
Liabilities:
                                                               
Derivatives:
                                                               
Foreign Exchange Contracts
            (20 )           (20 )           (91 )           (91 )
Other
                  (28 )     (28 )                   (12 )     (12 )
                                                                 
Total
  $   277     $ 42     $ (9 )   $   310     $   259     $   (57 )   $ 20     $   222  
                                                                 
 
Assets and liabilities valued using significant unobservable inputs primarily consist of an asset related to equity instruments held by employees of a former subsidiary of the Company and liabilities for contingent consideration and options to redeem securities.
 
The Company primarily applies the market approach for valuing recurring fair value measurements.


96


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
The following table reconciles the beginning and ending balances of assets and liabilities classified as Level 3 and identifies the net income (losses) the Company recognized during the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, on such assets and liabilities that were included in the balance as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively (millions):
 
                 
    Derivatives  
    2010     2009  
 
Balance as of the beginning of the year
  $ 20     $ (11 )
Total gains (losses):
               
Included in operating income
    17        
Included in other income (loss), net
    16       19  
Included in other comprehensive income
           
Settlements
    (7 )     (4 )
Issuances
    (55 )     16  
Transfers in and/or out of Level 3
           
                 
Balance as of end of the year
  $   (9 )   $   20  
                 
Total gain (loss) for the year included in net income related to assets and liabilities still held as of the end of the year
  $ 18     $ 19  
                 
 
Other Financial Instruments
 
The Company’s other financial instruments, including debt, are not required to be carried at fair value. Based on the interest rates prevailing at December 31, 2010, the fair value of Time Warner’s debt exceeded its carrying value by approximately $2.269 billion and, at December 31, 2009, the fair value of Time Warner’s debt exceeded its carrying value by approximately $1.749 billion. Unrealized gains or losses on debt do not result in the realization or expenditure of cash and generally are not recognized in the consolidated financial statements unless the debt is retired prior to its maturity. The carrying value for the majority of the Company’s other financial instruments approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of the financial instruments or because the financial instruments are of a longer-term nature and are recorded on a discounted basis. For the remainder of the Company’s other financial instruments, differences between the carrying value and fair value are not significant at December 31, 2010. The fair value of financial instruments is generally determined by reference to the market value of the instrument as quoted on a national securities exchange or an over-the-counter market. In cases where a quoted market value is not available, fair value is based on an estimate using present value or other valuation techniques.
 
Non-Financial Instruments
 
The majority of the Company’s non-financial instruments, which include goodwill, intangible assets, inventories and property, plant and equipment, are not required to be carried at fair value on a recurring basis. However, if certain triggering events occur (or at least annually for goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets) such that a non-financial instrument is required to be evaluated for impairment, a resulting asset impairment would require that the non-financial instrument be recorded at the lower of cost or its fair value.
 
In determining the fair value of its films, the Company employs a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) methodology with assumptions for cash flows for periods not exceeding 10 years. Key inputs employed in the DCF methodology include estimates of a film’s ultimate revenue and costs as well as a discount rate. The discount rate utilized in the DCF analysis is based on the weighted average cost of capital of the respective business (e.g., Warner Bros.) plus a risk premium representing the risk associated with producing a particular film. The fair value of any film costs associated with a film that management plans to abandon is zero. As the primary determination of fair value is


97


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
determined using a DCF model, the resulting fair value is considered a Level 3 measurement. During the year ended December 31, 2010, certain film costs, which were recorded as inventory in the consolidated balance sheet, were written down to $81 million from their carrying value of $168 million. During the year ended December 31, 2009, certain film costs, which were recorded as inventory in the consolidated balance sheet, were written down to $271 million from their carrying value of $431 million.
 
6.  INVENTORIES AND FILM COSTS
 
Inventories and film costs consist of (millions):
 
                 
    December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  
 
Inventories:
               
Programming costs, less amortization
  $ 3,441     $ 3,269  
DVDs, books, paper and other merchandise
    360       332  
                 
Total inventories
    3,801       3,601  
Less: current portion of inventory
    (1,920 )     (1,769 )
                 
Total noncurrent inventories
    1,881       1,832  
                 
Film costs — Theatrical: (a)
               
Released, less amortization
    655       575  
Completed and not released
    166       282  
In production
    1,379       1,228  
Development and pre-production
    98       157  
Film costs — Television: (a)
               
Released, less amortization
    929       779  
Completed and not released
    300       482  
In production
    571       413  
Development and pre-production
    6       6  
                 
Total film costs
    4,104       3,922  
                 
Total noncurrent inventories and film costs
  $   5,985     $   5,754  
                 
 
 
(a) Does not include $1.498 billion and $1.764 billion of net film library costs as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, which are included in intangible assets subject to amortization in the consolidated balance sheet.
 
Approximately 89% of unamortized film costs for released theatrical and television product are expected to be amortized within three years from December 31, 2010. In addition, approximately $1.4 billion of the film costs of released and completed and not released theatrical and television product are expected to be amortized during the twelve-month period ending December 31, 2011.
 
7.  DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS
 
Time Warner uses derivative instruments, principally forward contracts, to manage the risk associated with the volatility of future cash flows denominated in foreign currencies and changes in fair value resulting from changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The principal currencies being hedged include the British Pound, Euro, Australian Dollar and Canadian Dollar. Time Warner uses foreign exchange contracts that generally have maturities of three to 18 months to hedge various foreign exchange exposures, including the following: (i) variability in foreign-currency-denominated cash flows, such as the hedges of unremitted or forecasted royalty and license fees owed to Time Warner domestic companies for the sale or anticipated sale of U.S. copyrighted products abroad or cash flows for certain film production costs denominated in a foreign currency (i.e., cash flow hedges) and (ii) currency risk


98


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
associated with foreign-currency-denominated operating assets and liabilities (i.e., fair value hedges). For these qualifying hedge relationships, the Company excludes the impact of forward points from its assessment of hedge effectiveness. As a result, changes in the fair value of forward points are recorded in other loss, net in the consolidated statement of operations each quarter.
 
The Company also enters into derivative contracts that economically hedge certain of its foreign currency risks, even though hedge accounting does not apply or the Company elects not to apply hedge accounting. These economic hedges are used primarily to offset the change in certain foreign currency denominated long-term receivables and certain foreign-currency-denominated debt due to changes in the underlying foreign exchange rates.
 
Gains and losses from hedging activities recognized in the consolidated statement of operations, including hedge ineffectiveness, were not material for the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009. In addition, such gains and losses were largely offset by corresponding economic gains or losses from the respective transactions that were hedged.
 
The following is a summary of amounts recorded in the consolidated balance sheet pertaining to Time Warner’s use of foreign currency derivatives at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 (millions):
 
                 
    December 31, 2010   December 31, 2009
 
Qualifying Hedges
               
Assets
  $ 86     $ 90  
Liabilities
      (79 )       (137 )
Economic Hedges
               
Assets
  $ 17     $ 7  
Liabilities
    (27 )     (43 )
 
The Company monitors its positions with, and the credit quality of, the financial institutions that are party to any of its financial transactions. Additionally, netting provisions are included in existing agreements in situations where the Company executes multiple contracts with the same counterparty. As a result, net assets or liabilities resulting from foreign exchange derivatives subject to these netting agreements are classified within prepaid assets and other current assets or accounts payable and accrued expenses in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. At December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, $21 million and $61 million, respectively, of losses related to cash flow hedges are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and are expected to be recognized in earnings at the same time the hedged items affect earnings. Included in accumulated other comprehensive income are deferred net losses of $17 million at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, related to hedges of cash flows associated with films that are not expected to be released within the twelve-month period ending December 31, 2011.
 
8.  LONG-TERM DEBT AND OTHER FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS
 
Long-term debt consists of (millions) (a) :
 
                 
    Outstanding Debt  
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2010     2009  
 
Fixed-rate public debt
  $ 16,276     $ 15,227  
Other obligations
    273       981  
                 
Subtotal
    16,549       16,208  
Debt due within one year
    (26 )     (57 )
Non-recourse debt
          (805 )
                 
Total long-term debt
  $   16,523     $   15,346  
                 
 
 
(a) Represents principal amounts adjusted for premiums and discounts.


99


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
 
The revolving bank credit facilities, commercial paper program and public debt of the Company rank pari passu with the senior debt of the respective obligors thereon. The weighted-average interest rate on Time Warner’s total debt was 6.52% December 31, 2010 and 6.86% at December 31, 2009.
 
Revolving Bank Credit Facilities and Commercial Paper Program
 
Revolving Bank Credit Facilities
 
Effective November 30, 2010, the Company reduced the commitments of the lenders under its $6.9 billion senior unsecured five-year revolving credit facility to an aggregate amount equal to $5.0 billion (the “Prior Credit Agreement”). The Prior Credit Agreement was scheduled to mature on February 17, 2011.
 
At December 31, 2010, there were no borrowings outstanding under the Prior Credit Agreement, $51 million in outstanding face amount of letters of credit were issued under the Prior Credit Agreement and no commercial paper was outstanding under the Company’s unsecured commercial paper program. At December 31, 2010, the Company was in compliance with the leverage covenant, with a consolidated leverage ratio of approximately 2.01 times. The Company’s unused committed capacity as of December 31, 2010 was $8.700 billion, including $3.663 billion of cash and equivalents.
 
On January 19, 2011, the Company entered into two new senior unsecured revolving bank credit facilities totaling $5.0 billion, consisting of a $2.5 billion three-year revolving credit facility (the “Three-Year Revolving Credit Facility”) that matures on January 19, 2014 and a $2.5 billion five-year revolving credit facility (the “Five-Year Revolving Credit Facility” and together with the Three-Year Revolving Credit Facility, the “Revolving Credit Facilities”) that matures on January 19, 2016 pursuant to a credit agreement dated as of January 19, 2011 (the “New Credit Agreement”). Concurrently with the effectiveness of the New Credit Agreement, the Company terminated the Prior Credit Agreement. The permitted borrowers under the New Credit Agreement are Time Warner and Time Warner International Finance Limited (“TWIFL” and together with Time Warner, the “Borrowers”).
 
Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facilities bear interest at a rate determined by the debt rating for Time Warner’s senior unsecured long-term debt and the percentage of commitments used under the facility. Based on the debt rating as of January 19, 2011, borrowings under each of the Revolving Credit Facilities would bear interest at a rate equal to LIBOR (TIBOR in the case of yen borrowings) plus 1.25% per annum if the percentage of commitments used under the facility does not exceed 25% or LIBOR (TIBOR in the case of yen borrowings) plus 1.50% per annum if the percentage of commitments used under the facility exceeds 25%. In addition, the Borrowers are required to pay a facility fee on the aggregate commitments under the Revolving Credit Facilities at a rate based on the debt rating for Time Warner’s senior unsecured long-term debt. Based on the debt rating as of January 19, 2011, the facility fee was 0.225% per annum on the aggregate amount of commitments under the Three-Year Revolving Credit Facility and 0.300% per annum on the aggregate amount of commitments under the Five-Year Revolving Credit Facility.
 
The New Credit Agreement provides same-day funding and multi-currency capability, and a portion of the commitment, not to exceed $500 million at any time, may be used for the issuance of letters of credit. The covenants for the New Credit Agreement are substantially similar to those under the Prior Credit Agreement, including a maximum consolidated leverage ratio covenant of 4.5 times the consolidated EBITDA of Time Warner, but excluding any credit ratings-based defaults or covenants or any ongoing covenant or representations specifically relating to a material adverse change in Time Warner’s financial condition or results of operations. The terms and related financial metrics associated with the leverage ratio are defined in the credit agreements. Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facilities may be used for general corporate purposes, and unused credit is available to support borrowings by Time Warner under its commercial paper program. The New Credit Agreement also contains certain events of default customary for credit facilities of this type (with customary grace periods, as applicable). The Borrowers may from time to time, so long as no default or event of default has occurred and is continuing, increase the commitments under either or both of the Revolving Credit Facilities by up to $500 million per facility by adding new commitments or increasing the commitments of willing lenders. The obligations of each of the Borrowers


100


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
under the Company’s New Credit Agreement are directly or indirectly guaranteed, on an unsecured basis by Historic TW Inc. (“Historic TW”), Home Box Office and Turner. The obligations of TWIFL under the New Credit Agreement are also guaranteed by Time Warner.
 
Commercial Paper Program
 
On February 16, 2011, the Company established a new commercial paper program on a private placement basis under which Time Warner may issue unsecured commercial paper notes up to a maximum aggregate amount outstanding at any time of $5.0 billion (the “CP Program”). Concurrently with the effectiveness of the CP Program, the Company terminated its prior commercial paper program. Proceeds from the CP Program may be used for general corporate purposes. Commercial paper issued by Time Warner is supported by, and the amount of commercial paper issued may not exceed, the unused committed capacity under the Revolving Credit Facilities. The obligations of the Company under the CP Program are directly or indirectly guaranteed, on an unsecured basis by Historic TW, Home Box Office and Turner.
 
Public Debt
 
Time Warner and certain of its subsidiaries have various public debt issuances outstanding. At issuance, the maturities of these outstanding series of debt ranged from five to 40 years and the interest rates on debt with fixed interest rates ranged from 3.15% to 9.15%. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the weighted average interest rate on the Company’s outstanding fixed-rate public debt was 6.55% and 7.14%, respectively. At December 31, 2010, the Company’s fixed-rate public debt had maturities ranging from 2012 to 2040.
 
Debt Offerings, Tender Offers and Redemptions
 
On March 3, 2010, Time Warner filed a shelf registration statement with the SEC that allows it to offer and sell from time to time debt securities, preferred stock, common stock and warrants to purchase debt and equity securities.
 
On March 11, 2010, Time Warner issued $1.4 billion aggregate principal amount of 4.875% Notes due 2020 and $600 million aggregate principal amount of 6.200% Debentures due 2040 (the “March 2010 Debt Offering”), and on July 14, 2010, it issued $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of 3.15% Notes due 2015, $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of 4.70% Notes due 2021 and $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of 6.10% Debentures due 2040 (the “July 2010 Debt Offering” and, together with the March 2010 Debt Offering, the “2010 Debt Offerings”), in each case, under the shelf registration statement.
 
The net proceeds to the Company from the 2010 Debt Offerings were $4.963 billion, after deducting underwriting discounts. The Company used a portion of the net proceeds from the 2010 Debt Offerings to repurchase and redeem all $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of the 6.75% Notes due 2011 of Time Warner, all $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of the 5.50% Notes due 2011 of Time Warner, $1.362 billion aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 6.875% Notes due 2012 of Time Warner and $568 million aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 9.125% Debentures due 2013 of Historic TW (as successor by merger to Time Warner Companies, Inc.).
 
The securities issued pursuant to the 2010 Debt Offerings are directly or indirectly guaranteed, on an unsecured basis by Historic TW, Home Box Office and Turner.
 
The premiums paid and transaction costs incurred of $364 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 in connection with the repurchase and redemption of these securities were reflected in other income (loss), net in the consolidated statement of operations.


101


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
Maturities of Public Debt
 
The Company’s public debt matures as follows (millions):
 
                                                 
    2011   2012   2013   2014   2015   Thereafter
 
Debt
  $   —       638       732             1,000       14,031  
 
Covenants and Rating Triggers
 
Each of the Company’s New Credit Agreement and public debt indentures contain customary covenants. A breach of such covenants in the New Credit Agreement that continues beyond any grace period constitutes a default, which can limit the Company’s ability to borrow and can give rise to a right of the lenders to terminate the facilities and/or require immediate payment of any outstanding debt. A breach of such covenants in the public debt indentures beyond any grace period constitutes a default which can require immediate payment of the outstanding debt. There are no rating-based defaults or covenants in the New Credit Agreement or public debt indentures.
 
The interest rate on borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facilities and the facility fee are based in part on the Company’s credit ratings. Therefore, in the event that the Company’s credit ratings decrease, the cost of maintaining the Revolving Credit Facilities and the cost of borrowing increase and, conversely, if the ratings improve, such costs decrease. As of December 31, 2010, the Company’s investment grade debt ratings were as follows: Fitch BBB, Moody’s Baa2, and S&P BBB.
 
As of December 31, 2010, the Company was in compliance with all covenants in the Prior Credit Agreement and its public debt indentures. The Company does not anticipate that it will have any difficulty in the foreseeable future complying with the covenants in its New Credit Agreement or public debt indentures.
 
Other Obligations
 
Other long-term debt obligations consist of non-recourse debt, capital lease and other obligations, including committed financings by subsidiaries under local bank credit agreements. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the weighted average interest rate for other long-term debt obligations was 4.57% and 2.41%, respectively.
 
During the first quarter of 2010, the Company used a portion of the net proceeds from the 2010 Debt Offerings to repay the $805 million outstanding under the Company’s two accounts receivable securitization facilities. The Company terminated the two accounts receivable securitization facilities on March 19, 2010 and March 24, 2010, respectively.
 
Capital Leases
 
The Company has entered into various leases primarily related to network equipment that qualify as capital lease obligations. As a result, the present value of the remaining future minimum lease payments is recorded as a capitalized lease asset and related capital lease obligation in the consolidated balance sheet. Assets recorded under capital lease obligations totaled $149 million and $165 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Related accumulated amortization totaled $81 million and $70 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.


102


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
Future minimum capital lease payments at December 31, 2010 are as follows (millions):
 
         
2011
  $ 14  
2012
    13  
2013
    14  
2014
    12  
2015
    10  
Thereafter
    32  
         
Total
    95  
Amount representing interest
      (20 )
         
Present value of minimum lease payments
    75  
Current portion
    (10 )
         
Total long-term portion
  $ 65  
         
 
Film Tax-Advantaged Arrangements
 
The Company’s filmed entertainment business, on occasion, enters into tax-advantaged transactions with foreign investors that are thought to generate tax benefits for such investors. The Company believes that its tax profile is not affected by its participation in these arrangements in any jurisdiction. The foreign investors provide consideration to the Company for entering into these arrangements.
 
Although these transactions often differ in form, they generally involve circumstances in which the Company enters into a sale-leaseback arrangement involving its film product with third-party SPEs owned by the foreign investors. The Company maintains its rights and control over the use of its film product. The Company does not have a controlling financial interest in, and accordingly does not consolidate, these SPEs. In addition, the Company does not guarantee and is not otherwise responsible for the equity and debt in these SPEs and does not participate in the profits or losses of these SPEs. The Company accounts for these arrangements based on their substance. That is, the Company records the costs of producing the films as an asset and records the net benefit received from the investors as a reduction of film costs resulting in lower film cost amortization for the films involved in the arrangement. At December 31, 2010, such SPEs were capitalized with approximately $3.2 billion of debt and equity from the third-party investors. These transactions resulted in reductions of film cost amortization totaling $7 million, $14 million and $43 million during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
9.  INCOME TAXES
 
Domestic and foreign income before income taxes, discontinued operations and cumulative effect of accounting change are as follows (millions):
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
 
Domestic
  $ 3,575     $ 3,235     $ (4,622 )
Foreign
    344       2       225  
                         
Total
  $   3,919     $   3,237     $   (4,397 )
                         


103


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
Current and deferred income taxes (tax benefits) provided on income from continuing operations are as follows (millions):
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
 
Federal:
                       
Current
  $ 764     $ 413     $ (72 )
Deferred
    84       467       375  
Foreign:
                       
Current (a)
    375       342       313  
Deferred
    (23 )     (84 )     (30 )
State and Local:
                       
Current
    120       51       43  
Deferred
    28       (36 )     64  
                         
Total
  $   1,348     $   1,153     $   693  
                         
 
 
(a) Includes foreign withholding taxes of $226 million in 2010, $216 million in 2009 and $204 million in 2008.
 
The differences between income taxes (tax benefits) expected at the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate of 35% and income taxes (tax benefits) provided are as set forth below (millions):
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
 
Taxes (tax benefits) on income at U.S. federal statutory rate
  $ 1,372     $ 1,133     $   (1,539 )
State and local taxes (tax benefits), net of federal tax effects
    73       78       (99 )
Nondeductible goodwill impairments
                2,208  
Litigation matters
    (22 )           107  
Domestic production activities deduction
    (96 )     (69 )     (52 )
Valuation allowances
    (7 )     19        
Other
    28       (8 )     68  
                         
Total
  $   1,348     $   1,153     $ 693  
                         


104


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
Significant components of Time Warner’s net deferred tax liabilities are as follows (millions):
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
 
Deferred tax assets:
               
Tax attribute carryforwards (a)
  $ 758     $ 700  
Receivable allowances and return reserves
    270       337  
Royalties, participations and residuals
    419       353  
Investments
    179       208  
Equity-based compensation
    891       1,187  
Amortization and depreciation
    410       556  
Other
    986       1,287  
Valuation allowances (a)
    (594 )     (701 )
                 
Total deferred tax assets
  $   3,319     $   3,927  
                 
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Assets acquired in business combinations
  $ 3,754     $ 3,821  
Unbilled television receivables
    780       861  
Unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries
    154       182  
                 
Total deferred tax liabilities
    4,688       4,864  
                 
Net deferred tax liability (b)
  $ 1,369     $ 937  
                 
 
 
(a) The Company has recorded valuation allowances for certain tax attribute carryforwards and other deferred tax assets due to uncertainty that exists regarding future realizability. The tax attribute carryforwards consist of $327 million of tax credits, $170 million of capital losses and $261 million of net operating losses that expire in varying amounts from 2011 through 2030. If in the future the Company believes that it is more likely than not that these deferred tax benefits will be realized, the majority of the valuation allowances will be recognized in the consolidated statement of operations.
(b) The net deferred tax liability includes current deferred tax assets of $581 million and $670 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
U.S. income and foreign withholding taxes have not been recorded on permanently reinvested earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries aggregating approximately $1.5 billion at December 31, 2010. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred U.S. income tax liability with respect to such earnings is not practicable.
 
For accounting purposes, the Company records equity-based compensation expense and a related deferred tax asset for the future tax deductions it may receive. For income tax purposes, the Company receives a tax deduction equal to the stock price on the date that a restricted stock unit (or performance share unit) vests or the excess of the stock price over the exercise price of an option upon exercise. As of December 31, 2010, the deferred tax asset recognized for equity-based compensation awards is substantially greater than the tax benefit the Company may ultimately receive (assuming no increase in the Company’s stock price). The applicable accounting rules require that the deferred tax asset related to an equity-based compensation award be reduced only at the time the award vests (in the case of a restricted stock unit or performance share unit), is exercised (in the case of a stock option) or otherwise expires or is cancelled. This reduction is recorded as an adjustment to additional paid-in capital (“APIC”), to the extent that the realization of excess tax deductions on prior equity-based compensation awards were recorded directly to APIC. The cumulative amount of such excess tax deductions is referred to as the Company’s “APIC Pool” and was approximately $800 million at December 31, 2010. Any shortfall balance recognized in excess of the Company’s APIC Pool is charged to income tax expense in the consolidated statement of operations.


105


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes
 
The Company recognizes income tax benefits for tax positions determined more likely than not to be sustained upon examination, based on the technical merits of the positions. The reserve for uncertain income tax positions is included in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet.
 
The Company does not currently anticipate that its existing reserves related to uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2010 will significantly increase or decrease during the twelve-month period ending December 31, 2011; however, various events could cause the Company’s current expectations to change in the future. Should the Company’s position with respect to the majority of these uncertain tax positions be upheld, the effect would be recorded in the consolidated statement of operations as part of the income tax provision.
 
Changes in the Company’s uncertain income tax positions, excluding the related accrual for interest and penalties, from January 1 through December 31 are set forth below (millions):
 
                 
    2010     2009  
 
Beginning balance
  $ 1,953     $ 1,954  
Additions for prior year tax positions
    134       130  
Additions for current year tax positions
    80       227  
Reductions for prior year tax positions
    (52 )     (273 )
Settlements
    (8 )     (66 )
Lapses in statute of limitations
    (7 )     (19 )
                 
Ending balance
  $   2,100     $   1,953  
                 
 
During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company recorded interest reserves through the consolidated statement of operations of approximately $84 million and made interest payments in connection with settlements reached during 2010 of approximately $8 million. During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company recorded interest reserves through the consolidated statement of operations of approximately $88 million and made interest payments in connection with settlements reached during 2009 of approximately $11 million. The amount accrued for interest and penalties as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 was $349 million and $273 million, respectively. The Company’s policy is to recognize interest and penalties accrued on uncertain tax positions as part of income tax expense.
 
During 2009, the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) substantially concluded its examination of the Company’s federal income tax returns for the 2002 — 2004 tax years, which did not result in the Company being required to make any material payments to the IRS. One matter relating to the character of certain warrants received from a third party has been referred to the IRS Appeals Division. The Company believes its position with regard to this matter is more likely than not to be sustained. However, should the IRS prevail, the additional tax payable by the Company would be approximately $70 million.
 
The Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. and various state and local and foreign jurisdictions. The IRS is currently conducting an examination of the Company’s U.S. income tax returns for the 2005 through 2007 period. The tax years that remain subject to examination by significant jurisdiction are as follows:
 
         
U.S. federal
    2002 through the current period  
California
    2006 through the current period  
New York State
    2000 through the current period  
New York City
    2000 through the current period  


106


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
10.  SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
Common Stock Repurchase Program
 
On January 28, 2010, Time Warner’s Board of Directors authorized up to $3.0 billion of share repurchases beginning January 1, 2010. Purchases under the stock repurchase program may be made from time to time on the open market and in privately negotiated transactions. The size and timing of these purchases are based on a number of factors, including price and business and market conditions. From January 1, 2010 through December 31, 2010, the Company repurchased approximately 65 million shares of common stock for approximately $1.999 billion pursuant to trading programs under Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. On January 25, 2011, Time Warner’s Board of Directors authorized up to $5.0 billion of share repurchases beginning January 1, 2011.
 
Shares Authorized and Outstanding
 
At December 31, 2010, shareholders’ equity of Time Warner included 1.099 billion shares of common stock (net of approximately 542 million shares of common stock held in treasury). As of December 31, 2010, Time Warner is authorized to issue up to 750 million shares of preferred stock, up to 8.33 billion shares of common stock and up to 600 million shares of additional classes of common stock. At December 31, 2009, shareholders’ equity of Time Warner included 1.157 billion shares of common stock (net of approximately 477 million shares of common stock held in treasury).
 
Spin-Offs of TWC and AOL
 
In connection with the TWC Separation, the Company recognized a reduction of $7.989 billion to shareholders’ equity, including $1.167 billion attributable to noncontrolling interests. In connection with the AOL Separation, the Company recognized a reduction of $3.202 billion to shareholders’ equity.
 
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 
Comprehensive income (loss) is reported in the consolidated statement of equity as a component of retained earnings (accumulated deficit) and consists of net income (loss) and other gains and losses affecting shareholders’ equity that, under GAAP, are excluded from net income (loss). For Time Warner, such items consist primarily of unrealized gains and losses on marketable equity securities, gains and losses on certain derivative financial instruments, foreign currency translation gains (losses) and changes in unfunded and underfunded benefit plan obligations.


107


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
The following summary sets forth the components of other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, for Time Warner shareholders accumulated in equity (millions):
 
                                         
                Net Derivative
          Net Accumulated
 
    Foreign Currency
    Net Unrealized
    Financial
    Net Unfunded/
    Other
 
    Translation
    Gains (Losses) on
    Instrument
    Underfunded
    Comprehensive
 
    Gains (Losses)     Securities     Gains (Losses)     Benefit Obligation     Income (Loss)  
 
Balance at December 31, 2007
  $ 596     $ 39     $ (9 )   $ (477 )   $ 149  
2008 activity
    (956 )       (18 )       (71 )     (780 )       (1,825 )
                                         
Balance at December 31, 2008
    (360 )     21       (80 )       (1,257 )     (1,676 )
AOL Separation
    278                         278  
TWC Separation
                4       387       391  
2009 activity
    221       (12 )     35       183       427  
                                         
Balance at December 31, 2009
    139       9       (41 )     (687 )     (580 )
2010 activity
      (131 )     (1 )     25       55       (52 )
                                         
Balance at December 31, 2010
  $ 8     $ 8     $ (16 )   $ (632 )   $ (632 )
                                         
 
For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the tax impact related to net unrealized gains (losses) on securities was $0 million, $7 million and $11 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the tax impact related to net derivative financial instrument gains (losses) was $14 million, $21 million and $44 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the tax impact related to net unfunded/underfunded benefit obligations was $30 million, $129 million and $515 million, respectively.
 
11.  INCOME PER COMMON SHARE
 
Set forth below is a reconciliation of basic and diluted income per common share from continuing operations (millions, except per share amounts):
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
 
Income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to Time Warner Inc. shareholders
  $ 2,578     $ 2,088     $ (5,090 )
Income allocated to participating securities
    (13 )     (9 )     (5 )
                         
Income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to Time Warner Inc. common shareholders — basic
  $ 2,565     $ 2,079     $ (5,095 )
                         
Average number of common shares outstanding — basic
     1,128.4        1,184.0        1,194.2  
Dilutive effect of equity awards
    16.9       11.1        
                         
Average number of common shares outstanding — diluted
    1,145.3       1,195.1       1,194.2  
                         
Income (loss) per common share from continuing operations attributable to Time Warner Inc. common shareholders:
                       
Basic
  $ 2.27     $ 1.76     $ (4.27 )
Diluted
  $ 2.25     $ 1.75     $ (4.27 )
 
Diluted income per common share for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 excludes approximately 127 million, 160 million and 151 million, respectively, common shares that may be issued under the Company’s stock compensation plans because they do not have a dilutive effect.


108


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
12.  EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION
 
Equity Plans
 
The Company has one active equity plan under which it is authorized to grant equity awards to employees and non-employee directors, covering an aggregate of 70 million shares of common stock. Generally, options have been granted to employees and non-employee directors of Time Warner with exercise prices equal to the fair market value on the date of grant. Generally, the stock options vest ratably over a four-year vesting period and expire ten years from the date of grant. Certain stock option awards provide for accelerated vesting upon an election to retire after reaching a specified age and years of service, as well as certain additional circumstances for non-employee directors. Holders of stock options do not receive dividends or dividend equivalents based on the regular quarterly cash dividends paid by the Company.
 
Pursuant to the equity plan, Time Warner may also grant shares of common stock or restricted stock units (“RSUs”), which generally vest between three to four years from the date of grant, to its employees and non-employee directors. Certain RSU awards provide for accelerated vesting upon an election to retire after reaching a specified age and years of service, as well as certain additional circumstances for non-employee directors. Holders of RSU awards are generally entitled to receive cash dividend equivalents based on the regular quarterly cash dividends declared and paid by the Company during the period that the RSU awards are outstanding.
 
Time Warner also has a performance stock unit program for senior level executives. Under this program, recipients of performance stock units (“PSUs”) are awarded a target number of PSUs that represent the contingent (unfunded and unsecured) right to receive shares of Company common stock at the end of a performance period (generally three years) based on the actual performance level achieved by the Company. For PSUs granted in 2007 and 2008, the recipient of a PSU may receive, depending on the Company’s total shareholder return (“TSR”) relative to the other companies in the S&P 500 Index, 0% to 200% of the target PSUs granted based on a sliding scale where a relative ranking of less than the 25th percentile will pay 0% and a ranking at the 100th percentile will pay 200% of the target number of shares. For PSUs granted in 2009 and 2010, the recipient of the PSU may receive a percentage of target PSUs determined in the same manner as PSUs granted in 2007 and 2008, except that if the Company’s TSR ranking is below the 50th percentile and its growth in adjusted earnings per share (“adjusted EPS”) relative to the growth in adjusted EPS of the other companies in the S&P 500 Index is at or above the 50th percentile, the percentage of a participant’s target PSUs that will vest will be the average of (i) the percentage of target PSUs that would vest based on the Company’s TSR ranking during the performance period and (ii) 100%.
 
For accounting purposes, PSUs granted in 2007 and 2008 are considered to have a market condition and PSUs granted in 2009 and 2010 are considered to have a market condition and a performance condition. The effect of a market condition is reflected in the grant date fair value of the award, which is estimated using a Monte Carlo analysis to estimate the total return ranking of Time Warner among the S&P 500 Index companies over the performance period. In the case of PSUs granted in 2009 and 2010, the performance condition is assumed to have been met. As a result, compensation expense is recognized on these awards provided that the requisite service is rendered (regardless of the actual TSR ranking achieved). Participants who are terminated by the Company other than for cause or who terminate their own employment for good reason or due to retirement or disability are generally entitled to a pro rata portion of the PSUs that would otherwise vest following the performance period.
 
Holders of PSUs granted in 2010 are entitled to receive dividend equivalents based on the regular quarterly cash dividends declared and paid by the Company during the period that the PSUs are outstanding. The dividend equivalent payment will be made in cash following the vesting of the PSUs (generally following the end of the respective performance period) and will be based on the number of shares paid out. Holders of PSUs granted in 2007, 2008 and 2009 do not receive payments or accruals of dividends or dividend equivalents for regular quarterly cash dividends paid by the Company while the PSU is outstanding.


109


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
Upon the (i) exercise of a stock option award, (ii) the vesting of an RSU, (iii) the vesting of a PSU or (iv) the grant of restricted stock, shares of Time Warner common stock may be issued either from authorized but unissued shares or from treasury stock.
 
In connection with the AOL Separation and the TWC Separation (collectively, the “Separations”) in 2009, and as provided for in the Company’s equity plans, the number of stock options, RSUs and target PSUs outstanding at each of the Distribution Date and Distribution Record Date, respectively, and the exercise prices of such stock options were adjusted to maintain the fair value of those awards (collectively, the “Adjustments”). The Adjustments were determined by comparing the fair value of such awards immediately prior to each of the Separations (“pre-Separation”) to the fair value of such awards immediately after each of the Separations. In performing these analyses, the only assumptions that changed were related to the Time Warner stock price and the stock option’s exercise price. Accordingly, each equity award outstanding as of the Distribution Date relating to the AOL Separation was increased by multiplying the size of such award by 1.07, while the per share exercise price of each stock option was decreased by dividing by 1.07. Each equity award outstanding as of the Distribution Record Date relating to the TWC Separation was increased by multiplying the size of such award by 1.35, while the per share exercise price of each stock option was decreased by dividing by 1.35. The Adjustments resulted in an aggregate increase of approximately 65 million equity awards (comprised of 60 million stock options and 5 million RSUs and Target PSUs). The modifications to the outstanding equity awards were made pursuant to existing antidilution provisions in the Company’s equity plans and did not result in any additional compensation expense.
 
Under the terms of Time Warner’s equity plans and related award agreements, and as a result of the Separations, AOL and TWC employees who held Time Warner equity awards were treated as if their employment with Time Warner was terminated without cause at the time of each of the Separations. This treatment resulted in the forfeiture of unvested stock options, shortened exercise periods for vested stock options and pro rata vesting of the next installment of (and forfeiture of the remainder of) the RSU awards for those AOL and TWC employees who did not satisfy retirement-treatment eligibility provisions in the Time Warner equity plans and related award agreements.
 
Upon the exercise of Time Warner stock options held by TWC employees, TWC is obligated to reimburse Time Warner for the intrinsic value of the applicable award. The estimated receivable from TWC fluctuates with the fair value and number of outstanding equity awards and the resulting change is recorded in other income (loss), net, in the consolidated statement of operations. As of December 31, 2010, the estimated receivable was $19 million. No such similar arrangement exists with AOL.
 
Other information pertaining to each category of equity-based compensation appears below.
 
Stock Options
 
The assumptions presented in the table below represent the weighted-average value of the applicable assumption used to value stock options at their grant date.
 
             
    Years Ended December 31,
    2010   2009   2008
 
Expected volatility
  29.5%   35.2%   28.7%
Expected term to exercise from grant date
  6.51 years   6.11 years   5.95 years
Risk-free rate
  2.9%   2.5%   3.2%
Expected dividend yield
  3.1%   4.4%   1.7%


110


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2010:
 
                                 
            Weighted-
   
        Weighted-
  Average
   
        Average
  Remaining
  Aggregate
    Number
  Exercise
  Contractual
  Intrinsic
    of Options   Price   Life   Value
    (thousands)       (in years)   (thousands)
 
Outstanding as of December 31, 2009
    174,396     $   56.03                  
Granted
    9,859       27.19                  
Exercised
    (5,572 )     21.55                  
Forfeited or expired
    (44,472 )     77.50                  
                                 
Outstanding as of December 31, 2010
    134,211       48.23       3.70     $ 351,571  
                                 
Exercisable as of December 31, 2010
    108,242       53.84       2.62     $   143,888  
                                 
 
As of December 31, 2010, the number, weighted-average exercise price, aggregate intrinsic value and weighted-average remaining contractual term of Time Warner stock options vested and expected to vest approximate amounts for options outstanding. As of December 31, 2010, 70 million shares of Time Warner common stock were available for future grants of stock options. Total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested Time Warner stock option awards as of December 31, 2010, without taking into account expected forfeitures, is $67 million and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period between one and two years.
 
The weighted-average fair value of a Time Warner stock option granted during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $6.39, $5.07 and $12.30, respectively. The total intrinsic value of Time Warner options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $45 million, $13 million and $53 million, respectively. Cash received from the exercise of Time Warner stock options was $121 million, $56 million and $134 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The tax benefits realized from Time Warner stock options exercised in the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 were $17 million, $5 million and $20 million, respectively.
 
Restricted Stock Units and Target Performance Stock Units
 
The following table summarizes information about unvested RSUs and target PSUs as of December 31, 2010:
 
                 
        Weighted-
        Average
    Number of
  Grant Date
    Shares/Units   Fair Value
    (thousands)    
 
Unvested as of December 31, 2009
    14,462     $ 27.15  
Granted
    5,870       27.34  
Vested
    (2,796 )     38.35  
Forfeited
    (813 )     28.87  
                 
Unvested as of December 31, 2010
    16,723       25.25  
                 
 
As of December 31, 2010, the intrinsic value of unvested RSUs and target PSUs was $538 million. Total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested RSUs and target PSUs as of December 31, 2010, without taking into account expected forfeitures, was $156 million and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period between one and two years. The fair value of RSUs that vested during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $95 million, $76 million and $59 million, respectively. The fair value of PSUs that vested during 2010 and 2009 was $12 million and $2 million, respectively. No PSUs vested during 2008.


111


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company granted 6 million RSUs at a weighted-average grant date fair value per RSU of $27.21. For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company granted 5 million RSUs at a weighted-average grant date fair value per RSU of $22.34. For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company granted 4 million RSUs at a weighted-average grant date fair value per RSU of $44.49.
 
For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company granted 0.2 million target PSUs at a weighted-average grant date fair value per PSU of $30.65. For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company granted 0.2 million target PSUs at a weighted-average grant date fair value per PSU of $23.67. For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company granted 0.4 million target PSUs at a weighted-average grant date fair value per PSU of $52.59.
 
Equity-Based Compensation Expense
 
Compensation expense recognized for equity-based compensation plans is as follows (millions):
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
 
Stock options
  $ 70     $ 74     $ 96  
Restricted stock units and performance stock units
    129       101       96  
                         
Total impact on Operating Income
  $   199     $   175     $   192  
                         
Tax benefit recognized
  $ 76     $ 67     $ 73  
                         
 
13.  BENEFIT PLANS
 
Retirement Plan Amendments
 
In March 2010, the Company’s Board of Directors approved amendments to its domestic defined benefit pension plans. Pursuant to the amendments, (i) effective June 30, 2010, benefits provided under the plans stopped accruing for additional years of service and the plans were closed to new hires and employees with less than one year of service and (ii) after December 31, 2013, pay increases will no longer be taken into consideration when determining a participating employee’s benefits under the plans.
 
Effective July 1, 2010, the Company increased its matching contributions for eligible participants in the Company’s domestic defined contribution plan (“Time Warner Savings Plan”). Effective January 1, 2011, the Company has implemented a supplemental savings plan that provides for similar Company matching for eligible participant deferrals above the Internal Revenue Service compensation limits that apply to the Time Warner Savings Plan up to $500,000 of eligible compensation.
 
In December 2010, amendments to the U.K. defined benefit pension plans were approved. Pursuant to the amendments, beginning in April 2011, benefits provided under the plans will stop accruing for additional years of service. Pay increases will continue to be taken into consideration when determining a participating employee’s benefits under the plans. In addition, matching contributions under a defined contribution plan will be provided to eligible U.K. employees.


112


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
A summary of activity for substantially all of Time Warner’s domestic and international defined benefit pension plans is as follows:
 
Defined Benefit Plans
 
Benefit Obligation (millions)
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
 
Change in benefit obligation:
               
Projected benefit obligation, beginning of year
  $ 3,412     $ 2,970  
Service cost
    52       78  
Interest cost
    186       179  
Plan participants contribution
    7       7  
Actuarial loss
    162       270  
Benefits paid
    (157 )     (152 )
Curtailments
    14       (1 )
Settlements
          (29 )
Plan amendments
    11        
Remeasurement due to plan changes
    (185 )      
Foreign currency exchange rates
    (52 )     90  
                 
Projected benefit obligation, end of year
  $   3,450     $   3,412  
                 
Accumulated benefit obligation, end of year
  $ 3,303     $ 3,142  
                 
 
Plan Assets (millions)
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
 
Change in plan assets:
               
Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year
  $ 2,962     $ 2,348  
Actual return on plan assets
    266       636  
Employer contributions
    104       73  
Benefits paid
    (157 )     (152 )
Settlements
          (29 )
Plan participants contribution
    4       4  
Foreign currency exchange rates
    (49 )     82  
                 
Fair value of plan assets, end of year
  $   3,130     $   2,962  
                 
 
As of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the funded status recognized in the consolidated balance sheet reflected a net liability position of $320 million and $450 million, respectively, primarily consisting of noncurrent liabilities of $381 million and $431 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, amounts included in Accumulated other comprehensive income were $992 million and $1.078 billion, respectively, primarily consisting of net actuarial losses.
 
Certain defined benefit plans have projected benefit obligations and accumulated benefit obligations in excess of their plan assets. These plans are primarily unfunded. As of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the projected benefit obligations in excess of plan assets for unfunded plans were $411 million and $347 million, respectively, and the accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets for unfunded plans were $404 million and $360 million, respectively. In addition, as of December 31, 2009, the projected benefit obligation for certain funded plans exceeded the fair value of their assets by $103 million.


113


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
Components of Net Periodic Benefit Costs from Continuing Operations (millions)
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
 
Service cost
  $ 52     $ 78     $ 104  
Interest cost
    186       179       192  
Expected return on plan assets
    (230 )     (173 )     (247 )
Amortization of prior service cost
                5  
Amortization of net loss
    41       124       19  
Settlements/curtailments
    2       5        
                         
Net periodic benefit costs
  $   51     $   213     $   73  
                         
 
Certain domestic employees of the Company participate in multi-employer pension plans, not included in the net periodic costs above, for which the expense was $38 million in 2010, $38 million in 2009 and $35 million in 2008.
 
Assumptions
 
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations and net periodic benefit costs for the years ended December 31:
 
                                                 
    Benefit Obligations   Net Periodic Benefit Costs
    2010   2009   2008   2010   2009   2008
 
Discount rate
    5.55 %     5.80 %     6.17 %     5.80 %     6.17 %     5.98 %
Rate of compensation increase
    4.76 %     4.78 %     4.57 %     4.78 %     4.57 %     4.60 %
Expected long-term return on plan assets
    n/a       n/a       n/a       7.84 %     7.76 %     7.78 %
 
The discount rates were determined by matching the plan’s liability cash flows to rates derived from high-quality corporate bonds available at the measurement date. A decrease in the discount rate of 25 basis points, from 5.80% to 5.55%, while holding all other assumptions constant, would have resulted in an increase in the Company’s pension expense of approximately $15 million in 2010.
 
In developing the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, the Company considered long-term historical rates of return, the Company’s plan asset allocations as well as the opinions and outlooks of investment professionals and consulting firms. A decrease in the expected long-term rate of return of 25 basis points, from 7.84% to 7.59%, while holding all other assumptions constant, would have resulted in an increase in the Company’s pension expense of approximately $7 million in 2010.


114


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
Fair Value of Plan Assets
 
The following table sets forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy as described in Note 5, the assets held by the Company’s pension plans, including those assets related to The CW sub-plan as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 (millions):
 
                                                                 
    December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  
Asset Category
  Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 157     $     $     $ 157     $ 1     $ 48     $     $ 49  
Insurance contracts
          43             43             47             47  
Equity securities:
                                                               
Domestic equities
    333                   333       1,067                   1,067  
International equities
    199                   199       290                   290  
Fixed income securities:
                                                               
U.S. government and
                                                               
agency securities
    857                   857       61       20             81  
Municipal bonds
          15             15                          
Investment grade
                                                               
corporate bonds (a)
          347             347             180             180  
Non-investment grade
                                                               
corporate bonds (a)
          9             9             71             71  
Other investments:
                                                               
Pooled investments (b)
          910             910             820             820  
Commingled trust funds (c)
          162             162             331             331  
Hedge funds
                121       121                   100       100  
Other (d)
    3       2       12       17       2       2       52       56  
                                                                 
Total (e)
  $   1,549     $   1,488     $   133     $   3,170     $   1,421     $   1,519     $   152     $   3,092  
                                                                 
 
 
(a) Investment grade corporate bonds have an S&P rating of BBB- or higher and non-investment grade corporate bonds have an S&P rating of BB+ and below.
(b) Pooled investments primarily consist of interests in unitized investments pools of which underlying securities primarily consist of equity and fixed income securities.
(c) Commingled trust funds include $43 million and $116 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 of collateral for securities on loan.
(d) Other investments include limited partnerships, 103-12 investments, derivative contracts, exchange-traded funds and mutual funds.
(e) At December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, total assets include $44 million and $116 million, respectively, of securities on loan.


115


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
 
The table below sets forth a summary of changes in the fair value of the pension plan’s Level 3 assets for the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 (millions):
 
                                                 
    December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  
    Hedge Funds     Other     Total     Hedge Funds     Other     Total  
 
Balance at beginning of period
  $ 100     $ 52     $ 152     $ 17     $ 31     $ 48  
Actual return on plan assets:
                                               
Relating to assets still held at
                                               
end of period
    7       (21 )     (14 )     18       7       25  
Relating to assets sold during
                                               
the period
    6       8       14             1       1  
Purchases, sales, issuances and settlements, net
    8       (27 )     (19 )     65       13       78  
Transfers in and/or out of Level 3
                                   
                                                 
Balance at end of period
  $   121     $   12     $   133     $   100     $   52     $   152  
                                                 
 
The Company primarily utilizes the market approach for determining recurring fair value measurements.
 
The Company’s investment policy is to achieve fully funded status in order to pay current and future participant benefits from plan assets, and to minimize the volatility of the plan’s funded status thereafter. The Company continuously monitors the performance of the overall pension assets portfolio, asset allocation policies, and the performance of the investment advisers and asset managers and makes adjustments and changes, as required. The Company does not manage any pension assets internally; however, the investment guidelines for the investment advisers and asset managers permit the use of index funds, futures, options, or other derivative hedging strategies as components of portfolio management strategies.
 
As a result of the recent plan amendments and a review of the plan asset allocations, the Company will transition its domestic asset allocation from its current target of 50% equity investments and 50% fixed income investments toward a target of 20% equity investments and 80% fixed income investments to more closely match the pension plan assets’ characteristics with those of the Company’s pension liabilities to minimize funded status volatility. The changes are consistent with the Company’s investment policy stated above and will be implemented as market conditions permit. Target asset allocations for international plans are reviewed periodically and as of December 31, 2010 are approximately 60% equity investments and 40% fixed income investments.
 
The Time Warner Pension Plan’s assets included no securities of Time Warner at both December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009.
 
Expected cash flows
 
After considering the funded status of the Company’s defined benefit pension plans, movements in the discount rate, investment performance and related tax consequences, the Company may choose to make contributions to its pension plans in any given year. At December 31, 2010, there were no minimum required contributions for the Company’s funded plans. The Company made discretionary cash contributions of $22 million to its funded defined benefit pension plans during the year ended December 31, 2010. For the Company’s unfunded plans, contributions will continue to be made to the extent benefits are paid.
 
Information about the expected benefit payments for the Company’s defined benefit plans is as follows (millions):
 
                                                 
    2011   2012   2013   2014   2015   2016-2020
 
Expected benefit payments
  $   160       170       179       184       190       1,039  


116


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
Defined Contribution Plans
 
Time Warner has certain domestic and international defined contribution plans, including savings and profit sharing plans, for which the expense amounted to $129 million in 2010, $103 million in 2009 and $105 million in 2008. The Company’s contributions to the savings plans are primarily based on a percentage of the employees’ elected contributions and are subject to plan provisions.
 
Other Postretirement Benefit Plans
 
Time Warner also sponsors several unfunded domestic postretirement benefit plans covering certain retirees and their dependents. For substantially all of Time Warner’s domestic postretirement benefit plans, the unfunded benefit obligation as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 was $158 million and $156 million, respectively, and the amount recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income was $19 million and $25 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the net periodic benefit costs were $12 million, $13 million and $14 million, respectively.
 
14.  RESTRUCTURING COSTS
 
The Company’s restructuring costs primarily related to employee termination costs, ranging from senior executives to line personnel, and other exit costs, including lease terminations. Restructuring costs expensed as incurred by segment for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 are as follows (millions):
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
 
Networks
  $ 6     $ 8     $ (3 )
Filmed Entertainment
    30       105       142  
Publishing
    61       99       176  
Corporate
                12  
                         
Total restructuring costs
  $     97     $     212     $     327  
                         
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
 
2010 restructuring activity
  $ 56     $     $  
2009 restructuring activity
    26       198        
2008 and prior restructuring activity
    15       14       327  
                         
Restructuring costs
  $     97     $     212     $     327  
                         
 
2010 Restructuring Activity
 
For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company incurred $56 million in restructuring costs primarily related to various employee terminations and other exit activities, including $11 million at the Filmed Entertainment segment, $39 million at the Publishing segment and $6 million at the Networks segment.
 
2009 Restructuring Activity
 
For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company incurred $198 million in restructuring costs primarily related to various employee terminations and other exit activities, including $100 million at the Filmed Entertainment segment, $90 million at the Publishing segment and $8 million at the Networks segment.


117


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company incurred $18 million at the Filmed Entertainment segment and $8 million at the Publishing segment related to 2009 restructuring initiatives as a result of changes in estimates of previously established restructuring accruals.
 
2008 and Prior Restructuring Activity
 
For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company incurred $327 million in restructuring costs primarily related to various employee terminations and other exit activities, including $142 million at the Filmed Entertainment segment, $176 million at the Publishing segment and $12 million at Corporate. In addition, the Company also reversed a $3 million charge at the Networks segment as a result of changes in estimates of previously established restructuring accruals.
 
In addition, during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company incurred additional charges related to 2008 restructuring initiatives as a result of changes in estimates of previously established restructuring accruals. During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company incurred $1 million at the Filmed Entertainment segment and $14 million at the Publishing segment. During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company incurred $5 million at the Filmed Entertainment segment and $9 million at the Publishing segment.
 
Selected Information
 
Selected information relating to accrued restructuring costs is as follows (millions):
 
                         
    Employee
             
    Terminations     Other Exit Costs     Total  
 
Remaining liability as of December 31, 2007
  $ 87     $     $ 87  
Net accruals
    242       85       327  
Noncash reductions (a)
    (1 )           (1 )
Noncash charges (b)
          (17 )     (17 )
Cash paid
    (134 )     (5 )     (139 )
                         
Remaining liability as of December 31, 2008
    194       63       257  
Net accruals
    127       85       212  
Cash paid
    (166 )     (50 )     (216 )
                         
Remaining liability as of December 31, 2009
    155       98       253  
Net accruals
    63       34       97  
Cash paid
    (111 )     (48 )     (159 )
                         
Remaining liability as of December 31, 2010
  $   107     $   84     $   191  
                         
 
 
(a) Noncash reductions relate to the settlement of certain employee-related liabilities with equity instruments.
(b) Noncash charges relate to the write-down of certain assets, including fixed assets, prepaid marketing materials and certain contract terminations.
 
As of December 31, 2010, of the remaining liability of $191 million, $95 million was classified as a current liability in the consolidated balance sheet, with the remaining $96 million classified as a long-term liability. Amounts classified as long-term are expected to be paid through 2017.


118


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
15.  SEGMENT INFORMATION
 
Time Warner classifies its operations into three reportable segments: Networks, consisting principally of cable television networks that provide programming; Filmed Entertainment, consisting principally of feature film, television, home video and interactive videogame production and distribution; and Publishing, consisting principally of magazine publishing.
 
Information as to the revenues, intersegment revenues, operating income (loss) and assets of Time Warner in each of its reportable segments is set forth below.
 
                                         
    Year Ended December 31, 2010  
    Subscription     Advertising     Content     Other     Total  
                (millions)              
 
Revenues
                                       
Networks
  $ 7,671     $ 3,736     $ 942     $ 131     $ 12,480  
Filmed Entertainment
    66       75       11,359       122       11,622  
Publishing
    1,291       1,935       68       381       3,675  
Intersegment eliminations
          (64 )     (804 )     (21 )     (889 )
                                         
Total revenues
  $   9,028     $   5,682     $   11,565     $   613     $   26,888  
                                         
 
                                         
    Year Ended December 31, 2009  
    Subscription     Advertising     Content     Other     Total  
                (millions)              
 
Revenues
                                       
Networks
  $ 7,077     $ 3,272     $ 819     $ 85     $ 11,253  
Filmed Entertainment
    44       79       10,766       177       11,066  
Publishing
    1,324       1,878       73       461       3,736  
Intersegment eliminations
          (68 )     (584 )     (15 )     (667 )
                                         
Total revenues
  $   8,445     $   5,161     $   11,074     $   708     $   25,388  
                                         
 
                                         
    Year Ended December 31, 2008  
    Subscription     Advertising     Content     Other     Total  
                (millions)              
 
Revenues
                                       
Networks
  $ 6,738     $ 3,359     $ 901     $ 60     $ 11,058  
Filmed Entertainment
    39       88       11,030       241       11,398  
Publishing
    1,523       2,419       63       603       4,608  
Intersegment eliminations
          (68 )     (544 )     (18 )     (630 )
                                         
Total revenues
  $   8,300     $   5,798     $   11,450     $   886     $   26,434  
                                         
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
          (millions)        
 
Intersegment Revenues
                       
Networks
  $   89     $   89     $     96  
Filmed Entertainment
    778       565       520  
Publishing
    22       13       14  
                         
Total intersegment revenues
  $   889     $   667     $   630  
                         
 


119


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (millions)  
 
Operating Income (Loss)
                       
Networks
  $ 4,224     $ 3,470     $ 3,102  
Filmed Entertainment
    1,107       1,084       823  
Publishing
    515       246       (6,624 )
Corporate
    (374 )     (365 )     (380 )
Intersegment eliminations
    (44 )     35       35  
                         
Total operating income (loss)
  $   5,428     $   4,470     $   (3,044 )
                         
 
                                         
    Depreciation and Amortization     Total Assets  
    Year Ended December 31,     December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008     2010     2009  
          (millions)           (millions)  
 
Depreciation and Amortization and Total Assets
                                       
Networks
  $ 377     $ 372     $ 357     $ 37,596     $ 35,650  
Filmed Entertainment
    374       363       405       18,019       17,078  
Publishing
    149       173       208       6,209       6,404  
Corporate
    38       40       44       4,700       6,927  
                                         
Total assets
  $   938     $   948     $   1,014     $   66,524     $   66,059  
                                         
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
          (millions)        
 
Capital Expenditures
                       
Networks
  $   291     $   268     $     349  
Filmed Entertainment
    272       187       228  
Publishing
    49       58       90  
Corporate
    19       34       15  
                         
Total capital expenditures
  $   631     $   547     $   682  
                         

120


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
Long-lived hard assets located outside the United States, which represent approximately 1% of total assets at December 31, 2010, are not material. Revenues in different geographical areas are as follows:
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (millions)  
 
Revenues (a)
                       
United States
  $ 19,007     $ 18,113     $ 18,894  
United Kingdom
    1,387       1,495       1,809  
Canada
    731       646       597  
Germany
    656       643       564  
France
    519       580       540  
Japan
    509       471       440  
Other international
    4,079       3,440       3,590  
                         
Total revenues
  $   26,888     $   25,388     $   26,434  
                         
          
                       
 
 
(a) Revenues are attributed to countries based on location of customer.
 
16.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
Commitments
 
Time Warner’s total net rent expense from continuing operations amounted to $398 million in 2010, $408 million in 2009 and $412 million in 2008. Included in such amounts was sublease income of $46 million for 2010, $52 million for 2009 and $59 million for 2008. The Company has long-term noncancelable lease commitments for office space, studio facilities and operating equipment in various locations around the world. The minimum rental commitments under noncancelable long-term operating leases during the next five years and thereafter are as follows (millions):
 
         
2011
  $ 401  
2012
    372  
2013
    357  
2014
    333  
2015
    297  
Thereafter
    728  
         
Total
  $   2,488  
         
 
Additionally, as of December 31, 2010, the Company has future sublease income arrangements of $278 million, which are not included in the table above.


121


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
Time Warner also has commitments under certain programming, network licensing, artist, franchise and other agreements aggregating $25.961 billion at December 31, 2010, which are payable as follows (millions):
 
         
2011
  $ 5,007  
2012
    3,541  
2013
    3,118  
2014
    2,622  
2015
    2,341  
Thereafter
    9,332  
         
Total
  $   25,961  
         
 
Contingent Commitments
 
The Company also has certain contractual arrangements that would require it to make payments or provide funding if certain circumstances occur (“contingent commitments”). Contingent commitments include contingent consideration to be paid in connection with acquisitions and put/call arrangements on certain investment transactions, which could require the Company to make payments to acquire certain assets or ownership interests.
 
The following table summarizes the Company’s contingent commitments at December 31, 2010. For put/call options where payment obligations are outside the control of the Company, the timing of amounts presented in the table represents the earliest period in which payment could be made. For other contingent commitments, the timing of amounts presented in the table represents when the maximum contingent commitment will expire, but does not mean that the Company expects to incur an obligation to make any payments within that time period. In addition, amounts presented do not reflect the effects of any indemnification rights the Company might possess (millions).
 
                                         
Nature of Contingent Commitments
  Total     2011     2012-2013     2014-2015     Thereafter  
 
Guarantees (a)
  $ 1,199     $ 81     $ 77     $ 80     $ 961  
Letters of credit and other contingent commitments
    1,154       114       490       309       241  
                                         
Total contingent commitments
  $   2,353     $   195     $   567     $   389     $   1,202  
                                         
 
 
(a) Amounts primarily reflect the Six Flags Guarantee discussed below.
 
The following is a description of the Company’s contingent commitments at December 31, 2010:
 
  •     Guarantees include guarantees the Company has provided on certain lease and operating commitments entered into by (a) entities formerly owned by the Company, including the arrangements described below, and (b) ventures in which the Company is or was a venture partner.
 
Six Flags
 
In connection with the Company’s former investment in the Six Flags theme parks located in Georgia and Texas (“Six Flags Georgia” and “Six Flags Texas,” respectively, and, collectively, the “Parks”), in 1997, certain subsidiaries of the Company (including Historic TW and, in connection with the separation of TWC in 2009, Warner Bros. Entertainment Inc.) agreed to guarantee (the “Six Flags Guarantee”) certain obligations of the partnerships that hold the Parks (the “Partnerships”) for the benefit of the limited partners in such Partnerships, including the following (the “Guaranteed Obligations”): (a) making a minimum annual distribution to such limited partners; (b) making a minimum amount of capital expenditures each year; (c) offering each year to purchase 5% of the limited partnership units of the Partnerships (plus any such units not purchased pursuant to such offer in any prior year; the estimated maximum amount for 2011 is approximately $334 million) based on a price determined as provided in the applicable agreement; (d) making annual ground lease payments; and (e) either (i) purchasing all of the outstanding limited


122


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
partnership units through the exercise of a call option upon the earlier of the occurrence of certain specified events and the end of the term of each of the Partnerships in 2027 (Six Flags Georgia) and 2028 (Six Flags Texas) (the “End of Term Purchase”) or (ii) causing each of the Partnerships to have no indebtedness and to meet certain other financial tests as of the end of the term of the Partnerships. The aggregate undiscounted estimated future cash flow requirements covered by the Six Flags Guarantee over the remaining term (through 2028) of the agreements are approximately $1.1 billion (for a net present value of approximately $410 million). To date, no payments have been made by the Company pursuant to the Six Flags Guarantee.
 
In connection with its purchase of the controlling interest in the Parks, Six Flags Entertainment Corporation (formerly known as Six Flags, Inc. and Premier Parks Inc.) (“Six Flags”), agreed, pursuant to a subordinated indemnity agreement (the “Subordinated Indemnity Agreement”), to guarantee the performance of the Guaranteed Obligations when due and to indemnify Historic TW, among others, in the event that the Guaranteed Obligations are not performed and the Six Flags Guarantee is called upon. In the event of a default of Six Flags’ indemnification obligations, Historic TW has the right to acquire control of the managing partner of the Parks. Six Flags’ obligations to Historic TW are further secured by its interest in all limited partnership units that are held by Six Flags.
 
On June 13, 2009, Six Flags and certain of its subsidiaries filed petitions for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in the Bankruptcy Court in Delaware. On April 30, 2010, Six Flags’ plan of reorganization, which significantly reduced its debt, became effective and it emerged from bankruptcy. The Partnerships holding the Parks were not included in the debtors’ reorganization proceedings. Six Flags assumed the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement in the plan of reorganization. In connection with the plan of reorganization, on April 30, 2010, a Time Warner subsidiary (TW-SF LLC), as lender, entered into a 5-year $150 million multiple draw term facility with certain affiliates of the Partnerships, as borrowers, which can be used only to fund such affiliates’ annual obligations to purchase certain limited partnership units of the Partnerships. Any loan made under the facility will mature 5 years from its respective funding date. No loan was made under the facility in 2010. On December 3, 2010, the facility was amended in connection with Six Flags’ refinancing of its first lien credit facility and termination of its second lien term credit facility. TW-SF LLC agreed to waive the early termination of the facility as a result of the refinancing and agreed to amend the facility to provide for, among other things, the payment of a commitment fee to TW-SF LLC, an increase in the amount of permitted Six Flags first lien debt and the ability of certain of Six Flags’ subsidiaries, and of Six Flags, to make additional restricted payments to Six Flags and its shareholders, respectively. The facility will expire on April 30, 2015, unless it terminates earlier upon election by the borrowers or due to the acceleration or certain refinancings of Six Flags’ secured credit facility.
 
Because the Six Flags Guarantee existed prior to December 31, 2002 and no modifications to the arrangements have been made since the date the guarantee came into existence, the Company is required to continue to account for the Guaranteed Obligations as a contingent liability. Based on its evaluation of the current facts and circumstances surrounding the Guaranteed Obligations and the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement, the Company is unable to predict the loss, if any, that may be incurred under these Guaranteed Obligations and no liability for the arrangements has been recognized at December 31, 2010. Because of the specific circumstances surrounding the arrangements and the fact that no active or observable market exists for this type of financial guarantee, the Company is unable to determine a current fair value for the Guaranteed Obligations and related Subordinated Indemnity Agreement.
 
AOL Revolving Facility and Credit Support Agreement
 
On December 9, 2009, AOL entered into a $250 million 364-day senior secured revolving credit facility (the “AOL Revolving Facility”) in connection with the separation of AOL, and Time Warner guaranteed AOL’s obligations under the AOL Revolving Facility. On September 30, 2010, AOL terminated the AOL Revolving Facility, which also terminated Time Warner’s guarantee obligations. Time Warner also agreed


123


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
to continue to provide credit support for certain AOL lease and trade obligations, of which approximately $13 million remained as of February 16, 2011. Time Warner’s obligation to provide AOL with the credit support ends on the earlier of December 9, 2011 and 30 days after AOL completes certain specified financing activities.
 
  •     Generally, letters of credit and surety bonds support performance and payments for a wide range of global contingent and firm obligations, including insurance, litigation appeals, import of finished goods, real estate leases and other operational needs. Other contingent commitments primarily include amounts payable representing contingent consideration on certain acquisitions, which if earned would require the Company to pay a portion or all of the contingent amount, and contingent payments for certain put/call arrangements, whereby payments could be made by the Company to acquire assets, such as a venture partner’s interest or a co-financing partner’s interest in one of the Company’s films.
 
Time Warner does not guarantee the debt of any of its investments accounted for using the equity method of accounting.
 
Programming Licensing Backlog
 
Programming licensing backlog represents the amount of future revenues not yet recorded from cash contracts for the licensing of theatrical and television product for pay cable, basic cable, network and syndicated television exhibition. Because backlog generally relates to contracts for the licensing of theatrical and television product that have already been produced, the recognition of revenue for such completed product is principally dependent on the commencement of the availability period for telecast under the terms of the related licensing agreement. Cash licensing fees are collected periodically over the term of the related licensing agreements. Backlog was approximately $5.2 billion and $4.5 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Included in these amounts is licensing of film product from the Filmed Entertainment segment to the Networks segment in the amount of $1.3 billion and $1.1 billion at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Backlog excludes filmed entertainment advertising barter contracts, which are also expected to result in the future realization of revenues and cash through the sale of the advertising spots received under such contracts to third parties.
 
Contingencies
 
On October 8, 2004, certain heirs of Jerome Siegel, one of the creators of the “Superman” character, filed suit against the Company, DC Comics and Warner Bros. Entertainment Inc. in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California. Plaintiffs’ complaint seeks an accounting and demands up to one-half of the profits made on Superman since the alleged April 16, 1999 termination by plaintiffs of Siegel’s grants of one-half of the rights to the Superman character to DC Comics’ predecessor-in-interest. Plaintiffs have also asserted various Lanham Act and unfair competition claims and alleging “wasting” of the Superman property by DC Comics, and the Company has filed counterclaims. On March 26, 2008, the court entered an order of summary judgment finding, among other things, that plaintiffs’ notices of termination were valid and that plaintiffs had thereby recaptured, as of April 16, 1999, their rights to a one-half interest in the Superman story material, as first published, but that the accounting for profits would not include profits attributable to foreign exploitation, republication of pre-termination works and trademark exploitation. On October 6, 2008, the court dismissed plaintiffs’ Lanham Act and “wasting” claims with prejudice, and subsequently determined that the remaining claims in the case will be subject to phased non-jury trials. On July 8, 2009, the court issued a decision in the first phase trial in favor of the defendants on the issue of whether the terms of various license agreements between DC Comics and Warner Bros. Entertainment Inc. were at fair market value or constituted “sweetheart deals.” The parties are awaiting a new date for the commencement of the second phase trial.
 
On October 22, 2004, the same Siegel heirs filed a related lawsuit against the same defendants, as well as Warner Communications Inc. and Warner Bros. Television Production Inc. in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California. Plaintiffs claim that Siegel was the sole creator of the character Superboy and, as such, DC


124


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
Comics has had no right to create new Superboy works since the alleged October 17, 2004 termination by plaintiffs of Siegel’s grants of rights to the Superboy character to DC Comics’ predecessor-in-interest. This lawsuit seeks a declaration regarding the validity of the alleged termination and an injunction against future use of the Superboy character. On March 23, 2006, the court granted plaintiffs’ motion for partial summary judgment on termination, denied the Company’s motion for summary judgment and held that further proceedings are necessary to determine whether the Company’s Smallville television series may infringe on plaintiffs’ rights to the Superboy character. On July 27, 2007, upon the Company’s motion for reconsideration, the court reversed the bulk of its March 23, 2006 ruling, and requested additional briefing on certain issues, on which a decision remains pending.
 
On May 14, 2010, DC Comics filed a related lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California against the heirs of Superman co-creator Joseph Shuster, the Siegel heirs, their attorney Marc Toberoff and certain companies that Mr. Toberoff controls. The lawsuit asserts a claim for declaratory relief concerning the validity and scope of the copyright termination notice served by the Shuster heirs, which, together with the termination notices served by the Siegel heirs described above, purports to preclude DC Comics from creating new Superman and/or Superboy works for distribution and sale in the United States after October 26, 2013. The lawsuit also seeks declaratory relief with respect to, inter alia, the validity of various agreements between Mr. Toberoff, his companies and the Shuster and Siegel heirs, and asserts claims for intentional interference by Mr. Toberoff with DC Comics’ contracts and prospective economic advantage with the Shuster and Siegel heirs, for which DC Comics seeks monetary damages. On September 3, 2010, DC Comics filed an amended complaint and on September 20, 2010, defendants filed motions to strike certain causes of action and dismiss the amended complaint under California and federal laws.
 
On September 20, 2007, Brantley, et al. v. NBC Universal, Inc., et al. was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California against the Company and several other programming content providers (collectively, the “programmer defendants”) as well as cable and satellite providers (collectively, the “distributor defendants”), alleging violations of the federal antitrust laws. Among other things, the complaint alleged coordination between and among the programmer defendants to sell and/or license programming on a “bundled” basis to the distributor defendants, who in turn purportedly offer that programming to subscribers in packaged tiers, rather than on a per channel (or “à la carte”) basis. In an order dated October 15, 2009, the court dismissed the third amended complaint with prejudice. On October 30, 2009, plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit.
 
On April 4, 2007, the National Labor Relations Board (“NLRB”) issued a complaint against CNN America Inc. (“CNN America”) and Team Video Services, LLC (“Team Video”). This administrative proceeding relates to CNN America’s December 2003 and January 2004 terminations of its contractual relationships with Team Video, under which Team Video had provided electronic newsgathering services in Washington, DC and New York, NY. The National Association of Broadcast Employees and Technicians, under which Team Video’s employees were unionized, initially filed charges of unfair labor practices with the NLRB in February 2004, alleging that CNN America and Team Video were joint employers, that CNN America was a successor employer to Team Video, and/or that CNN America discriminated in its hiring practices to avoid becoming a successor employer or due to specific individuals’ union affiliation or activities. The NLRB complaint seeks, among other things, the reinstatement of certain union members and monetary damages. On November 19, 2008, the presiding NLRB Administrative Law Judge issued a non-binding recommended decision, finding CNN America liable. On February 17, 2009, CNN America filed exceptions to this decision with the NLRB.
 
On March 10, 2009, Anderson News L.L.C. and Anderson Services L.L.C. (collectively, “Anderson News”) filed an antitrust lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York against several magazine publishers, distributors and wholesalers, including Time Inc. and one of its subsidiaries, Time/Warner Retail Sales & Marketing, Inc. Plaintiffs allege that defendants violated Section 1 of the Sherman Antitrust Act by engaging in an antitrust conspiracy against Anderson News, as well as other related state law claims. Plaintiffs are seeking unspecified monetary damages. On August 2, 2010, the court granted defendants’ motions to dismiss the complaint with prejudice, and on October 25, 2010, the court denied Anderson News’ motion for reconsideration of


125


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
that dismissal. On November 8, 2010, Anderson News filed a notice of appeal with the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit.
 
The Company intends to defend against or prosecute, as applicable, the lawsuits and proceedings described above vigorously, but is unable to predict the outcome of these matters or to reasonably estimate the possible loss or range of loss arising from the claims against the Company.
 
From time to time, the Company receives notices from third parties claiming that it infringes their intellectual property rights. Claims of intellectual property infringement could require Time Warner to enter into royalty or licensing agreements on unfavorable terms, incur substantial monetary liability or be enjoined preliminarily or permanently from further use of the intellectual property in question. In addition, certain agreements entered into by the Company may require the Company to indemnify the other party for certain third-party intellectual property infringement claims, which could increase the Company’s damages and its costs of defending against such claims. Even if the claims are without merit, defending against the claims can be time-consuming and costly.
 
The costs and other effects of pending or future litigation, governmental investigations, legal and administrative cases and proceedings (whether civil or criminal), settlements, judgments and investigations, claims and changes in those matters (including those matters described above), and developments or assertions by or against the Company relating to intellectual property rights and intellectual property licenses, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and operating results.
 
17.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
The Company has entered into certain transactions in the ordinary course of business with unconsolidated investees accounted for under the equity method of accounting. These transactions have been executed on terms comparable to the terms of transactions with unrelated third parties and primarily include the licensing of broadcast rights to The CW broadcast network for film and television product, by the Filmed Entertainment segment and the licensing of rights to carry cable television programming provided by the Networks segment.
 
Revenues from transactions with related parties were $360 million, $316 million and $404 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Expenses from transactions with related parties were $62 million, $54 million and $41 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
18.  ADDITIONAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
Cash Flows
 
Additional financial information with respect to cash (payments) and receipts is as follows (millions):
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
 
Cash payments made for interest
  $ (1,086 )   $ (1,125 )   $ (1,406 )
Interest income received
    26       43       65  
                         
Cash interest payments, net
  $   (1,060 )   $   (1,082 )   $   (1,341 )
                         
Cash payments made for income taxes
  $ (961 )   $ (1,150 )   $ (691 )
Income tax refunds received
    90       99       137  
TWC and AOL tax sharing (payments) receipts, net (a)
    (87 )     241       342  
                         
Cash tax (payments) receipts, net
  $ (958 )   $ (810 )   $ (212 )
                         
          
                       
 
 
(a) Represents net amounts (paid) received from TWC and AOL in accordance with tax sharing agreements with TWC and AOL.


126


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
 
Interest Expense, Net
 
Interest expense, net, consists of (millions):
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
 
Interest income
  $ 99     $ 138     $ 168  
Interest expense
    (1,277 )     (1,304 )     (1,528 )
                         
Total interest expense, net
  $   (1,178 )   $   (1,166 )   $   (1,360 )
                         
 
Other Income (Loss), Net
 
Other income (loss), net, consists of (millions):
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
 
Investment gains (losses), net
  $ 32     $ (21 )   $   (60 )
Premiums paid and transaction costs incurred in
                       
connection with debt redemptions
    (364 )            
Income (loss) on equity method investees
    6       (32 )     34  
Other
    (5 )     (14 )     33  
                         
Total other income (loss), net
  $   (331 )   $   (67 )   $ 7  
                         
 
Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities
 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consist of (millions):
 
                 
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2010     2009  
 
Accounts payable
  $ 846     $ 677  
Accrued expenses
    2,087       2,495  
Participations payable
    2,480       2,652  
Programming costs payable
    737       681  
Accrued compensation
    1,051       916  
Accrued interest
    284       257  
Accrued income taxes
    248       129  
                 
Total accounts payable and accrued liabilities
  $   7,733     $   7,807  
                 
 
Other Noncurrent Liabilities
 
Other noncurrent liabilities consist of (millions):
 
                 
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2010     2009  
 
Noncurrent tax and interest reserves
  $ 2,397     $ 2,173  
Participations payable
    806       766  
Programming costs payable
    1,227       1,242  
Noncurrent pension and post retirement liabilities
    565       582  
Deferred compensation
    575       565  
Other noncurrent liabilities
    597       639  
                 
Total other noncurrent liabilities
  $   6,167     $   5,967  
                 


127


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
 
Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act). The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and board of directors regarding the preparation of reliable financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting includes self-monitoring mechanisms and actions taken to correct deficiencies as they are identified. Because of the inherent limitations in any internal control, no matter how well designed, misstatements may occur and not be prevented or detected. Accordingly, even effective internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. Further, the evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting was made as of a specific date, and continued effectiveness in future periods is subject to the risks that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may decline.
 
Management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Company’s system of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010 based on the framework set forth in “Internal Control — Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on its evaluation, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2010, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on the specified criteria.
 
The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting has been audited by the Company’s independent auditor, Ernst & Young LLP, a registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report at page 130 herein.


128


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
The Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Time Warner Inc.
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Time Warner Inc. (“Time Warner”) as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, cash flows and equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010. Our audits also included the Supplementary Information and Financial Statement Schedule II listed in the index at Item 15(a). These financial statements, supplementary information and schedule are the responsibility of Time Warner’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements, supplementary information and schedule based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Time Warner at December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related Supplementary Information and Financial Statement Schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
 
As discussed in Note 1 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements, on January 1, 2009 Time Warner retrospectively adopted accounting guidance for non-controlling interests, and accounting guidance which requires that all outstanding unvested share-based payment awards that contain rights to non-forfeitable dividends or dividend equivalents be considered participating securities.
 
As discussed in Note 1 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements, on January 1, 2010 Time Warner retrospectively adopted the amendments to the accounting guidance pertaining to the accounting for transfers of financial assets and variable interest entities.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Time Warner’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 18, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
 
Ernst & Young
/s/ Ernst & Young
 
New York, NY
February 18, 2011


129


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
The Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Time Warner Inc.
 
We have audited Time Warner Inc.’s (“Time Warner”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the “COSO criteria”). Time Warner’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on Time Warner’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
In our opinion, Time Warner maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on the COSO criteria.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Time Warner as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, cash flows and equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010 of Time Warner and our report dated February 18, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
 
Ernst & Young
/s/ Ernst & Young
 
New York, NY
February 18, 2011


130


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
The selected financial information set forth below for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010 has been derived from and should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and other financial information presented elsewhere herein. The selected financial information set forth below for the years ended December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006 has been derived from audited financial statements not included herein. Capitalized terms are as defined and described in the consolidated financial statements or elsewhere herein. Certain reclassifications have been made to conform to the 2010 presentation.
 
                                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009 (a)     2008 (b)     2007 (b)     2006 (b)  
    (millions, except per share amounts)  
 
Selected Operating Statement Information:
                                       
Total revenues
  $ 26,888     $ 25,388     $ 26,434     $ 26,211     $ 24,886  
Operating income (loss)
    5,428       4,470       (3,044 )     4,167       3,229  
Net income (loss)
    2,571       2,512       (14,649 )     4,627       6,786  
Amounts attributable to Time Warner Inc. shareholders:
                                       
Income (loss) from continuing operations
  $ 2,578     $ 2,088     $ (5,090 )   $ 1,889     $ 2,718  
Discontinued operations, net of tax
          389       (8,308 )     2,498       3,809  
Cumulative effect of accounting change
                            25  
                                         
Net income (loss)
  $ 2,578     $ 2,477     $ (13,398 )   $ 4,387     $ 6,552  
                                         
Per share information attributable to Time Warner Inc. common shareholders:
                                       
Basic income (loss) per common share from continuing operations
  $ 2.27     $ 1.76     $ (4.27 )   $ 1.52     $ 1.95  
Discontinued operations
          0.32       (6.95 )     2.02       2.73  
Cumulative effect of accounting change
                            0.02  
                                         
Basic net income (loss) per common share
  $ 2.27     $ 2.08     $ (11.22 )   $ 3.54     $ 4.70  
Diluted income (loss) per common share from continuing operations
  $ 2.25     $ 1.75     $ (4.27 )   $ 1.51     $ 1.93  
Discontinued operations
          0.32       (6.95 )     1.99       2.70  
Cumulative effect of accounting change
                            0.02  
                                         
Diluted net income (loss) per common share
  $ 2.25     $ 2.07     $ (11.22 )   $ 3.50     $ 4.65  
Average common shares:
                                       
Basic
    1,128.4       1,184.0       1,194.2       1,239.6       1,394.2  
Diluted
    1,145.3       1,195.1       1,194.2       1,254.0       1,408.3  
 
                                         
Selected Balance Sheet Information:
                                       
Cash and equivalents
  $ 3,663     $ 4,733     $ 1,082     $ 1,133     $ 1,087  
Total assets
     66,524        66,059        114,477        134,825        133,716  
Debt due within one year
    26       57       2,041       51       24  
Non-recourse debt
          805       805       1,036       924  
Long-term debt
    16,523       15,346       19,855       23,402       20,400  
Time Warner Inc. shareholders’ equity
    32,940       33,396       42,292       58,536       60,389  
Total capitalization at book value
    49,489       49,604       64,993       83,025       81,737  
Cash dividends declared per share of common stock
    0.850       0.750       0.750       0.705       0.630  
          
                                       
 
 
(a) 2008 includes a $7.139 billion noncash impairment to reduce the carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets at the Publishing segment.
(b) Total assets, Time Warner Inc. shareholder’s equity and Total capitalization at book value for 2008, 2007 and 2006 include amounts related to discontinued operations, primarily related to TWC Inc and AOL Inc.


131


Table of Contents

 
TIME WARNER INC.
QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
(Unaudited)
 
The following table sets forth the quarterly information for Time Warner:
 
                                 
    Quarter Ended  
    March 31,     June 30,     September 30,     December 31,  
    (millions, except per share amounts)  
 
2010
                               
Total revenues
  $ 6,322     $ 6,377     $ 6,377     $ 7,812  
Operating income
    1,463       1,194       1,347       1,424  
Net income
    725       560       520       766  
Amounts attributable to Time Warner Inc. shareholders:
                               
Income from continuing operations
  $ 725     $ 562     $ 522     $ 769  
Discontinued operations, net of tax
                       
                                 
Net income
  $ 725     $ 562     $ 522     $ 769  
                                 
Per share information attributable to Time Warner Inc. common shareholders:
                               
Basic income per common share from continuing operations
  $ 0.63     $ 0.49     $ 0.46     $ 0.69  
Diluted income per common share from continuing operations
    0.62       0.49       0.46       0.68  
Net income per share — basic
    0.63       0.49       0.46       0.69  
Net income per share — diluted
    0.62       0.49       0.46       0.68  
Cash provided by operations from continuing operations
    1,356       32       931       995  
Common stock — high
    31.56       33.88       32.89       32.51  
Common stock — low
    26.81       28.91       28.20       29.49  
Cash dividends declared per share of common stock
    0.2125       0.2125       0.2125       0.2125  
2009
                               
Total revenues
  $ 5,996     $ 5,920     $ 6,262     $ 7,210  
Operating income
    1,024       1,001       1,240       1,205  
Net income
    688       529       663       632  
Amounts attributable to Time Warner Inc. shareholders:
                               
Income from continuing operations
  $ 467     $ 430     $ 581     $ 610  
Discontinued operations, net of tax
    193       94       81       21  
                                 
Net income
  $ 660     $ 524     $ 662     $ 631  
                                 
Per share information attributable to Time Warner Inc. common shareholders:
                               
Basic income per common share from continuing operations
  $ 0.39     $ 0.36     $ 0.49     $ 0.52  
Diluted income per common share from continuing operations
    0.39       0.36       0.49       0.52  
Net income per share — basic
    0.55       0.44       0.56       0.54  
Net income per share — diluted
    0.55       0.43       0.55       0.53  
Cash provided by operations from continuing operations
    1,165       446       1,144       631  
Common stock — high
    32.94       26.49       30.14       32.82  
Common stock — low
    18.23       20.70       23.42       29.14  
Cash dividends declared per share of common stock
    0.1875       0.1875       0.1875       0.1875  


132


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
Overview
 
Set forth below are condensed consolidating financial statements presenting the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of (i) Time Warner Inc. (the “Parent Company”), (ii) Historic TW Inc. (in its own capacity and as successor by merger to Time Warner Companies, Inc.), Home Box Office, Inc., and Turner Broadcasting System, Inc., each a wholly owned subsidiary of the Parent Company (collectively, the “Guarantor Subsidiaries”), on a combined basis, (iii) the direct and indirect non-guarantor subsidiaries of the Parent Company (the “Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries”), on a combined basis and (iv) the eliminations necessary to arrive at the information for Time Warner Inc. on a consolidated basis. The Guarantor Subsidiaries, fully and unconditionally, jointly and severally, guarantee the securities issued under the indentures on an unsecured basis.
 
There are no legal or regulatory restrictions on the Parent Company’s ability to obtain funds from any of its wholly owned subsidiaries through dividends, loans or advances.
 
Basis of Presentation
 
In presenting the condensed consolidating financial statements, the equity method of accounting has been applied to (i) the Parent Company’s interests in the Guarantor Subsidiaries and (ii) the Guarantor Subsidiaries’ interests in the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries, where applicable, even though all such subsidiaries meet the requirements to be consolidated under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. All intercompany balances and transactions between the Parent Company, the Guarantor Subsidiaries and the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries have been eliminated, as shown in the column “Eliminations.”
 
The Parent Company’s accounting bases in all subsidiaries, including goodwill and identified intangible assets, have been “pushed down” to the applicable subsidiaries. Corporate overhead expenses have been reflected as expenses of the Parent Company and have not been allocated to the Guarantor Subsidiaries or the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries. Interest income (expense) is determined based on third-party debt and the relevant intercompany amounts within the respective legal entity.
 
All direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries are included in Time Warner Inc.’s consolidated U.S. tax return. In the condensed consolidating financial statements, tax expense has been allocated based on each such subsidiary’s relative pretax income to the consolidated pretax income. With respect to the use of certain consolidated tax attributes (principally operating and capital loss carryforwards), such benefits have been allocated to the respective subsidiary that generated the taxable income permitting such use (i.e., pro-rata based on where the income was generated). For example, to the extent a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary generated a gain on the sale of a business for which the Parent Company utilized tax attributes to offset such gain, the tax attribute benefit would be allocated to that Non-Guarantor Subsidiary. Deferred taxes of the Parent Company, the Guarantor Subsidiaries and the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries have been allocated based upon the temporary differences between the carrying amounts of the respective assets and liabilities of the applicable entities.
 
Certain transfers of cash between subsidiaries and their parent companies and intercompany dividends are reflected as cash flows from investing and financing activities in the accompanying condensed consolidating statements of cash flows. All other intercompany activity is reflected in cash flows from operations.
 
Management believes that the allocations and adjustments noted above are reasonable. However, such allocations and adjustments may not be indicative of the actual amounts that would have been incurred had the Parent, Guarantor and Non-Guarantor entities operated independently.


133


Table of Contents

 
TIME WARNER INC.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
Consolidating Balance Sheet
December 31, 2010
(millions)
 
                                         
                            Time
 
    Parent
    Guarantor
    Non-Guarantor
          Warner
 
    Company     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
 
ASSETS
                                       
Current assets
                                       
Cash and equivalents
  $ 2,815     $ 256     $ 592     $     $ 3,663  
Receivables, net
    26       639       5,748             6,413  
Inventories
          496       1,424             1,920  
Deferred income taxes
    581       583       507       (1,090 )     581  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    126       80       355             561  
                                         
Total current assets
    3,548       2,054       8,626       (1,090 )     13,138  
Noncurrent inventories and film costs
          1,643       4,443       (101 )     5,985  
Investments in amounts due to and from consolidated subsidiaries
    44,677       21,709       11,381       (77,767 )      
Investments, including available-for-sale securities
    101       383       1,903       (591 )     1,796  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    346       448       3,080             3,874  
Intangible assets subject to amortization, net
                2,492             2,492  
Intangible assets not subject to amortization
          2,007       5,820             7,827  
Goodwill
          9,879       20,115             29,994  
Other assets
    228       142       1,048             1,418  
                                         
Total assets
  $ 48,900     $ 38,265     $ 58,908     $ (79,549 )   $ 66,524  
                                         
                                         
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
                                       
Current liabilities
                                       
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
  $ 676     $ 730     $ 6,401     $ (74 )   $ 7,733  
Deferred revenue
          19       882       (17 )     884  
Debt due within one year
          9       17             26  
                                         
Total current liabilities
    676       758       7,300       (91 )     8,643  
Long-term debt
    11,761       4,728       34             16,523  
Due (to) from affiliates
    (858 )           858              
Deferred income taxes
    1,950       3,220       2,859       (6,079 )     1,950  
Deferred revenue
                363       (67 )     296  
Other noncurrent liabilities
    2,431       2,058       3,635       (1,957 )     6,167  
Equity
                                       
Due (to) from Time Warner and subsidiaries
          (21,172 )     (680 )     21,852        
Other shareholders’ equity
    32,940       48,673       44,534       (93,207 )     32,940  
                                         
Total Time Warner Inc. shareholders’ equity
    32,940       27,501       43,854       (71,355 )     32,940  
Noncontrolling interests
                5             5  
                                         
Total equity
    32,940       27,501       43,859       (71,355 )     32,945  
                                         
Total liabilities and equity
  $   48,900     $   38,265     $   58,908     $   (79,549 )   $   66,524  
                                         


134


Table of Contents

 
TIME WARNER INC.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
Consolidating Balance Sheet
December 31, 2009
(millions)
 
                                         
                            Time
 
    Parent
    Guarantor
    Non-Guarantor
          Warner
 
    Company     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
 
ASSETS
                                       
Current assets
                                       
Cash and equivalents
  $ 3,863     $ 138     $ 732     $     $ 4,733  
Receivables, net
    44       641       4,385             5,070  
Securitized receivables
                805             805  
Inventories
          506       1,263             1,769  
Deferred income taxes
    670       633       477       (1,110 )     670  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    148       68       429             645  
                                         
Total current assets
    4,725       1,986       8,091       (1,110 )     13,692  
Noncurrent inventories and film costs
          1,814       4,055       (115 )     5,754  
Investments in amounts due to and from consolidated subsidiaries
    41,585       20,782       11,241       (73,608 )      
Investments, including available-for-sale securities
    65       392       1,603       (518 )     1,542  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    382       496       3,044             3,922  
Intangible assets subject to amortization, net
          1       2,675             2,676  
Intangible assets not subject to amortization
          2,007       5,727             7,734  
Goodwill
          9,879       19,760             29,639  
Other assets
    196       69       835             1,100  
                                         
Total assets
  $ 46,953     $ 37,426     $ 57,031     $ (75,351 )   $ 66,059  
                                         
                                         
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY                                        
Current liabilities
                                       
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
  $ 657     $ 1,164     $ 6,049     $ (63 )   $ 7,807  
Deferred revenue
          13       789       (21 )     781  
Debt due within one year
          12       45             57  
Non-recourse debt
                805             805  
Current liabilities of discontinued operations
    23                         23  
                                         
Total current liabilities
    680       1,189       7,688       (84 )     9,473  
Long-term debt
    9,979       5,335       32             15,346  
Due (to) from affiliates
    (907 )           907              
Deferred income taxes
    1,607       3,147       2,658       (5,805 )     1,607  
Deferred revenue
                360       (91 )     269  
Other noncurrent liabilities
    2,198       2,004       3,525       (1,760 )     5,967  
Equity
                                       
Due (to) from Time Warner and subsidiaries
          (19,327 )     1,461       17,866        
Other shareholders’ equity
    33,396       45,078       40,399       (85,477 )     33,396  
                                         
Total Time Warner Inc. shareholders’ equity
    33,396       25,751       41,860       (67,611 )     33,396  
Noncontrolling interests
                1             1  
                                         
Total equity
    33,396       25,751       41,861       (67,611 )     33,397  
                                         
Total liabilities and equity
  $   46,953     $   37,426     $   57,031     $   (75,351 )   $   66,059  
                                         


135


Table of Contents

 
TIME WARNER INC.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
Consolidating Statement of Operations
For The Year Ended December 31, 2010
(millions)
 
                                         
                            Time
 
    Parent
    Guarantor
    Non-Guarantor
          Warner
 
    Company     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
 
Revenues
  $     $ 5,485     $ 21,914     $ (511 )   $ 26,888  
Costs of revenues
          (2,744 )     (12,707 )     428       (15,023 )
Selling, general and administrative
    (363 )     (887 )     (4,954 )     78       (6,126 )
Amortization of intangible assets
                (264 )           (264 )
Restructuring costs
          (1 )     (96 )           (97 )
Asset impairments
                (20 )           (20 )
Gain (loss) on operating assets
          59       11             70  
                                         
Operating income (loss)
    (363 )     1,912       3,884       (5 )     5,428  
Equity in pretax income (loss) of consolidated subsidiaries
    5,296       3,876       1,362       (10,534 )      
Interest expense, net
    (741 )     (394 )     (52 )     9       (1,178 )
Other loss, net
    (273 )     (97 )     146       (107 )     (331 )
                                         
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
    3,919       5,297       5,340       (10,637 )     3,919  
Income tax provision
    (1,348 )     (1,813 )     (1,909 )     3,722       (1,348 )
                                         
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    2,571       3,484       3,431       (6,915 )     2,571  
Discontinued operations, net of tax
                             
                                         
Net income (loss)
    2,571       3,484       3,431       (6,915 )     2,571  
Less Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
    7       7       7       (14 )     7  
                                         
Net income (loss) attributable to Time Warner Inc. shareholders
  $   2,578     $   3,491     $   3,438     $   (6,929 )   $   2,578  
                                         


136


Table of Contents

 
TIME WARNER INC.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
Consolidating Statement of Operations
For The Year Ended December 31, 2009
(millions)
 
                                         
                Non-
          Time
 
    Parent
    Guarantor
    Guarantor
          Warner
 
    Company     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
 
Revenues
  $     $ 5,132     $ 20,597     $ (341 )   $ 25,388  
Costs of revenues
          (2,558 )     (12,006 )     329       (14,235 )
Selling, general and administrative
    (345 )     (845 )     (4,890 )     7       (6,073 )
Amortization of intangible assets
                (280 )           (280 )
Restructuring costs
          (8 )     (204 )           (212 )
Asset impairments
          (2 )     (83 )           (85 )
Gain (loss) on operating assets
                (33 )           (33 )
                                         
Operating income (loss)
    (345 )     1,719       3,101       (5 )     4,470  
Equity in pretax income (loss) of consolidated subsidiaries
    4,331       3,019       1,226       (8,576 )      
Interest expense, net
    (738 )     (434 )           6       (1,166 )
Other loss, net
    (11 )     (1 )     32       (87 )     (67 )
                                         
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
    3,237       4,303       4,359       (8,662 )     3,237  
Income tax provision
    (1,153 )     (1,498 )     (1,571 )     3,069       (1,153 )
                                         
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    2,084       2,805       2,788       (5,593 )     2,084  
Discontinued operations, net of tax
    428       157       509       (666 )     428  
                                         
Net income (loss)
    2,512       2,962       3,297       (6,259 )     2,512  
Less Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
    (35 )     (21 )     (49 )     70       (35 )
                                         
Net income (loss) attributable to Time Warner Inc. shareholders
  $   2,477     $   2,941     $   3,248     $   (6,189 )   $   2,477  
                                         


137


Table of Contents

 
TIME WARNER INC.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
Consolidating Statement of Operations
For The Year Ended December 31, 2008
(millions)
 
                                         
                Non-
          Time
 
    Parent
    Guarantor
    Guarantor
          Warner
 
    Company     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
 
Revenues
  $     $ 5,049     $ 21,756     $ (371 )   $ 26,434  
Costs of revenues
          (2,637 )     (12,642 )     368       (14,911 )
Selling, general and administrative
    (343 )     (1,097 )     (5,241 )     3       (6,678 )
Amortization of intangible assets
          (2 )     (344 )           (346 )
Restructuring costs
    (12 )     3       (318 )           (327 )
Asset impairments
                (7,213 )           (7,213 )
Gain (loss) on operating assets
                (3 )           (3 )
                                         
Operating income (loss)
    (355 )     1,316       (4,005 )           (3,044 )
Equity in pretax income of consolidated subsidiaries
    (3,163 )     (3,599 )     1,435       5,327        
Interest expense, net
    (920 )     (939 )     499             (1,360 )
Other loss, net
    41       48       (64 )     (18 )     7  
                                         
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
    (4,397 )     (3,174 )     (2,135 )     5,309       (4,397 )
Income tax provision
    (693 )     (1,150 )     (1,433 )     2,583       (693 )
                                         
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    (5,090 )     (4,324 )     (3,568 )     7,892       (5,090 )
Discontinued operations, net of tax
    (9,559 )     (8,136 )     (9,525 )     17,661       (9,559 )
                                         
Net income (loss)
    (14,649 )     (12,460 )     (13,093 )     25,553       (14,649 )
Less Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
    1,251       1,174       1,267       (2,441 )     1,251  
                                         
Net income (loss) attributable to Time Warner Inc. shareholders
  $   (13,398 )   $   (11,286 )   $   (11,826 )   $   23,112     $   (13,398 )
                                         


138


Table of Contents

 
TIME WARNER INC.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
For The Year Ended December 31, 2010
(millions)
 
                                         
                            Time
 
    Parent
    Guarantor
    Non-Guarantor
          Warner
 
    Company     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
 
OPERATIONS
                                       
Net income (loss)
  $ 2,571     $ 3,484     $ 3,431     $ (6,915 )   $ 2,571  
Less Discontinued operations, net of tax
                             
                                         
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
    2,571       3,484       3,431       (6,915 )     2,571  
Adjustments for noncash and nonoperating items:
                                       
Depreciation and amortization
    36       139       763             938  
Amortization of film and television costs
          2,174       4,483       6       6,663  
Asset impairments
                20             20  
(Gain) loss on investments and other assets, net
    (5 )           (1 )           (6 )
Excess (deficiency) of distributions over equity in pretax income of consolidated subsidiaries, net of cash
                                       
distributions
    (5,296 )     (3,876 )     (1,362 )     10,534        
Equity in losses of investee companies, net of cash distributions
    (3 )     19       22             38  
Equity-based compensation
    38       46       115             199  
Deferred income taxes
    89       19       13       (32 )     89  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:
    777       (1,003 )     (3,376 )     (3,596 )     (7,198 )
Intercompany
          1,636       (1,636 )            
                                         
Cash provided by operations from continuing operations
    (1,793 )     2,638       2,472       (3 )     3,314  
                                         
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
                                       
Investments in available-for-sale securities
    (15 )           (1 )           (16 )
Investments and acquisitions, net of cash acquired
    3       (290 )     (632 )           (919 )
Capital expenditures
    (19 )     (109 )     (503 )           (631 )
Advances to (from) parent and consolidated subsidiaries
    2,047       367             (2,414 )      
Other investment proceeds
    61       29       40             130  
                                         
Cash provided (used) by investing activities from continuing operations
    2,077       (3 )     (1,096 )     (2,414 )     (1,436 )
                                         
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
                                       
Borrowings
    5,139             104             5,243  
Debt repayments
    (3,363 )     (568 )     (979 )           (4,910 )
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
    121                         121  
Excess tax benefit on stock options
    7                         7  
Principal payments on capital leases
          (11 )     (3 )           (14 )
Repurchases of common stock
    (2,016 )                       (2,016 )
Dividends paid
    (971 )                       (971 )
Other financing activities
    (225 )     (94 )     (65 )           (384 )
Change in due to/from parent and investment in segment
          (1,844 )     (573 )     2,417        
                                         
Cash used by financing activities from continuing operations
    (1,308 )     (2,517 )     (1,516 )     2,417       (2,924 )
                                         
Cash provided (used) by continuing operations
    (1,024 )     118       (140 )           (1,046 )
                                         
Cash provided (used) by operations from discontinued operations
    (24 )                       (24 )
Cash used by investing activities from discontinued operations
                             
Cash provided (used) by financing activities from discontinued operations
                             
Effect of change in cash and equivalents of discontinued
                                       
operations
                             
                                         
Cash provided (used) by discontinued operations
    (24 )                       (24 )
                                         
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND EQUIVALENTS
    (1,048 )     118       (140 )           (1,070 )
CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD
    3,863       138       732             4,733  
                                         
CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD
  $   2,815     $   256     $   592     $   —     $   3,663  
                                         


139


Table of Contents

 
TIME WARNER INC.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
For The Year Ended December 31, 2009
(millions)
 
                                         
                            Time
 
    Parent
    Guarantor
    Non-Guarantor
          Warner
 
    Company     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
 
OPERATIONS
                                       
Net income (loss)
  $ 2,512     $ 2,962     $ 3,297     $ (6,259 )   $ 2,512  
Less Discontinued operations, net of tax
    428       157       509       (666 )     428  
                                         
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
    2,084       2,805       2,788       (5,593 )     2,084  
Adjustments for noncash and nonoperating items:
                                       
Depreciation and amortization
    40       127       781             948  
Amortization of film and television costs
          2,032       4,366       5       6,403  
Asset impairments
          2       83             85  
(Gain) loss on investments and other assets, net
    9       3       37             49  
Excess (deficiency) of distributions over equity in pretax income of consolidated subsidiaries, net of cash distributions
    (4,331 )     (3,019 )     (1,226 )     8,576        
Equity in losses of investee companies, net of cash distributions
          (6 )     80             74  
Equity-based compensation
    34       45       96             175  
Deferred income taxes
    346       376       357       (733 )     346  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:
    826       (731 )     (4,613 )     (2,260 )     (6,778 )
Intercompany
          1,742       (1,742 )            
                                         
Cash provided by operations from continuing operations
    (992 )     3,376       1,007       (5 )     3,386  
                                         
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
                                       
Investments in available-for-sale securities
    (2 )           (2 )           (4 )
Investments and acquisitions, net of cash acquired
    (322 )     (5 )     (418 )           (745 )
Capital expenditures
    (33 )     (125 )     (389 )           (547 )
Investment proceeds from available-for-sale securities
    3             47             50  
Proceeds from the Special Dividend paid by Time Warner
                                       
Cable Inc. 
    9,253                         9,253  
Advances to (from) parent and consolidated subsidiaries
    3,968       788             (4,756 )      
Other investment proceeds
    64       35       82             181  
                                         
Cash provided (used) by investing activities from
                                       
continuing operations
    12,931       693       (680 )     (4,756 )     8,188  
                                         
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
                                       
Borrowings
    3,493             90             3,583  
Debt repayments
    (9,983 )           (67 )           (10,050 )
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
    56                         56  
Excess tax benefit on stock options
    1                         1  
Principal payments on capital leases
          (14 )     (4 )           (18 )
Repurchases of common stock
    (1,158 )                       (1,158 )
Dividends paid
    (897 )                       (897 )
Other financing activities
    (57 )                       (57 )
Change in due to/from parent and investment in segment
          (4,020 )     (741 )     4,761        
                                         
Cash used by financing activities from continuing operations
    (8,545 )     (4,034 )     (722 )     4,761       (8,540 )
                                         
Cash provided (used) by continuing operations
    3,394       35       (395 )           3,034  
                                         
Cash provided (used) by operations from discontinued operations
                1,324             1,324  
Cash used by investing activities from discontinued operations
                (763 )           (763 )
Cash provided (used) by financing activities from discontinued operations
                (5,255 )           (5,255 )
Effect of change in cash and equivalents of discontinued operations
                5,311             5,311  
                                         
Cash provided (used) by discontinued operations
                617             617  
                                         
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND EQUIVALENTS
    3,394       35       222             3,651  
CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD
    469       103       510             1,082  
                                         
CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD
  $   3,863     $   138     $   732     $   —     $ 4,733  
                                         


140


Table of Contents

 
TIME WARNER INC.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
 
Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
For The Year Ended December 31, 2008
(millions)
 
                                         
                            Time
 
    Parent
    Guarantor
    Non-Guarantor
          Warner
 
    Company     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Eliminations     Consolidated  
 
OPERATIONS
                                       
Net income
  $   (14,649 )   $   (12,460 )   $   (13,093 )   $   25,553     $   (14,649 )
Less Discontinued operations, net of tax
    (9,559 )     (8,136 )     (9,525 )     17,661       (9,559 )
                                         
Net income from continuing operations
    (5,090 )     (4,324 )     (3,568 )     7,892       (5,090 )
Adjustments for noncash and nonoperating items:
                                       
Depreciation and amortization
    43       117       854             1,014  
Amortization of film and television costs
          2,072       3,754             5,826  
Asset impairments
                7,213             7,213  
Gain on investments and other assets, net
    (14 )     3       63             52  
Deficiency of distributions over equity in pretax income of consolidated subsidiaries, net of cash
                                       
distributions
    3,163       3,599       (1,435 )     (5,327 )      
Equity in (income) losses of investee companies, net of
                                       
cash distributions
          (41 )     62             21  
Equity-based compensation
    44       43       105             192  
Deferred income taxes
    410       247       121       (368 )     410  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions
    79       (1,362 )     (1,871 )     (2,192 )     (5,346 )
Intercompany
          1,599       (1,599 )            
                                         
Cash provided (used) by operations from continuing operations
    (1,365 )     1,953       3,699       5       4,292  
                                         
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
                                       
Investments in available-for-sale securities
    (9 )           (10 )           (19 )
Investments and acquisitions, net of cash acquired
    (98 )     (16 )     (615 )           (729 )
Capital expenditures and product development costs
    (15 )     (145 )     (522 )           (682 )
Investment proceeds from available-for-sale securities
    10             3             13  
Advances to parent and consolidated subsidiaries
    3,072       2,988       1,256       (7,316 )      
Other investment proceeds
    21       41       69             131  
                                         
Cash provided (used) by investing activities from
                                       
continuing operations
    2,981       2,868       181       (7,316 )     (1,286 )
                                         
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
                                       
Borrowings
    33,170             22             33,192  
Debt repayments
    (34,539 )     (166 )     (266 )           (34,971 )
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
    134                         134  
Excess tax benefit on stock options
    3                         3  
Principal payments on capital leases
          (5 )     (12 )           (17 )
Repurchases of common stock
    (332 )                       (332 )
Dividends paid
    (901 )                       (901 )
Other financing activities
    (3 )                       (3 )
Change in due to/from parent and investment in segment
    735       (4,600 )     (3,446 )     7,311        
                                         
Cash used by financing activities from continuing operations
    (1,733 )     (4,771 )     (3,702 )     7,311       (2,895 )
                                         
Cash provided (used) by continuing operations
    (117 )     50       178             111  
                                         
Cash used by operations from discontinued operations
                6,268             6,268  
Cash used by investing activities from discontinued operations
                (5,213 )           (5,213 )
Cash provided by financing activities from discontinued
                                       
operations
                3,983             3,983  
Effect of change in cash and equivalents of discontinued operations
                (5,200 )           (5,200 )
                                         
Cash provided by discontinued operations
                (162 )           (162 )
                                         
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND EQUIVALENTS
    (117 )     50       16             (51 )
CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD
    586       53       494             1,133  
                                         
CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD
  $ 469     $ 103     $ 510     $     $ 1,082  
                                         


141


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
Year Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
(millions)
 
                                 
    Balance at
    Additions Charged
          Balance at
 
    Beginning of
    to Costs
          End of
 
Description
  Period     and Expenses     Deductions     Period  
 
2010
                               
Reserves deducted from accounts receivable:
                               
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 367     $ 42     $ (85 )   $ 324  
Reserves for sales returns and allowances
    1,880       2,792       (2,835 )     1,837  
                                 
Total
  $ 2,247     $ 2,834     $ (2,920 )   $ 2,161  
                                 
2009
                               
Reserves deducted from accounts receivable:
                               
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 435     $ 84     $ (152 )   $ 367  
Reserves for sales returns and allowances
    1,791       2,673       (2,584 )     1,880  
                                 
Total
  $ 2,226     $ 2,757     $ (2,736 )   $ 2,247  
                                 
2008
                               
Reserves deducted from accounts receivable:
                               
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 423     $ 117     $ (105 )   $ 435  
Reserves for sales returns and allowances
    1,869       3,017       (3,095 )     1,791  
                                 
Total
  $   2,292     $   3,134     $   (3,200 )   $   2,226  
                                 


142


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
 
             
Exhibit
      Sequential
Number
 
Description
 
Page Number
 
  2 .1   Separation and Distribution Agreement by and between the Registrant and AOL Inc. (“AOL Inc.”), dated November 16, 2009 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 16, 2009 (the “November 2009 Form 8-K”)).   *
  2 .2   Separation Agreement, dated as of May 20, 2008, among the Registrant, Time Warner Cable Inc. (“Time Warner Cable”), Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P. (“TWE”), TW NY Cable Holding Inc., Warner Communications Inc. (“WCI”), Historic TW Inc. (“Historic TW”) and American Television and Communications Corporation (“ATC”) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 20, 2008 (the “May 2008 Form 8-K”)).   *
  3 .1   Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on July 27, 2007 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.4 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2007).   *
  3 .2   Certificate of Amendment, dated June 4, 2008, to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on June 4, 2008 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 4, 2008).   *
  3 .3   Certificate of Amendment, dated March 27, 2009, to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on March 27, 2009 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 27, 2009).   *
  3 .4   By-laws of the Registrant, as amended through May 21, 2010 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 21, 2010 (the “May 2010 Form 8-K”)).   *
  4 .1   Form of 1993 TBS Indenture (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4(a) to Turner Broadcasting System, Inc.’s (“TBS”) Registration Statement of Form S-3 (Registration No. 33-62218) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on May 6, 1993).   *
  4 .2   First Supplemental Indenture to 1993 TBS Indenture, dated October 10, 1996 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.25 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration 333-158419) filed with the Commission on April 6, 2009 (the “April 2009 Form S-3”)).   *
  4 .3   Second Supplemental Indenture to 1993 TBS Indenture, dated December 5, 1997 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.26 to the April 2009 Form S-3).   *
  4 .4   Third Supplemental Indenture to 1993 TBS Indenture, dated March 17, 1998 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.27 to the April 2009 Form S-3).   *
  4 .5   Fourth Supplemental Indenture to 1993 TBS Indenture, dated January 11, 2001 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.28 to the April 2009 Form S-3).   *
  4 .6   Fifth Supplemental Indenture to 1993 TBS Indenture (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to Time Warner’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on February 27, 2009).   *
  4 .7   Sixth Supplemental Indenture to the 1993 TBS Indenture, dated April 16, 2009 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.5 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 16, 2009 (the “April 2009 Form 8-K”)).   *
  4 .8   Seventh Supplemental Indenture to the 1993 TBS Indenture, dated as of December 3, 2009 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.5 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 3, 2009 (the “December 2009 Form 8-K”)).   *


i


Table of Contents

             
  4 .9   Indenture dated as of June 1, 1998 among Historic TW (including in its capacity as successor to Time Warner Companies, Inc. (“TWCI”)), TBS and The Bank of New York Mellon (as successor trustee to JPMorgan Chase Bank) (“BNY Mellon”), as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4 to Historic TW’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1998 (File No. 1-12259)).   *
  4 .10   First Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 11, 2001 among the Registrant, Historic TW (including in its capacity as successor to TWCI), Historic AOL LLC (“Historic AOL”), TBS, BNY Mellon, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Transition Report on Form 10-K for the period July 1, 2000 to December 31, 2000 (the “2000 Form 10-K”)).   *
  4 .11   Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 16, 2009, among Historic TW (including in its capacity as successor to TWCI), the Registrant, Historic AOL, TBS and BNY Mellon, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the April 2009 Form 8-K).   *
  4 .12   Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 3, 2009, among Historic TW (including in its capacity as successor to TWCI), the Registrant, Historic AOL, TBS, Home Box Office, Inc. (“HBO”) and BNY Mellon, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the December 2009 Form 8-K).   *
  4 .13   Indenture dated as of October 15, 1992, as amended by the First Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 15, 1992, as supplemented by the Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 15, 1993, between Historic TW (in its capacity as successor to TWCI) and BNY Mellon, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to TWCI’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1992 (File No. 1-8637) (the “TWCI 1992 Form 10-K”)).   *
  4 .14   Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 10, 1996 among Historic TW (including in its capacity as successor to TWCI) and BNY Mellon, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to TWCI’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1996 (File No. 1-8637) (the “TWCI September 1996 Form 10-Q”)).   *
  4 .15   Fourth Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 11, 2001, among the Registrant, Historic TW (including in its capacity as successor to TWCI), Historic AOL, TBS and BNY Mellon, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005).   *
  4 .16   Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 23, 2009 among Historic TW (including in its capacity as successor to TWCI), the Registrant, Historic AOL, TBS and BNY Mellon, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 23, 2009 (the “February 2009 Form 8-K”)).   *
  4 .17   Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 16, 2009, among Historic TW (including in its capacity as successor to TWCI), the Registrant, Historic AOL, TBS and BNY Mellon, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to the April 2009 Form 8-K).   *
  4 .18   Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 3, 2009, among Historic TW (including in its capacity as successor to TWCI), the Registrant, Historic AOL, TBS, HBO and BNY Mellon, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to the December 2009 Form 8-K).   *
  4 .19   Indenture dated as of January 15, 1993 between Historic TW (in its capacity as successor to TWCI) and BNY Mellon, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.11 to the TWCI 1992 Form 10-K).   *
  4 .20   First Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 15, 1993 between Historic TW (in its capacity as successor to TWCI) and BNY Mellon, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4 to TWCI’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1993 (File No. 1-8637)).   *
  4 .21   Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 10, 1996 among Historic TW (including in its capacity as successor to TWCI) and BNY Mellon, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the TWCI September 1996 Form 10-Q).   *

ii


Table of Contents

             
  4 .22   Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 31, 1996 among Historic TW (including in its capacity as successor to TWCI) and BNY Mellon, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to Historic TW’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996 (File No. 1-12259) (the “Historic TW 1996 Form 10-K”)).   *
  4 .23   Fourth Supplemental Indenture dated as of December 17, 1997 among Historic TW (including in its capacity as successor to TWCI), TBS and BNY Mellon, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Historic TW’s, TWCI’s and TBS’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration Nos. 333-45703, 333-45703-02 and 333-45703-01) filed with the Commission on February 5, 1998 (the “1998 Form S-4”)).   *
  4 .24   Fifth Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 12, 1998 among Historic TW (including in its capacity as successor to TWCI), TBS and BNY Mellon, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the 1998 Form S-4).   *
  4 .25   Sixth Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 17, 1998 among Historic TW (including in its capacity as successor to TWCI), TBS and BNY Mellon, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.15 to Historic TW’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997 (File No. 1-12259) (the “Historic TW 1997 Form 10-K”)).   *
  4 .26   Seventh Supplemental Indenture dated as of January 11, 2001 among the Registrant, Historic TW (including in its capacity as successor to TWCI), Historic AOL, TBS and BNY Mellon, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.17 to the 2000 Form 10-K).   *
  4 .27   Eighth Supplemental Indenture dated as of February 23, 2009, among Historic TW (including in its capacity as successor to TWCI), the Registrant, Historic AOL, TBS and BNY Mellon, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the February 2009 Form 8-K).   *
  4 .28   Ninth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 16, 2009, among Historic TW (including in its capacity as successor to TWCI), the Registrant, Historic AOL, TBS and BNY Mellon, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the April 2009 Form 8-K).   *
  4 .29   Tenth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 3, 2009, among Historic TW (including in its capacity as successor to TWCI), the Registrant, Historic AOL, TBS, HBO and BNY Mellon, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the December 2009 Form 8-K).   *
  4 .30   Trust Agreement dated as of April 1, 1998 (the “Historic TW Trust Agreement”) among Historic TW, as Grantor, and U.S. Trust Company of California, N.A., as Trustee (“US Trust Company”) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.16 to the Historic TW 1997 Form 10-K). (WCI and Time Inc., as grantors, have entered into Trust Agreements dated March 31, 2003 and April 1, 1998, respectively, with US Trust Company that are substantially identical in all material respects to the Historic TW Trust Agreement.)   *
  4 .31   Indenture dated as of April 19, 2001 among the Registrant, Historic AOL, Historic TW (including in its capacity as successor to TWCI), TBS and BNY Mellon, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2001).   *
  4 .32   First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 16, 2009, among the Registrant, Historic AOL, Historic TW (including in its capacity as successor to TWCI), TBS, and BNY Mellon, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the April 2009 Form 8-K).   *
  4 .33   Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 3, 2009, among the Registrant, Historic TW (including in its capacity as successor to TWCI), Historic AOL, TBS, HBO, and BNY Mellon, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the December 2009 Form 8-K).   *
  4 .34   Indenture dated as of November 13, 2006 among the Registrant, TW AOL Holdings LLC (in its capacity as successor to TW AOL Holdings Inc.), Historic TW (including in its capacity as successor to TWCI), TBS and BNY Mellon, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.27 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006).   *

iii


Table of Contents

             
  4 .35   Indenture dated as of March 11, 2010 among the Registrant, Historic TW, HBO, TBS and BNY Mellon, as Trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 (the “March 2010 Form 10-Q”)).   *
  10 .1   AOL Time Warner Inc. 1994 Stock Option Plan, as amended through October 25, 2007 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007 (the “September 2007 Form 10-Q”).   * +
  10 .2   Amendment to the AOL Time Warner Inc. 1994 Stock Option Plan, dated September 10, 2008 and effective October 1, 2008 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2008 (the “September 2008 Form 10-Q”).   * +
  10 .3   Time Warner Inc. 1999 Stock Plan, as amended through March 27, 2009 (the “1999 Stock Plan”) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009 (the “March 2009 Form 10-Q”)).   * +
  10 .4   Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, Directors Version 4 (for awards of stock options to non-employee directors under the 1999 Stock Plan) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 21, 2005 (the “January 2005 Form 8-K”)).   * +
  10 .5   Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, Directors Version 5 (for awards of stock options to non-employee directors under the 1999 Stock Plan) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006).   * +
  10 .6   Time Warner Inc. 2003 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended through October 25, 2007 (the “2003 Stock Incentive Plan”) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the September 2007 Form 10-Q).   * +
  10 .7   Amendment to the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan, dated September 10, 2008 and effective October 1, 2008 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the September 2008 Form 10-Q).   * +
  10 .8   Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Options (for awards of stock options under the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan and the 1999 Stock Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the January 2005 Form 8-K).   * +
  10 .9   Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, Share Retention, Version 2 (for awards of stock options to executive officers of the Registrant under the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan and the Time Warner Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2006 Stock Incentive Plan”) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the January 2005 Form 8-K).   * +
  10 .10   Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, Share Retention, Version 3 (for award of 950,000 stock options to Jeffrey Bewkes under the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan on December 17, 2007) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007 (the “2007 Form 10-K”)).   * +
  10 .11   Form of Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock Units (for awards of restricted stock units under the 1999 Stock Plan and the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the January 2005 Form 8-K).   * +
  10 .12   Form of Restricted Stock Units Agreement (for awards of restricted stock units under the 2003 Stock Incentive Plan), for use after October 24, 2007 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the September 2007 Form 10-Q).   * +
  10 .13   2006 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended through December 16, 2009 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 (the “2009 Form 10-K”).   * +
  10 .14   Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, Directors Version 8 (DIR8) (for awards of stock options to non-employee directors under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2009 (the “September 2009 Form 10-Q”)).   * +

iv


Table of Contents

             
  10 .15   Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Options to Non-Employee Director (for awards of stock options to non-employee directors under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the September 2009 Form 10-Q).   * +
  10 .16   Form of Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock Units to Non-Employee Director (for awards of restricted stock units under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008 (the “2008 Form 10-K”)).   * +
  10 .17   Form of Restricted Stock Units Agreement, RSU Director Agreement, Version 1 (for awards of restricted stock units to non-employee directors under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the 2008 Form 10-K).   * +
  10 .18   Form of Notice of Grant of Performance Stock Units (for award of 250,000 performance stock units to Jeffrey Bewkes under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan on January 1, 2008) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2008 (the “March 2008 Form 10-Q”)).   * +
  10 .19   Form of Performance Stock Units Agreement (PSU Agreement, Version 2 for award of 250,000 performance stock units to Jeffrey Bewkes under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan on January 1, 2008) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the March 2008 Form 10-Q).   * +
  10 .20   Form of Notice of Grant of Performance Stock Units (for use with PSU Agreement, Version 3 for awards of performance stock units under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to the 2008 Form 10-K).   * +
  10 .21   Form of Performance Stock Units Agreement (PSU Agreement, Version 3) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.38 to the 2008 Form 10-K).   * +
  10 .22   Form of Performance Stock Units Agreement (PSU Agreement, Version 4) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to the 2009 Form 10-K).   * +
  10 .23   Form of Performance Stock Units Agreement (PSU Agreement, Version Bewkes 3) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the March 2009 Form 10-Q).   * +
  10 .24   Form of Performance Stock Units Agreement (PSU Agreement, Version Bewkes 4) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to the 2009 Form 10-K).   * +
  10 .25   Time Warner Inc. 2010 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2010 Stock Incentive Plan”) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the May 2010 Form 8-K).   * +
  10 .26   Form of Restricted Stock Units Agreement, RSU Standard Agreement, Version 1 (for awards of restricted stock units under the 2010 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2010 (the “September 2010 Form 10-Q”)).   * +
  10 .27   Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, Share Retention, Version 1 (for awards of stock options to executive officers of the Registrant under the 2010 Stock Incentive Plan) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the September 2010 Form 10-Q).   * +
  10 .28   Form of Performance Stock Units Agreement, PSU Agreement, Version 1 (for awards of performance stock units under the 2010 Stock Incentive Plan) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the September 2010 Form 10-Q).   * +
  10 .29   Form of Performance Stock Units Agreement, PSU Agreement, Version Bewkes 1 (for awards of performance stock units to Jeffrey Bewkes under the 2010 Stock Incentive Plan) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the September 2010 Form 10-Q).   * +
  10 .30   Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, Directors Version 1 (for awards of stock options to non-employee directors under the 2010 Stock Incentive Plan) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the September 2010 Form 10-Q).   * +
  10 .31   Form of Notice of Grant of Stock Options to Non-Employee Director (for awards of stock options to non-employee directors under the 2010 Stock Incentive Plan) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the September 2010 Form 10-Q).   * +
  10 .32   Form of Restricted Stock Units Agreement, RSU Director Agreement, Version 1 (for awards of restricted stock units to non-employee directors under the 2010 Stock Incentive Plan) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the September 2010 Form 10-Q).   * +

v


Table of Contents

             
  10 .33   Form of Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock Units to Non-Employee Director (for awards of restricted stock units to non-employee directors under the 2010 Stock Incentive Plan) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the September 2010 Form 10-Q).   * +
  10 .34   Time Warner Inc. 1988 Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Plan for Non-Employee Directors, as amended through October 25, 2007 (the “Directors’ Restricted Stock Plan”) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the September 2007 Form 10-Q).   * +
  10 .35   Form of Restricted Stock Units Agreement (for awards of restricted stock units under the Directors’ Restricted Stock Plan) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the January 2005 Form 8-K).   * +
  10 .36   Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of Time Warner, as amended through November 18, 1993 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to TWCI’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993 (File No. 1-8637)).   * +
  10 .37   Time Warner Inc. Non-Employee Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended October 25, 2007, effective as of January 1, 2005 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the September 2007 Form 10-Q).   * +
  10 .38   Description of Director Compensation (incorporated herein by reference to the section titled “Director Compensation” in the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders).   * +
  10 .39   Time Warner Retirement Plan for Outside Directors, as amended through May 16, 1996 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Historic TW 1996 Form 10-K).   * +
  10 .40   Time Warner Inc. Annual Incentive Plan for Executive Officers (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 28, 2009).   * +
  10 .41   Time Warner Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (amended and restated as of January 1, 2005) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the September 2007 Form 10-Q).   * +
  10 .42   Amendment No. 1 to the Time Warner Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (amended and restated as of January 1, 2005) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.47 to the 2008 Form 10-K).   * +
  10 .43   Time Warner Supplemental Savings Plan.   +
  10 .44   Time Warner Excess Benefit Pension Plan (as amended through July 28, 2010) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010).   * +
  10 .45   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement made December 11, 2007, effective as of January 1, 2008, between the Registrant and Jeffrey Bewkes (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to the 2007 Form 10-K).   * +
  10 .46   Amended and Restated Employment Amendment, made August 30, 2010, effective as of July 1, 2010, between the Registrant and Paul T. Cappuccio (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 30, 2010).   * +
  10 .47   Employment Agreement made November 3, 2008, effective as of July 1, 2008, between the Registrant and Patricia Fili-Krushel (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the September 2008 Form 10-Q).   * +
  10 .48   Separation Agreement dated December 17, 2010 between the Registrant and Patricia Fili-Krushel.   +
  10 .49   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement made April 29, 2010, effective as of January 1, 2010, between the Registrant and John Martin (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the March 2010 Form 10-Q).   * +
  10 .50   Employment Agreement made August 1, 2008, effective as of August 1, 2008, between the Registrant and Olaf Olafsson (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.54 to the 2009 Form 10-K).   * +
  10 .51   Employment Agreement made February 17, 2010, effective as of April 1, 2010 between the Registrant and Gary Ginsberg.   +

vi


Table of Contents

             
  10 .52   Credit Agreement, dated as of January 19, 2011, among the Registrant and Time Warner International Finance Limited, as Borrowers, the Lenders from time to time party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 19, 2011).   *
  10 .53   Form of Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement 4(2) Program among the Registrant, as Issuer, Historic TW, as Note Guarantor, HBO and TBS, as Supplemental Guarantors, and Dealer.    
  10 .54   Second Amended and Restated Tax Matters Agreement, dated as of May 20, 2008, between the Registrant and Time Warner Cable Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the May 2008 Form 8-K).   *
  10 .55   Second Tax Matters Agreement, dated as of November 16, 2009, by and between the Registrant and AOL Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the November 2009 Form 8-K).   *
  10 .56   Employee Matters Agreement, dated as of November 16, 2009, by and among the Registrant, AOL LLC and AOL (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the November 2009 Form 8-K).   *
  10 .57   Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2003, by and among Time Warner Cable, the Registrant, WCI, ATC and TWE (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 28, 2003).   *
  10 .58   Amendment No. 1 to Reimbursement Agreement made by and among Time Warner Cable and the Registrant, dated as of May 20, 2008 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2008).   *
  21     Subsidiaries of the Registrant.    
  23     Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.    
  31 .1   Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, with respect to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010.    
  31 .2   Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, with respect to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010.    
  32     Certification of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, with respect to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010.  
  101     The following financial information from the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, formatted in extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL):    
        (i) Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2010 and 2009, (ii) Consolidated Statement of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, (iii) Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, (iv) Consolidated Statement of Equity for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and (vi) Supplementary Information — Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements.  
 
 
* Incorporated by reference.
 
+ This exhibit is a management contract or compensation plan or arrangement.
 
This exhibit will not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78r), or otherwise subject to the liability of that section. Such exhibit will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, except to the extent that the Registrant specifically incorporates it by reference.
 
The Registrant hereby agrees to furnish to the Securities and Exchange Commission at its request copies of long-term debt instruments defining the rights of holders of outstanding long-term debt that are not required to be filed herewith.

vii

EXHIBIT 10.43
Time Warner
Supplemental Savings Plan
(Effective January 1, 2011)

 


 

Time Warner
Supplemental Savings Plan
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
      Page  
ARTICLE I. ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE
    1  
 
       
1.1 Establishment of the Plan
    1  
1.2 Description and Purpose of the Plan
    1  
1.3 Effective Date
    1  
 
       
ARTICLE II. DEFINITIONS
    1  
 
       
2.1 Definitions
    1  
2.2 Gender and Number
    4  
 
       
ARTICLE III. ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
    5  
 
       
3.1 Participation
    5  
3.2 Continued Participation
    5  
 
       
ARTICLE IV. DEFERRALS
    5  
 
       
4.1 Participant Deferral Election
    5  
4.2 Crediting of Company Deferrals
    7  
4.3 Cancellation of Deferral Election
    8  
4.4 Form of Payment of Deferred Amounts
    8  
4.5 Vesting
    8  
 
       
ARTICLE V. SUPPLEMENTAL SAVINGS ACCOUNTS
    9  
 
       
5.1 Supplemental Savings Account
    9  
5.2 Hypothetical Investment
    10  
5.3 Investment Direction
    10  
5.4 Changes in Investment Direction
    10  
5.5 Manner of Hypothetical Investment
    11  
5.6 Participant Assumes Risk of Loss
    11  
5.7 Statement of Account
    11  
 
       
ARTICLE VI. PAYMENT OF DEFERRED AMOUNTS
    11  
 
       
6.1 Payment of Deferred Amounts
    11  
6.2 Payment to Beneficiary or Estate in the Event of Death
    11  
6.3 Unforeseeable Emergency
    12  
6.4 Incapacity
    13  
6.5 Rehire of Inactive Participant
    13  
 
       
ARTICLE VII. ADMINISTRATION
    13  
 
       
7.1 The Administrative Committee
    13  
7.2 The Benefits Officer; Appointment
    15  
7.3 Delegation of Duties
    15  
7.4 Benefits Officer; Plan Administrator
    15  
7.5 Investment Committee
    15  
7.6 Indemnification
    16  
7.7 Expenses of Administration
    16  

- i -


 

         
      Page  
ARTICLE VIII. CLAIMS REVIEW PROCEDURE
    16  
 
       
8.1 Participant or Beneficiary Request for Claim
    16  
8.2 Insufficiency of Information
    16  
8.3 Request Notification
    16  
8.4 Extensions
    17  
8.5 Claim Review
    17  
8.6 Time Limitation on Review
    17  
8.7 Special Circumstances
    17  
8.8 Legal Actions
    18  
 
       
ARTICLE IX. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
    18  
 
       
9.1 Amendments
    18  
9.2 Termination or Suspension
    18  
9.3 Participants’ Rights to Payment
    18  
 
       
ARTICLE X. PARTICIPATING COMPANIES
    19  
 
       
10.1 Adoption by Other Entities
    19  
 
       
ARTICLE XI. GENERAL PROVISIONS
    19  
 
       
11.1 Participants’ Rights Unsecured
    19  
11.2 Non-Assignability
    19  
11.3 No Rights Against the Company
    19  
11.4 Withholding
    19  
11.5 No Guarantee of Tax Consequences
    19  
11.6 Severability
    20  
11.7 No Individual Liability
    20  
11.8 Applicable Law
    20  
11.9 Compliance with Section 409A of the Code
    20  

- ii -


 

Time Warner
Supplemental Savings Plan
ARTICLE I. ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE
     1.1 Establishment of the Plan . Time Warner Inc. hereby adopts this Plan, which shall be known as the Time Warner Supplemental Savings Plan.
     1.2 Description and Purpose of the Plan . This Plan is intended to constitute a non-qualified deferred compensation plan that, in accordance with ERISA Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1), is unfunded and established primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees who earn compensation in excess of the Code Section 401(a)(17) limits on compensation eligible for deferral under a qualified retirement plan.
     1.3 Effective Date . This Plan is effective as of January 1, 2011.
ARTICLE II. DEFINITIONS
     2.1 Definitions . Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings as provided for herein, unless otherwise expressly provided herein or unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context, and when the defined meaning is intended, the term is capitalized:
     (a) “ Administrative Committee ” means the Administrative Committee as provided for herein.
     (b) “ Affiliate ” means any entity affiliated with the Company within the meaning of Code Section 414(b), with respect to controlled groups of corporations, Section 414(c) with respect to trades or businesses under common control with the Company, and Section 414(m) with respect to affiliated service groups, and any other entity required to be aggregated with the Company pursuant to regulations under Section 414(o) of the Code.
     (c) “ Assistant Benefits Officer ” means the Assistant Benefits Officer as provided for herein.
     (d) “ Beneficiary ” means the person or persons designated from time to time by a Participant or Inactive Participant, by notice to the Benefits Officer, to receive any benefits payable under the Plan after his or her death, which designation has not been revoked by notice to the Benefits Officer at the date of the Participant’s or Inactive Participant’s death. Such notice shall be in a form as required by the Benefits Officer or acceptable to such officer which is properly completed and delivered to the Benefits Officer or such officer’s designee. Notice to the Benefits Officer shall be deemed to have been given when it is actually received by or on behalf of such officer.

 


 

     (e) “ Benefits Officer ” means the Benefits Officer as provided for herein.
     (f) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company or a committee thereof authorized to act in the name of the Board.
     (g) “ Change in Control ” means there is a change in the ownership or effective control of the relevant Company or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the relevant Company as defined under, and as determined in accordance with, Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-3(i)(5) and any other applicable guidance issued under Code Section 409A. For purposes of this Plan, in order for a Change in Control to have occurred with respect to a Participant, the relevant Company is determined for each Participant under Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-3(i)(5)(ii) and any other applicable guidance issued under Code Section 409A.
     (h) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
     (i) “ Company ” means Time Warner Inc. or any successor thereto.
     (j) “ Company Discretionary Deferral ” means the deferrals, if any, credited to Participants’ Supplemental Savings Accounts in accordance with Section 4.2(b).
     (k) “ Company Matching Deferral ” means the deferrals credited to Participants’ Supplemental Savings Accounts in accordance with Section 4.2(a).
     (l) “ Compensation ” means the Participant’s “Compensation,” paid by an Employing Company, as defined in the Qualified Plan, determined without regard to the Compensation Limit, and without regard to any deferrals or the foregoing of compensation under this or any other plan of deferred compensation maintained by the Employing Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Benefits Officer may amend the definition of “Compensation” to include additional items of compensation; provided, however, that any such amendment must be adopted by the Benefits Officer prior to the beginning of the Plan Year in which the compensation is otherwise to be earned or at such other time(s) permitted under Code Section 409A (such as prior to the time of the Eligible Employee’s initial eligibility) so as to allow for a deferral of such compensation in accordance with Code Section 409A.
     (m) “ Compensation Limit ” means the compensation limit of Section 401(a)(17) of the Code, as adjusted under Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code for increases in the cost of living.
     (n) “ Disability ” means a permanent and total disability as determined by the Social Security Administration or any disability for which a Participant is receiving monthly benefits under the provisions of the Time Warner Long Term Disability Plan or, in the case of an employee covered by a long term disability plan of an Affiliate, under the provisions of such plan, whichever shall occur first.
     (o) “ Eligible Employee ” means an Employee who is otherwise eligible for participation in the Qualified Plan; provided, however, that an Employee who is not employed at a U.S. location of an Employing Company is not eligible for this Plan even if such Employee is

- 2 -


 

compensated through a U.S. payroll. For purposes of Section 4.1(f), an “Eligible Employee” includes an Employee eligible for additional Compensation payments for which a deferral election may be made thereunder, without regard to whether such Employee is eligible for participation in the Qualified Plan.
     (p) “ Employee ” means an “Employee” as defined in the Qualified Plan.
     (q) “ Employing Company ” means the Company and each Affiliate which has been authorized by the Benefits Officer to participate in the Plan and has adopted the Plan. When the term “Company” is used with respect to an individual Participant, it shall refer to the specific Employing Company at which the Participant is employed, unless otherwise required by the context.
     (r) “ ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
     (s) “ Excess Compensation ” means the Compensation otherwise payable to an Eligible Employee in excess of the Compensation Limit (or such other higher dollar limitation as may be set by the Benefits Officer in his or her sole discretion for any Plan Year).
     (t) “ Inactive Participant ” means a Participant who had previously deferred amounts credited to a Supplemental Savings Account and such Participant is no longer eligible to participate hereunder, including due to a Benefits Officer designation of his or her ineligibility for a future Plan Year or a Separation From Service with the Company and any Affiliate, in either case where the individual’s Supplemental Savings Account has not been fully distributed.
     (u) “ Investment Committee ” means the Investment Committee as provided for herein.
     (v) “ Investment Direction ” means a Participant’s or an Inactive Participant’s direction to the recordkeeper of the Plan, in the form and manner prescribed by the Benefits Officer, in accordance with directions made by telephone, through the intranet of the applicable Employing Company or through the Internet, directing which Investment Funds will be credited with his or her deferrals and transfers of all or part of the deferred amounts and any earnings thereon from other Investment Funds and certain employment agreements, as provided for herein.
     (w) “ Investment Funds ” means those hypothetical targeted investment options, as determined from time to time by the Investment Committee as measurements of the rate of return to be credited to (or charged against) Participants’ Supplemental Savings Accounts.
     (x) “ Matched Deferrals ” means the pre-tax deferrals of Excess Compensation made by a Participant under this Plan in accordance with Section 4.1(a).
     (y) “ Participant ” means any Eligible Employee who is eligible to participate in the Plan in accordance with Article III. Except for those provisions related to deferral opportunities, references herein to a Participant shall be deemed to include references to Inactive Participants, unless otherwise required by the context.

- 3 -


 

     (z) “ Plan ” means this Plan, the Time Warner Supplemental Savings Plan, as provided for herein and as it may be amended from time to time.
     (aa) “ Plan Year ” means the calendar year.
     (bb) “ Qualified Plan ” means the Time Warner Savings Plan, as amended from time to time.
     (cc) “ Separation From Service ” means termination of employment with the Employing Company or an Affiliate that also constitutes a “separation from service” under Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code and the regulations thereunder; provided, however, that for purposes of determining the controlled group of entities in connection with a Separation From Service, under Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(h)(3), the determination shall be made using a common control ownership threshold of “at least 50%” ownership, rather than “at least 80%” ownership. For purposes of this Plan, a “Separation From Service” occurs on the first day of the seventh month following the date a Participant first begins a disability leave of absence. For this purpose, a disability leave of absence refers to a leave due to the Participant’s inability to perform the duties of his or her position of employment or any substantially similar position of employment by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than six months.
     (dd) “ Service Period ” means a period of at least 12 months with respect to which Performance-Based Compensation is otherwise determined and payable.
     (ee) “ Supplemental Savings Account ” means the separate account established under Article V of the Plan for each Participant and Inactive Participant representing amounts deferred by or for the benefit of a Participant pursuant to Article IV, together with credited earnings (or losses) that reflect the Investment Funds applicable with respect to each Participant’s deferred amounts.
     (ff) “ Unmatched Deferrals ” means the pre-tax deferrals made by a Participant under this Plan in accordance with Section 4.1(b).
     (gg) “ Valuation Date ” means, with respect to the Investment Funds, each business day when the New York Stock Exchange is open or any other date designated from time to time by the Benefits Officer for determining the value of a Participant’s Supplemental Savings Account for any specified purpose under the Plan, including the determination of amounts available for unforeseeable emergency withdrawals or other distributions on account of Separation From Service, death, or any reason otherwise allowed under the Plan.
     2.2 Gender and Number . Except when otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine terminology used herein also shall include the feminine and the feminine shall include the masculine, and the use of any term herein in the singular may also include the plural and the plural shall include the singular.

- 4 -


 

ARTICLE III. ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
     3.1 Participation . Subject to Section 3.2, an Eligible Employee shall become a Participant in the Plan if, with respect to any Plan Year, the Eligible Employee earns Compensation during the Plan Year in excess of the Compensation Limit (or such other higher dollar limitation as may be set by the Benefits Officer in his or her sole discretion for that Plan Year before the beginning of such Plan Year), and the Eligible Employee elects to defer a portion of such Excess Compensation at such time and in such manner as determined by the Benefits Officer pursuant to Article IV. In addition, an Eligible Employee shall become a Participant in the Plan if, with respect to a Plan Year, the Eligible Employee elects a deferral of special Compensation payments under Section 4.1(f) or has a Company discretionary deferral amount credited to his or her Supplemental Savings Account under Section 4.2(b). To become a Participant in this Plan, each Eligible Employee must also complete such other forms or applications as required by the Benefits Officer.
     3.2 Continued Participation . Once an Eligible Employee becomes a Participant, he or she shall continue to be eligible to participate for all future years until his or her Separation From Service or death or unless and until the Benefits Officer shall designate that individual or the individual’s Employing Company as ineligible to participate for a future Plan Year or the Employing Company elects not to continue to participate in the Plan with respect to its employees for a future Plan Year. If a Participant becomes ineligible to participate for future deferrals under this Plan, he or she shall become an Inactive Participant and retain all the rights described under this Plan with respect to deferrals previously made while an active Participant.
ARTICLE IV. DEFERRALS
     4.1 Participant Deferral Election . Subject to the conditions as provided for in this Plan, a Participant may elect to defer amounts hereunder as follows:
     (a)  Matched Deferrals . An Eligible Employee may elect to defer Matched Deferrals under this Plan in whole percentages up to six percent (6%) of that portion of his or her Excess Compensation that does not exceed an amount equal to $500,000 less the then applicable Compensation Limit.
     (b)  Unmatched Deferrals . An Eligible Employee may elect to defer Unmatched Deferrals under this Plan in whole percentages up to: (i) fifty percent (50%) of that portion of his or her Excess Compensation referred to in Section 4.1(a), which deferrals are reduced by the amount of his or her Matched Deferrals and (ii) ninety percent (90%) of that portion of his or her Compensation that exceeds $500,000.
     (c) Deferral Procedures for Participant Deferrals . Except as provided in Section 4.1(d), all Participant elective deferral elections under this Article IV must be made at such time and in such manner, and shall become irrevocable, as specified by the Benefits Officer prior to the beginning of each Plan Year in which such Excess Compensation is otherwise earned. Once a Matched Deferral or an Unmatched Deferral election is made (or deemed to be made) for a

- 5 -


 

Plan Year, it shall remain in effect for all future Excess Compensation otherwise payable in all future pay periods that otherwise begin during that Plan Year. In accordance with procedures established by the Benefits Officer, elections under Section 4.1(a) and Section 4.1(b) may apply to Excess Compensation earned in any subsequent Plan Year(s) after the Plan Year in which such election is made. Participant Matched Deferrals and Unmatched Deferrals shall be credited to the Participant’s Supplemental Savings Account at such times and in such manner as determined by the Benefits Officer, in his or her sole discretion.
     (d)  Deferral Procedures for Newly Eligible Employees . The following procedures apply for deferral elections with respect to newly Eligible Employees:
  (i)   In the case of an Employee who first becomes eligible to participate in the Plan during a Plan Year (and is not eligible for any other plan with which this Plan is aggregated for purposes of Code Section 409A), deferral elections under this Article IV for such Plan Year must be made no later than a date within 30 days of the date the Employee first becomes eligible to participate in the Plan, and shall apply only to amounts paid for services to be performed after the effective date of such election (including a pro-rated bonus amount as allowed under Code Section 409A).
 
  (ii)   If an Eligible Employee was previously eligible to participate in this Plan or any other nonqualified deferred compensation plan with which this Plan is aggregated for purposes of Code Section 409A, and as of the Employee’s subsequent eligibility date, the Employee was not eligible to participate in this Plan or any other nonqualified deferred compensation plan with which this Plan is aggregated for purposes of Code Section 409A for at least 24 months preceding the Employee’s subsequent eligibility date, then (in accordance with Code Section 409A and the applicable guidance thereunder) a deferral election under this Article IV may be made no later than a date within 30 days of the effective date of the Employee’s subsequent eligibility.
 
  (iii)   If an Eligible Employee was previously eligible to participate in this Plan or any other nonqualified deferred compensation plan with which this Plan is aggregated for purposes of Section 409A, and the Employee has been paid all amounts deferred under this Plan (and such aggregated plans), and on and before the date of the last payment was not eligible to continue (or to elect to continue) to participate in this Plan (or any such aggregated plans), the Participant may be treated as initially eligible to participate in the Plan as of the first date following such payment that the Participant becomes eligible to participate in the Plan (in accordance with Code Section 409A and the applicable guidance thereunder). A deferral election under this Article IV may be made no later than a date within 30 days of the effective date of the Employee’s subsequent eligibility.

- 6 -


 

  (iv)   If an Eligible Employee chooses not to submit an initial deferral election within the applicable 30-day period under this Section 4.1(d) or such an Eligible Employee is not permitted to make such an election, the Eligible Employee may submit a deferral election during the next following annual deferral election period (in accordance with Section 4.1(c)) for the applicable subsequent Plan Year(s).
     (e)  Payroll Periods Subject to Deferral Elections . If a Company’s normal payroll practice is such that the last payroll beginning in a Plan Year covers services performed at the end of that Plan Year and into the beginning of the next Plan Year, then any Participant deferral elections made under Section 4.1(a), Section 4.1(b), and Section 4.1(f) for a Plan Year will apply to all payroll periods ending in that Plan Year.
     (f)  Deferral of Special Compensation Payments . To the extent permitted in accordance with written procedures established by the Benefits Officer, which shall be written in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 409A, an Eligible Employee may elect to defer amounts attributable to additional items of Compensation not otherwise subject to Section 4.1(a) or Section 4.1(b) and without regard to whether such Compensation is Excess Compensation. Amounts deferred under this Section 4.1(f) must be made at the time(s) otherwise permitted for deferrals under this Article IV and will not be eligible for Company Matching Deferrals and shall be treated hereunder as Unmatched Deferrals. Participant deferrals under this Section 4.1(f) shall be credited to a Participant’s Supplemental Savings Account at such times and in such manner as determined by the Benefits Officer, in his or her sole discretion.
     4.2 Crediting of Company Deferrals . The Company shall credit each Participant’s Supplemental Savings Account with the additional deferrals described in this Section 4.2.
     (a)  Company Matching Deferrals . Any Participant who has elected to make a deferral under Section 4.1(a) for a Plan Year will be credited with a Company Matching Deferral for such Plan Year equal to one hundred and thirty-three and one-third percent (133 1/3%) of the Participant’s Matched Deferrals up to the first three percent (3%) of that portion of the Participant’s Excess Compensation that does not exceed $500,000 plus one hundred percent (100%) of the Participant’s Matched Deferrals up to the next three percent (3%) of that portion of the Participant’s Excess Compensation that does not exceed $500,000. In all events, the maximum amount of Company Matching Deferrals for any Participant who has made the maximum amount of Matched Deferrals shall be an amount equal to seven percent (7%) of that portion of the Participant’s Excess Compensation not in excess of $500,000. Such Company Matching Deferrals shall be credited to the Participant’s Supplemental Savings Account at such times and in such manner as the Benefits Officer, in his or her sole discretion determines.
     (b)  Company Discretionary Deferrals . The Company may, in its sole discretion, provide for additional credits to all or some Participants’ Supplemental Savings Accounts at any time. Such amounts shall be distributed in the form of distribution otherwise in effect for each affected Participant with respect to any deferrals made for the Plan Year under Section 4.4. In the absence of any deferrals for such Plan Year for a Participant, the additional credits shall be paid in the form of a single sum payment.

- 7 -


 

     4.3 Cancellation of Deferral Election .
     (a)  Hardship Distribution Under the Plan . Upon a distribution under Section 6.3 due to an unforeseeable emergency, the Participant’s deferral election(s) made pursuant to Section 4.1 shall be cancelled effective as of the payroll period following the distribution under Section 6.3(d). Such cancellation shall be effective for the remainder of the Plan Year and any subsequent deferral election by the Participant must be submitted in accordance with Section 4.1.
     (b)  Hardship Distribution Under Qualified Plan . Upon a hardship distribution pursuant to Treasury Regulation § 1.401(k)-1(d)(3) under a qualified plan maintained by the Company or any of its Affiliates, the Participant’s deferral election(s) made pursuant to Section 4.1 shall be cancelled for the Plan Year in which the hardship distribution occurred and any subsequent deferral election by the Participant must be submitted in accordance with Section 4.1 but will not be effective for such subsequent Plan Year until such time as the Code Section 401(k) required cancellation period for deferrals has ended.
     4.4 Form of Payment of Deferred Amounts . At the same time as the election made pursuant to Section 4.1, and subject to the death benefit provisions of Section 6, each Participant must also elect the manner in which his or her deferred amounts for each Plan Year will be paid.
     (a)  Normal Form of Distribution — Single Sum Payments . Except as provided in Section 4.4(b), all deferred amounts for each Plan Year that are otherwise payable to a Participant hereunder shall be paid in the form of a single sum payment.
     (b)  Optional Form of Distribution . In lieu of a single sum payment, a Participant may elect to have all deferred amounts for each Plan Year that are otherwise payable to a Participant hereunder paid in the form of one hundred twenty (120) monthly installment payments. Unless specifically elected otherwise for a Plan Year, payments of all deferred amounts will be made in a single sum payment.
     (c)  Mandatory Distribution — Single Sum Payments . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.4, if the value of the Participant’s Supplemental Savings Account is less than $100,000 as of the Valuation Date following the Participant’s Separation From Service, payment of all amounts payable to the Participant hereunder shall be made in a single sum payment.
     4.5 Vesting . Participants shall become vested in the deferrals credited to their Supplemental Savings Accounts in accordance with this Section 4.5.
     (a) A Participant shall be vested at all times in his or her Matched Deferrals under Section 4.1(a), Unmatched Deferrals under Section 4.1(b), and deferrals of special Compensation payments under Section 4.1(f).

- 8 -


 

     (b) A Participant shall become vested in Company Matching Deferrals after completing “Periods of Service” of at least two years or two “Years of Service” (as those terms are defined under the Qualified Plan); provided, however, that Company Matching Deferrals credited to a Participant’s Supplemental Savings Account shall immediately vest upon the occurrence of: (i) the Participant’s death; (ii) the Participant’s Disability; (iii) the date the Participant attains age 65; or (iv) a Change in Control.
     (c) Subject to approval of the Benefits Officer, special vesting provisions under the terms of a severance plan or program under which a Participant qualifies may apply to vesting of the Participant’s Company Matching Deferrals and any earnings or losses attributable thereto.
     (d) A Participant shall become vested in Company Discretionary Deferrals pursuant to the vesting schedule established by the Company at the time such amounts are credited to his or her Supplemental Savings Account; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the provisions of any such vesting schedule, amounts credited to a Participant’s Supplemental Savings Account shall immediately vest upon the occurrence of a Change in Control.
     (e) Subject to subsections (a), (b) and (c) herein, a forfeiture of a Participant’s unvested Company Matching Contributions and unvested Company Discretionary Deferrals shall occur on the date distributions are made or commence to be paid on account of the Participant’s Separation From Service if he or she is not otherwise vested in any such amounts credited to his or her Supplemental Savings Account. In addition, a Participant who is re-employed by an Employing Company shall not be entitled to restore to his or her Supplemental Savings Account any amounts previously forfeited under the Plan or otherwise distributed or scheduled to be distributed from the Plan.
ARTICLE V. SUPPLEMENTAL SAVINGS ACCOUNTS
      5.1 Supplemental Savings Account .
     (a) A Supplemental Savings Account shall be established for each Participant who is credited with deferred amounts under Article IV. A Participant’s or an Inactive Participant’s Supplemental Savings Account shall consist of all such deferred amounts, increased or decreased by any gains or losses thereon.
     (b) The Company (either directly or indirectly through a third-party recordkeeper or a combination thereof) shall maintain the records of Supplemental Savings Accounts for all Participants and Inactive Participants.
     (c) All payments made under the Plan shall be made directly by the Company from its general assets subject to the claims of any creditors and no deferred compensation under the Plan shall be segregated or earmarked or held in trust. The Plan is an unfunded and unsecured contractual obligation of the Company. Participants, Inactive Participants, and Beneficiaries shall be unsecured creditors of the Company with respect to all obligations owed to them under the Plan. Participants, Inactive Participants, and Beneficiaries shall not have any interest in any fund or specific asset of the Company by reason of any amount credited to a Supplemental

- 9 -


 

Savings Account, nor shall any such person have any right to receive any distribution under the Plan except as explicitly stated herein. The Company shall not designate any funds or assets to specifically provide for the distribution of the value of a Supplemental Savings Account or issue any notes or security for the payment thereof. Any asset or reserve that the Company may purchase or establish shall not serve as security to Participants, Inactive Participants, and Beneficiaries for the performance of the Company under the Plan.
     5.2 Hypothetical Investment .
     (a) For crediting rate purposes, amounts credited to a Participant’s or an Inactive Participant’s Supplemental Savings Account shall be deemed to be invested according to his or her Investment Direction in one or more of all of the similarly named funds offered under the Time Warner Defined Contribution Plans Master Trust; provided, however, that any brokerage investment alternative available under such master trust, if any, shall not be an available investment alternative under this Plan. For any period, the deemed return on each of these Investment Funds shall be the same as the return for such period on each similarly named fund offered under the Time Warner Defined Contribution Plans Master Trust.
     (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Company, by action of the Investment Committee or the Board, may add to, decrease or change the Investment Funds offered under the Plan, at any time and for any reason. Participants, Inactive Participants, and Beneficiaries shall not have the right to continue any particular Investment Fund option.
     (c) The Company shall be under no obligation to invest amounts corresponding to any Investment Direction chosen by Participants or Inactive Participants. Any such allocation to any Supplemental Savings Account shall be made solely for the purpose of determining the value of such account under the Plan.
     5.3 Investment Direction . Deferrals shall be credited to the Investment Funds in accordance with a Participant’s or an Inactive Participant’s Investment Directions. A Participant or an Inactive Participant shall direct that his or her deferrals be applied, in multiples of one percent, to deemed investments in any or all of the Investment Funds.
     5.4 Changes in Investment Direction . A Participant or an Inactive Participant may change an Investment Direction once each calendar month with respect to existing Supplemental Savings Account balances; provided, however, that one additional Investment Direction may be made in each calendar month in which any Investment Fund is made available, or ceases to be available with respect to each of new deferrals and previous deferrals and any earnings thereon. A Participant may make Investment Directions with respect to future deferrals as frequently as permitted pursuant to administrative rules adopted by the Benefits Officer.

- 10 -


 

     5.5 Manner of Hypothetical Investment .
     (a) For purposes of the hypothetical investment under Section 5.2, deferred compensation shall be considered to be invested on the date the recordkeeper of the Plan records the deferral amount.
     (b) As of each Valuation Date, the recordkeeper of the Plan shall determine the value of each Participant’s, Inactive Participant’s, or Beneficiary’s Supplemental Savings Account.
     5.6 Participant Assumes Risk of Loss . Each Participant, Inactive Participant, and Beneficiary assumes the risk in connection with any decrease in value of his or her Supplemental Savings Account deemed invested in the Investment Funds.
     5.7 Statement of Account . A statement of account shall be made available through the recordkeeper’s website and may be viewed and printed by a Participant or an Inactive Participant at any time. Upon request, as soon as reasonably practicable after the end of each calendar quarter, a statement of account shall be sent to each Participant and Inactive Participant with respect to the value of his or her Supplemental Savings Account as of the end of such quarter.
ARTICLE VI. PAYMENT OF DEFERRED AMOUNTS
     6.1 Payment of Deferred Amounts .
     (a) Payment of a Participant’s Supplemental Savings Account, including accumulated hypothetical earnings (or losses), shall be paid (or, in the case of installment distributions, commence to be paid) on the fifteenth day of the calendar month following six months after the Participant’s Separation From Service (or as soon as administratively practicable thereafter), and any subsequent monthly installment payments shall be paid on the fifteenth day of each subsequent month thereafter (or as soon as administratively practicable thereafter). Subject to Section 4.4(c), the payment(s) shall be made in the manner otherwise elected by the Participant under Section 4.4.
     (b) The amount of any single sum payment shall equal the Participant’s distributable Supplemental Savings Account, determined as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the payment date.
     (c) The amount of any monthly installment payment shall equal the Participant’s distributable Supplemental Savings Account, determined as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the payment date multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is the number of monthly installment payments remaining to be paid.
     6.2 Payment to Beneficiary or Estate in the Event of Death . Notwithstanding the provisions for payment described in Section 6.1 above, if a Participant or an Inactive Participant dies before payment of his or her Supplemental Savings Account under the Plan or after commencement of installment payments and prior to the payment of all amounts credited to his or

- 11 -


 

her Supplemental Savings Account, the value of such Participant’s or Inactive Participant’s Supplemental Savings Account shall be determined as of the Valuation Date coincident with or immediately prior to the date that the Benefits Officer commences the processing of the distribution, after both a written notice of his or her death and a death certificate have been received by the Benefits Officer. In all events, such account shall be distributed in a single sum payment as soon as practicable to the Participant’s or Inactive Participant’s Beneficiary (or, if no person has been designated or if no person so designated survives the Participant or Inactive Participant, to such Participant’s or Inactive Participant’s estate or if such Beneficiary survives the Participant or Inactive Participant, but dies prior to payment, to such Beneficiary’s estate) prior to the end of the Plan Year of the Participant’s or Inactive Participant’s death (or within 90 days after the date of death, if later, provided, however, that the Beneficiary (or estate) shall have no right to designate the taxable year of payment). In case any Participant or Inactive Participant and his or her Beneficiary die in or as a result of a common accident or disaster and under such circumstances as to make it impossible to determine which of them was the last to die, the Participant or Inactive Participant shall be deemed to have survived his or her Beneficiary. Distributions hereunder shall be subject to such administrative and procedural requirements and forms as the Benefits Officer in such officer’s discretion may require.
     6.3 Unforeseeable Emergency . At any time before the time an amount is otherwise payable hereunder, a Participant (or the Participant’s Beneficiary) may request, pursuant to such procedures prescribed by the Benefits Officer in his or her sole discretion, a single sum payment of all or a portion of the amounts credited to his or her Supplemental Savings Account due to the Participant’s (or the Beneficiary’s) severe financial hardship, subject to the following requirements as provided for in this Section 6.3.
     (a) Such distribution shall be made, in the sole discretion of the Benefits Officer, in the case of an unforeseeable emergency, which shall be limited to a severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from an illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, the Participant’s Beneficiary, or of a Participant’s dependent (as defined in Code Section 152, without regard to Code Sections 152(b)(1), (b)(2), and (d)(1)(B)), loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty (including the need to rebuild a home following damage to a home not otherwise covered by insurance, for example, as a result of a natural disaster); or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant. Examples of events that may constitute an unforeseeable emergency include the imminent foreclosure of or eviction from the Participant’s primary residence; the need to pay for medical expenses, including non-refundable deductibles, as well as for the costs of prescription drug medication; and the need to pay for the funeral expenses of the Participant’s spouse, the Participant’s Beneficiary, or the Participant’s dependent (as defined in Code Section 152, without regard to Code Sections 152(b)(1), (b)(2), and (d)(1)(B)).
     (b) Whether a Participant is faced with an unforeseeable emergency will be determined based on the relevant facts and circumstances of each case, but, in any case, a distribution on account of an unforeseeable emergency may not be made to the extent that such emergency is or may be relieved:
  (i)   through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise,

- 12 -


 

  (ii)   by liquidation of the individual’s assets, to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship, or
 
  (iii)   by cessation of deferrals under the Plan.
Examples of circumstances that are not considered to be unforeseeable emergencies include the need to send an individual’s child to college or the desire to purchase a home.
     (c) In all events, the amount available for distribution on account of an unforeseeable emergency pursuant to this Section 6.3 shall be limited to the amount reasonably necessary to satisfy the emergency need (which may include amounts necessary to pay any federal, state, local, or foreign income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution), and shall be determined in accordance with Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder. The Benefits Officer may require such evidence of the individual’s severe financial hardship as it deems appropriate. The Benefits Officer shall consider any requests for payment under this Section 6.3 in accordance with the standards of interpretation described in Code Section 409A and the regulations and other guidance thereunder.
     (d) All distributions under this Section 6.3 shall be made from the Participant’s Supplemental Savings Account as soon as practicable after the Benefits Officer has approved the distribution and the amounts credited to the Participant’s Supplemental Savings Account shall be reduced on a pro rata basis among his or her elected Investment Options to reflect the accelerated distribution.
     6.4 Incapacity . The Benefits Officer may direct that any amounts distributable under the Plan to a person under a legal disability be made to (and be withheld until the appointment of) a representative qualified pursuant to law to receive such payment on such person’s behalf.
     6.5 Rehire of Inactive Participant . Upon a Separation from Service, a Participant’s existing deferral election shall become null and void. If an Inactive Participant returns to work with the Company or an Affiliate, distribution of his or her remaining Supplemental Savings Account with respect to amounts deferred prior to the date of the Separation From Service shall continue to be made as if the Inactive Participant has not returned to work. The Participant shall only be eligible to defer future amounts hereunder in accordance with a new deferral election under Article IV.
ARTICLE VII. ADMINISTRATION
     7.1 The Administrative Committee .
     (a) Appointment of Administrative Committee . The Plan shall be administered by the Benefits Officer. In addition, in the event a claim for benefits is denied, the claim shall be reviewed by the Administrative Committee of the Time Warner Savings Plan as provided for in Section 14.1 of such Savings Plan. Neither the Benefits Officer nor any member of the Administrative Committee shall receive any compensation for his or her services as such.

- 13 -


 

Participants may be members of the Administrative Committee but may not participate in any decision affecting their own account in any case where the Administrative Committee may take discretionary action in the administration of the Plan.
     (b)  Quorum and Actions of Administrative Committee . A majority of the members of the Administrative Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. All resolutions or other action taken by the Administrative Committee shall be by a vote of a majority of its members present at any meeting or, without a meeting, by instrument in writing signed by all its members. Members of the Administrative Committee may participate in a meeting of such Administrative Committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment that enables all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.
     (c)  Standard of Review . The Administrative Committee shall be responsible for the claims review functions as provided for in Article VIII. In exercising such claims review functions, the Administrative Committee shall have exclusive authority and sole and absolute discretion to interpret the Plan, to determine eligibility for benefits and the amount of benefit payments and to make any factual determinations, resolve factual disputes and decide all matters arising in connection with such claim and the interpretation, administration and operation of the Plan or with the determination of reviewing a claim for eligibility for benefits or the amount of benefit payments. All its rules, interpretations and decisions shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and on Participants, Inactive Participants and their Beneficiaries to the extent permitted by law.
     (d)  Delegation by Administrative Committee . The Administrative Committee may delegate any of its powers or duties to others as it shall determine and may retain counsel, agents and such clerical and accounting, actuarial or other services as they may require in carrying out the provisions of the Plan.
     (e)  Reliance on Information . The Administrative Committee, Benefits Officer, and the Investment Committee (as described below) may rely conclusively upon all tables, valuations, certificates, opinions and reports furnished by any actuary, accountant, controller, counsel or other person who is employed or engaged for any purpose in connection with the administration of the Plan.
     (f)  No Liability for Acts of Others . Neither the Administrative Committee, Benefits Officer, or Investment Committee nor any member of the Board or the board of directors (or governing body) of an Affiliate and no employee of the Company or any Affiliate shall be liable for any act or action hereunder, whether of omission or commission, by any other member or employee or by any agent to whom duties in connection with the administration of the Plan have been delegated or for anything done or omitted to be done in connection with the Plan.
     (g)  Committee Records . The Administrative Committee and Benefits Officer shall keep a record of all Plan proceedings and of all payments directed by it to be made to or on behalf of Participants, Inactive Participants, or Beneficiaries or payments made by it for expenses or otherwise.

- 14 -


 

     7.2 The Benefits Officer; Appointment . Subject to Sections 7.1, 7.3, and 7.4, the day-to-day operations of the Plan shall be administered by the Benefits Officer of the Time Warner Savings Plan as provided for in Section 14.5 of such Savings Plan. The Benefits Officer may not serve concurrently on the Administrative Committee or the Investment Committee. The Benefits Officer may resign at any time by giving notice to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company Any such resignation shall take effect at the date of receipt of such notice or at any later date specified therein; and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. A Participant may be appointed as the Benefits Officer. The Benefits Officer shall not receive compensation for his or her services as such.
     7.3 Delegation of Duties . The Benefits Officer may authorize others to execute or deliver any instrument or to make any payment in his or her behalf and may delegate any of his or her powers or duties to others as he or she shall determine, including the delegation of such powers and duties to an Assistant Benefits Officer who shall be appointed by the Benefits Officer. In the event of such delegation, the Assistant Benefits Officer shall for all purposes of the Plan be considered the Benefits Officer and all references to the Benefits Officer shall be deemed to be references to such Assistant Benefits Officer when acting in such capacity. The Benefits Officer and the Assistant Benefits Officer may retain such counsel, agents and clerical, medical, accounting and actuarial services as they may require in carrying out their functions.
     7.4 Benefits Officer; Plan Administrator . In addition to its settlor and ministerial functions on behalf of the Company as provided for in the Plan, including, without limitation, amending and modifying the terms of the Plan and performing ministerial functions with respect to the Plan, the Benefits Officer shall be the administrator of the Plan and shall have all powers necessary to administer the Plan except to the extent that any such powers are vested in the Administrative Committee or any other individual or committee as authorized by the Plan. The Benefits Officer may from time to time establish rules for the administration of the Plan. Other than with respect to claims review as described in Article VIII (which shall be done by the Administrative Committee), the Benefits Officer shall have exclusive authority and sole and absolute discretion to interpret the Plan, to determine eligibility for benefits and the amount of benefit payments and to make any factual determinations, resolve factual disputes and decide all matters arising in connection with the interpretation, administration and operation of the Plan or with the determination of eligibility for benefits or the amount of benefit payments. All its rules, interpretations and decisions shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and on Participants, Inactive Participants and their Beneficiaries to the extent permitted by law.
     7.5 Investment Committee .
     (a)  Appointment . The Investment Committee of the Time Warner Savings Plan as provided for in Section 14.8 of such Savings Plan shall take all prudent action necessary or desirable for the purpose of carrying out the overall investment policy for the Plan (with respect to Investment Funds made available as targeted hypothetical investments).
     (b) Quorum and Actions of Investment Committee . A majority of the members of the Investment Committee at the time in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. All resolutions or other action taken by the Investment Committee shall be by vote of a majority of its members present at any meeting or, without a meeting, by instrument in writing

- 15 -


 

signed by all its members. Members of the Investment Committee may participate in a meeting of such Investment Committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment that enables all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.
     (c)  Investment Committee Chairman; Delegation by Investment Committee . The members of the Investment Committee shall elect one of their number as chairman and may elect a secretary who may, but need not, be one of their number. The Investment Committee may delegate any of its powers or duties among its members or to others as it shall determine. It may authorize one or more of its members to execute or deliver any instrument or to make any payment in its behalf. It may employ such counsel, agents and clerical, accounting, actuarial and recordkeeping services as it may require in carrying out the provisions of the Plan.
     7.6 Indemnification . The Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify each director, officer or employee of the Company or any Affiliate (including the heirs, executors, administrators and other personal representatives of such person) and each member of the Administrative Committee, Investment Committee and Benefits Officer against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement, actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any threatened, pending or actual suit, action or proceeding (whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative in nature or otherwise) in which such person may be involved by reason of the fact that he or she is or was serving any employee benefit plans of the Company or any Affiliate in any capacity at the request of such company.
     7.7 Expenses of Administration . Any expense incurred by the Company, the Administrative Committee, the Investment Committee or the Benefits Officer relative to the administration of the Plan shall be paid by the Company and any of its participating Affiliates in such proportions as the Company may direct.
ARTICLE VIII. CLAIMS REVIEW PROCEDURE
      8.1 Participant or Beneficiary Request for Claim . Any request for a benefit payable under the Plan shall be made in writing by a Participant, Inactive Participant or Beneficiary (or an authorized representative of any of them), as the case may be, and shall be paid in accordance with the otherwise applicable Plan terms.
     8.2 Insufficiency of Information . In the event a request for a benefit that is not otherwise paid contains insufficient information otherwise required by the Plan, the Benefits Officer shall, within a reasonable period after receipt of such request, send a written notification to the claimant setting forth a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material is necessary. The claimant’s request shall be deemed filed with the Administrative Committee on the date the Administrative Committee or Benefits Officer receives in writing such additional information.
     8.3 Request Notification . The Administrative Committee shall make a determination with respect to a request for benefits that was previously denied within ninety (90) days after such request is filed (or within such extended period prescribed below). The Administrative

- 16 -


 

Committee shall notify the claimant whether his or her claim has been granted or whether it has been denied in whole or in part. Such notification shall be in writing and shall be delivered, by mail or otherwise, to the claimant within the time period described above. If the claim is denied in whole or in part, the written notification shall set forth, in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant:
  (i)   The specific reason or reasons for the denial;
 
  (ii)   Specific reference to pertinent provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based; and
 
  (iii)   An explanation of the Plan’s claim review procedure.
          Failure by the Administrative Committee to give notification pursuant to this Section within the time prescribed shall be deemed a denial of the request for the purpose of proceeding to the review stage.
     8.4 Extensions . If special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, the Administrative Committee shall furnish the claimant with written notice of such extension. Such notice shall be furnished prior to the termination of the initial ninety (90)-day period and shall set forth the special circumstances requiring the extension and the date by which the Administrative Committee expects to render its decision. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of ninety (90) days from the end of such initial ninety (90)-day period.
     8.5 Claim Review . A claimant whose request for benefits has been denied by the Administrative Committee in whole or in part, or his or her duly authorized representative, may, within sixty (60) days after written notification of such denial, file with a reviewer appointed for such purpose by the Administrative Committee (or, if none has been appointed, with the Administrative Committee itself), with a copy to the Administrative Committee, a written request for a review of his or her claim. Such written request shall be deemed filed upon receipt of same by the reviewer.
     8.6 Time Limitation on Review . A claimant who timely files a request for review of his or her claim for benefits, or his or her duly authorized representative, may review pertinent documents (upon reasonable notice to the reviewer) and may submit the issues and his or her comments to the reviewer in writing. The reviewer shall, within sixty (60) days after receipt of the written request for review (or within such extended period prescribed below), communicate its decision in writing to the claimant and/or his or her duly authorized representative setting forth, in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, the specific reasons for its decision and the pertinent provisions of the Plan on which the decision is based. If the decision is not communicated within the time prescribed, the claim shall be deemed denied on review.
     8.7 Special Circumstances . If special circumstances require an extension of time beyond the sixty (60)-day period described above for the reviewer to render his or her decision, the reviewer shall furnish the claimant with written notice of the extension required. Such notice shall be furnished prior to the termination of the initial sixty (60)-day period and shall set forth

- 17 -


 

the special circumstances requiring the extension period. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of sixty (60) days from the end of such initial sixty (60)-day period.
     8.8 Legal Actions . In the event a claimant’s request for benefits is denied (or deemed denied) under Section 8.6, such claimant may bring legal action. Evidence presented in such action shall be limited to the administrative record reviewed by the Administrative Committee in connection with its determination of the claimant’s request under this Article VIII. The administrative record shall include evidence timely presented to the Administrative Committee by the claimant, or his duly authorized representative, pursuant to this Article VIII. No legal action at law or equity to recover benefits under the Plan may be filed unless the claimant has complied with and exhausted the administrative procedures under this Article VIII, nor may such legal action be filed more than six (6) months after the date on which the claim is denied (or deemed denied) under Section 8.6.
ARTICLE IX. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
     9.1 Amendments . The Company (by action of the Board) or the Benefits Officer (for the Company and the other Employing Companies) may at any time amend the Plan.
     9.2 Termination or Suspension . The continuance of the Plan and the ability of an Eligible Employee to make a deferral for any Plan Year are not assumed as contractual obligations of the Company or any other Employing Company. The Company reserves the right (for itself and the other Employing Companies) by action of the Board or the Benefits Officer, to terminate or suspend the Plan, or to terminate or suspend the Plan with respect to itself or an Employing Company, to the extent permitted without adverse tax consequences under Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix) and such other applicable guidance under Code Section 409A. Any Employing Company may terminate or suspend the Plan with respect to itself (in a manner consistent with the requirements of Code Section 409A necessary to avoid adverse tax consequences) by executing and delivering to the Company or the Benefits Officer such documents as the Company or Benefits Officer shall deem necessary or desirable.
     9.3 Participants’ Rights to Payment . No termination of the Plan or amendment thereto shall deprive a Participant, Inactive Participant or Beneficiary of the right to payment of amounts credited to his or her Supplemental Savings Account as of the date of termination or amendment, in accordance with the terms of the Plan as of the date of such termination or amendment; provided, however, that in the event of termination of the Plan, or termination of the Plan with respect to the Company or one or more other Employing Companies, the Benefits Officer may, in such officer’s sole and absolute discretion, accelerate the payment of all such credited deferred compensation on a uniform basis for all Participants and Inactive Participants or, in the case of termination of the Plan with respect to one or more other Employing Companies, for all Participants and Inactive Participants of such other Employing Companies only, to the extent permitted under Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix) to avoid adverse tax consequences.

- 18 -


 

ARTICLE X. PARTICIPATING COMPANIES
     10.1 Adoption by Other Entities . Upon the approval of the Company or the Benefits Officer, the Plan may be adopted by any Affiliate by executing and delivering to the Company or the Benefits Officer such documents as the Company or Benefits Officer shall deem necessary or desirable. The provisions of the Plan shall be fully applicable to such entity except as may otherwise be agreed to by such adopting company and the Company or Benefits Officer.
ARTICLE XI. GENERAL PROVISIONS
     11.1 Participants’ Rights Unsecured . The right of any Participant or Inactive Participant to receive future payments under the provisions of the Plan shall be a general unsecured claim against the general assets of the Employing Company employing the Participant at the time that his or her compensation is deferred. The Company, and any other Employing Company or former Employing Company shall not guarantee or be liable for payment of benefits to the employees of any other Employing Company or former Employing Company under the Plan.
     11.2 Non-Assignability . The right of any person to receive any benefit payable under the Plan shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, lien or charge, and any such benefit shall not, except to such extent as may be required by law, in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of the person who shall be entitled to such benefits, nor shall it be subject to attachment or legal process for or against such person.
     11.3 No Rights Against the Company . The establishment of the Plan, any amendment or other modification thereof, or any payments hereunder, shall not be construed as giving to any Employee, Participant, Inactive Participant or Beneficiary any legal or equitable rights against the Company its shareholders, directors, officers or other employees, except as may be contemplated by or under the Plan including, without limitation, the right of any Participant, Inactive Participant or Beneficiary to be paid as provided under the Plan. Participation in the Plan does not give rise to any actual or implied contract of employment. A Participant, Inactive Participant or Beneficiary may be terminated at any time for any reason in accordance with the procedures of the Company.
     11.4 Withholding . The Employing Company or former Employing Company or paying agent shall withhold any federal, state and local income or employment tax (including F.I.C.A. obligations for both social security and Medicare) which by any present or future law it is, or may be, required to withhold with respect to any payment pursuant to the Plan, with respect to any of its former or present Employees. The Benefits Officer shall provide or direct the provision of information necessary or appropriate to enable each such company to so withhold.
     11.5 No Guarantee of Tax Consequences . The Benefits Officer, the Investment Committee, the Administrative Committee, the Company and any Employing Company or any former Employing Company do not make any commitment or guarantee that any amounts deferred for the benefit of a Participant, Inactive Participant or Beneficiary will be excludible from the gross income of the Participant, Inactive Participant or Beneficiary in the year deferred or paid for federal, state or local income or employment tax purposes, or that any other federal,

- 19 -


 

state or local tax treatment will apply to or be available to any Participant, Inactive Participant or Beneficiary. It shall be the obligation of each Participant, Inactive Participant or Beneficiary to determine whether any deferral or payment under the Plan is excludible from his or her gross income for federal, state and local income or employment tax purposes, and to take appropriate action if he or she has reason to believe that any such deferral or payment is not so excludible.
     11.6 Severability . If any particular provision of the Plan shall be found to be illegal or unenforceable for any reason, the illegality or lack of enforceability of such provision shall not affect the remaining provisions of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or unenforceable provision had not been included.
     11.7 No Individual Liability . It is declared to be the express purpose and intention of the Plan that no liability whatsoever shall attach to or be incurred by the shareholders, officers, or directors of the Board or any representative appointed hereunder by the Company, under or by reason of any of the terms or conditions of the Plan.
     11.8 Applicable Law . This Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York except to the extent governed by applicable federal law (including the requirements of Code Section 409A).
     11.9 Compliance with Section 409A of the Code . This Plan is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code and will be interpreted in a manner intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code. In furtherance thereof, no payments may be accelerated under the Plan other than to the extent permitted under Section 409A of the Code. To the extent that any provision of the Plan violates Section 409A of the Code such that amounts would be taxable to a Participant prior to payment or would otherwise subject a Participant to a penalty tax under Section 409A, such provision shall be automatically reformed or stricken to preserve the intent hereof. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if any other payments due to a Participant hereunder could cause the application of an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, such payments or other benefits shall be deferred if deferral will make such payment compliant under Section 409A of the Code, or otherwise such payment shall be restructured, to the extent possible, in a manner, determined by the Benefits Officer or the Administrative Committee, that does not cause such an accelerated or additional tax. The Benefits Officer and the Administrative Committee shall implement the provisions of this Section 11.9 in good faith; provided that none of the Company, the Benefits Officer, the Administrative Committee nor any of the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ employees or representatives shall have any liability to Participants with respect to this Section 11.9.

- 20 -

EXHIBIT 10.48
December 17, 2010
Via Hand Delivery
Patricia Fili-Krushel
1155 Park Ave.
New York, NY 10128
Re: Offer of Employment with NBC Universal
Dear Pat:
This letter (“Letter Agreement”) will confirm our recent discussions regarding the offer of employment for the position of Chief Administrative Officer that you have received from NBC Universal and the employment agreement between you and Time Warner Inc. (the “Company”) made November 3, 2008 and effective July 1, 2008 (the “Agreement”). As discussed, the term of your employment with the Company continues through June 30, 2011 under the Agreement and Section 9.2 of the Agreement prohibits you from rendering any services to, or acting in any capacity for, any Competitive Entity during the term of employment or for a twelve-month period following the termination of your employment with the Company. You have requested that the Company agree to end the term of your employment earlier by accepting your resignation and waive the non-competition prohibition to allow you to accept the position of Chief Administrative Officer of NBC Universal, an entity specified as a Competitive Entity.
The Company has considered your request and has decided to honor your request in exchange for you agreeing to the provisions herein and executing the attached release of claims against the Company (the “Release”). You and the Company, intending to reflect our mutual understanding, hereby agree as follows:
  1.   The Company hereby accepts your resignation of employment effective January 1, 2011 (the “Termination Date”) and waives your obligations under Section 9.2 of the Agreement only as it relates to your acceptance of the offer of employment and serving as the Chief Administrative Officer of NBC Universal. You hereby resign as Executive Vice President, Administration of the Company as well as any other officer, director or other positions you hold at affiliates of the Company, in each case effective December 31, 2010. You hereby acknowledge that, after December 31, 2010, you will not be serving at the request of the Company as a director or in any other capacity of any other entity.
 
  2.   You acknowledge that, with the exception of accepting the offer of employment and serving as the Chief Administrative Officer of NBC Universal, you will remain obligated under Sections 9.2., 10 and 12 of the Agreement.

 


 

  3.   You agree to cooperate with the Company in providing for an orderly transition of your responsibilities through the Termination Date, which cooperation shall include giving such assistance as may be reasonably requested by the Company. After the Termination Date, such cooperation shall extend to additional matters as reasonably requested by the Company from time to time, including, without limitation, providing information reasonably requested to enable the Company to comply with applicable securities laws and regulations and providing assistance with respect to legal matters now pending or that may arise about which you have knowledge by virtue of your employment with the Company
 
  4.   You agree that during the remainder of your employment and for a period of one year following the Termination Date you shall not solicit and shall not cause NBC Universal or any of its affiliates to solicit any person who was a full-time employee of the Company at the date of such termination or within six months prior thereto. Such prohibition shall not apply to your secretary or executive assistant or to any other employee eligible to receive overtime pay.
 
  5.   You acknowledge that your resignation releases the Company from any further obligations to you under the Agreement, including the fact that you have no further right to receive any compensation, payments or benefits from the Company other than what is outlined in this Letter Agreement.
 
  6.   The Company has agreed that you will be paid a bonus for the year ending December 31, 2010 under the Company’s Executive Incentive Plan, based on the Company’s performance as certified by the Compensation and Human Development Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Compensation Committee”) and your individual performance rating, which will be at least 130, less withholdings and deductions (the “Bonus Payment”). This payment will be made to you in a lump sum at the same time bonuses are paid to executive officers of the Company, i.e., between January 1 and March 15, 2011, provided the Release is effective. If you choose not to sign this letter or the Release or if you sign the Release but revoke your consent to the Release within the applicable time period, you will not be eligible for the Bonus Payment.
 
  7.   You agree that prior to your last day in the office you will bring your Company-issued Blackberry to the IT Department so that the Company data can be removed from the device. You agree to return all Company-issued equipment and Company property, including the Company-issued Blackberry, to the Company prior to the Termination Date.
 
  8.   After the Termination Date, you shall not be entitled to any additional awards or grants under any stock option, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), performance stock units (“PSUs”) or other stock-based incentive plan and you shall not be entitled to continue elective deferrals in or accrue additional benefits under any qualified or nonqualified retirement programs maintained by the Company. At the Termination Date, your rights to benefits and payments under any benefit plans or any insurance or other death benefit plans or arrangements of the Company shall be determined in accordance with the terms and provisions of such plans. At the Termination Date, your rights to benefits and payment under any stock option, RSU, and PSU granted by the Company shall be

 


 

      determined in accordance with the terms and provisions of the plans and any agreements under which such stock options, RSUs or PSUs were granted. The applicable treatment is set forth below.
  9.   At the Termination Date, because you satisfy the requirements for “retirement treatment” under the applicable stock option agreements, any stock options to purchase Time Warner common stock that have not vested as of the Termination Date will vest and all vested stock options to purchase Time Warner common stock will remain exercisable for a period of five years after the Termination Date, but not beyond their original expiration date.
 
  10.   At the Termination Date, because you satisfy the requirements for “retirement treatment” under the applicable restricted stock units agreement, all RSUs will vest , but the shares of Time Warner Common Stock underlying the vested RSUs will not be paid to you until six months after the Termination Date because of the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
  11.   With respect to PSUs, for all awards of PSUs, following the end of the performance cycle for each outstanding grant of PSUs, a pro-rated portion of such grant will vest based on the actual performance certified by the Compensation Committee and the Termination Date in accordance with the terms of the applicable award agreement and any shares paid out based on the performance level so certified will be settled at the regular performance cycle end dates.
 
  12.   In February 2011 you will be eligible to elect continued coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (“COBRA”). You will receive separate information regarding your option to continue health benefits.
 
  13.   You acknowledge that you will use all of your accrued vacation and personal days prior to December 31, 2010.
 
  14.   You acknowledge that Section 12.15 of your Agreement is deleted in its entirety and the following Section 12.15 is added to the Agreement: Survival . Sections 3.4, 8.3 and 9 through 12 shall survive any termination of the term of employment by the Company for cause pursuant to Section 4.1. Sections 3.4, 4.2, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 5 and 8 through 12 shall survive any termination of the term of employment pursuant to Sections 4.2, 5 or 6. Sections 3.4, 4.6, and 9 through 12 shall survive any termination of the term of employment due to resignation.
 
  15.   Except as provided in Section 12.7 of the Agreement, any claims, controversies or disputes arising out of or related to this Letter Agreement or the Release, the interpretation, validity or enforceability of this Letter Agreement or the Release, or the alleged breach of this Letter Agreement or the Release shall be submitted to resolution in arbitration in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 12.8 of the Employment Agreement.

 


 

  16.   This Letter Agreement, taken together with the Release and Agreement, as modified by this Letter Agreement, constitute and contain the entire agreement and understanding concerning your employment, termination from employment and the other subject matters addressed herein between the parties and supersedes and replaces all prior negotiations and all agreements proposed or otherwise, whether written or oral, concerning the subject matters hereof. This is an integrated document.
 
  17.   This Letter Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and each counterpart, when executed, shall have the efficacy of a signed original. Photographic copies of such signed counterparts may be used in lieu of the originals for any purpose.
 
  18.   This Letter Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely in New York.
 
  19.   This Letter Agreement is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and will be interpreted in a manner intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything herein or contained in the Agreement to the contrary, (i) if at the Termination Date you are a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A of the Code (and any related regulations or other pronouncements thereunder) and the deferral of the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable hereunder as a result of such termination of employment is necessary in order to prevent any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, then the Company will defer the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder or under the Agreement (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to you) until the date that is six months following your termination of employment with the Company (or the earliest date as is permitted under Section 409A of the Code) and (ii) if any other payments of money or other benefits due to you hereunder or under the Agreement could cause the application of an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, such payments or other benefits shall be deferred if deferral will make such payment or other benefits compliant under Section 409A of the Code, or otherwise such payment or other benefits shall be restructured, to the extent possible, in a manner, determined by the Company, that does not cause such an accelerated or additional tax. To the extent any reimbursements or in-kind benefits due to you under this Letter Agreement or under the Agreement constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, any such reimbursements or in-kind benefits shall be paid to you in a manner consistent with Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv). Each payment made under this Agreement or under the Agreement shall be designated as a “separate payment” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. The Company shall consult with you in good faith regarding the implementation of the provisions of this Section 12; provided that neither the Company nor any of its employees or representatives shall have any liability to you with respect to thereto.

 


 

          If the foregoing accurately reflects our agreement, please so indicate by signing where indicated below.
We wish you success in your future endeavors,
         
  Acknowledged and Agreed to    
     
  /s/ Patricia Fili-Krushel  
  Patricia Fili-Krushel  

 


 

         
RELEASE
In consideration of the payments made to you and the Company’s waiver of Section 9.2 of the Employment Agreement(to allow you to take the Chief Administrative Officer position at NBC Universal only) between you and TIME WARNER INC. (the “Company”), One Time Warner Center, New York, New York 10019, made November 3, 2008 and effective July 1, 2008, and the letter agreement (the “Letter Agreement”) between You and the Company dated as of December 17, 2010 (as so amended, the “Agreement”), and in association with the termination of your employment with the Company, You, being of lawful age, on behalf of yourself and your heirs, executors, successors and assigns do hereby release and forever discharge the Company, its successors, related companies, affiliates, officers, directors, shareholders, subsidiaries, agents, employees, heirs, executors, administrators, assigns, benefit plans (including but not limited to the Time Warner Inc. Severance Pay Plan For Regular Employees), benefit plan sponsors and benefit plan administrators, trustees and fiduciaries, and all of their successors and assigns, in their individual and official capacities, of and from any and all actions, causes of action, claims, or demands for general, special or punitive damages, attorney’s fees, expenses, or other compensation or damages (collectively, “Claims”), whether known or unknown, arising up to and including the date you sign the Letter Agreement and this Release, which in any way relate to or arise out of your employment with the Company or the termination of Your employment, which You may now have under any federal, state or local law, regulation or order, including without limitation, Claims related to any stock options held by You or granted to You by the Company that are scheduled to vest subsequent to Your termination of employment and Claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act (with the exception of Claims that may arise after the date I sign this Release), Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, the New York State Human Rights Law, the New York City Human Rights Law (all as amended), any Claim for severance or benefits or notice pay under any plan or policy of the Company (other than for the enforcement of this Agreement, any Claim under any whistleblower protection law, any Claim sounding in tort, any Claim for breach of contract (express and implied), and any Claim for attorney’s fees, costs, damages and equitable relief through and including the date of this Release; provided, however, that the execution of this Release shall not prevent You from bringing a lawsuit against the Company to enforce its obligations under the Agreement and this Release.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, nothing in this Release shall prohibit or restrict You from (i) making any disclosure of information required by law; (ii) filing a charge with, providing information to, or testifying or otherwise assisting in any investigation or proceeding brought by, any federal, state or local regulatory or law enforcement agency or legislative body, any self-regulatory organization, or the Company’s legal, compliance or human resources officers; (iii) filing, testifying or participating in or otherwise assisting in a proceeding relating to an alleged violation of any federal, state or municipal law relating to fraud or any rule or regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any self-regulatory organization; or (iv) challenging the validity of my release of claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act. Provided, however, You acknowledge that You cannot recover any monetary damages or equitable relief in connection with a charge brought by You or through any action brought by a third party with respect to the Claims released and waived in the Agreement. Further, notwithstanding the above, You are not waiving or releasing: (i) any claims arising after the Effective Date of this Agreement; (ii) any claims for enforcement of this Agreement; (iii) any

 


 

rights or claims You may have to workers compensation or unemployment benefits; (iv) claims for accrued, vested benefits under any employee benefit plan of the Company in accordance with the terms of such plans and applicable law; and/or (v) claims under the Fair Labor Standards Act or any claims or rights that cannot be waived by law.
You agree that you are receiving valuable consideration in exchange for signing the Letter Agreement and this Release that is more than what you are otherwise entitled to under any policy or plan of or prior agreement with the Company. You also acknowledge and agree that apart from the payments and benefits that you will be eligible for and receive under the Letter Agreement, you have, as of the date you signed the Letter Agreement and Release, received all compensation, notice, leave and benefits due to you from the Company and that you are not entitled to any other payment or benefit other than as set forth in the Letter Agreement and this Release.
You further state that You have reviewed this Release, that You know and understand its contents, and that You have executed it voluntarily.
You acknowledge that You have been given 21 days from the date You received a copy of the Release to sign it. You also acknowledge that by signing this Release You may be giving up valuable legal rights and that You have been advised to consult with an attorney. You understand that You have the right to revoke Your consent to the Release for seven days following Your signing of the Release. You further understand that You cease to receive any payments or benefits under this Agreement (except as set forth in Section 4.4 of the Agreement) if You do not sign this Release or if You revoke Your consent to the Release within seven days after signing the Release. The Release shall not become effective or enforceable with respect to claims under the Age Discrimination Act until the expiration of the seven-day period following Your signing of this Release. To revoke, You send a written statement of revocation by certified mail, return receipt requested, or by hand delivery. If You do not revoke, the Release shall become effective on the eighth day after You sign it.
Accepted and Agreed to:
         
     
  /s/ Patricia Fili-Krushel   
 
Patricia Fili-Krushel
 
 
     
  Dated:    January 4, 2011   
     
 
 
     
 

 

EXHIBIT 10.51
     EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) made February 17, 2010 between TIME WARNER INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and GARY GINSBERG (“You”).
     You and the Company desire to set forth the terms and conditions of your employment by the Company and agree as follows :
     1.  Term of Employment . Your “term of employment” as this phrase is used throughout this Agreement shall be for the period beginning with your commencement of employment with the Company, on or about April 1, 2010, (the “Effective Date”) and ending on December 31, 2013 (the “Term Date”), subject, however, to earlier termination as set forth in this Agreement.
     2.  Employment . During the term of employment, you shall serve as Executive Vice President of the Company and you shall have the authority, functions, duties, powers and responsibilities normally associated with such position and such additional authority, functions, duties, powers and responsibilities as may be assigned to you from time to time by the Company consistent with your senior position with the Company. During the term of employment, (i) your services shall be rendered on a substantially full-business time, exclusive basis and you will apply on a full-business time basis all of your skill and experience to the performance of your duties, (ii) you shall have no other employment and, without the prior written consent of your manager or other more senior officer of the Company in your reporting line, no outside business activities which require the devotion of substantial amounts of your time, (iii) you shall report to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and (iv) the place for the performance of your services shall be the principal executive offices of the Company in the New York City metropolitan area, subject to such reasonable travel as may be required in the performance of your duties. The foregoing shall be subject to the Company’s written policies, as in effect from time to time, regarding vacations, holidays, illness and the like.
     3.  Compensation .
          3.1 Base Salary . The Company shall pay you a base salary at the rate of not less than $800,000 per annum during the term of employment (“Base Salary”). The Company may increase, but not decrease, your Base Salary during the term of employment. Base Salary shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s customary payroll practices.

 


 

          3.2 Bonus . In addition to Base Salary, the Company typically pays its executives an annual cash bonus (“Bonus”). Although your Bonus is fully discretionary, your target annual Bonus as a percentage of Base Salary is 200% and your maximum Bonus as a percentage of Base Salary is 300%. Each year, your personal performance will be considered in the context of your executive duties and any individual goals set for you, and your actual Bonus will be determined. Although as a general matter the Company expects to pay bonuses at the target level in cases of satisfactory individual performance, it does not commit to do so, and your Bonus may be negatively affected by the exercise of the Company’s discretion or by overall Company performance. Your Bonus amount, if any, will be paid to you between January 1 and March 15 of the calendar year immediately following the performance year in respect of which such Bonus is earned.
          3.3 Long Term Incentive Compensation . So long as the term of employment has not terminated the Company annually shall provide you with long term incentive compensation with a target value of $750,000 (based on the valuation method used by the Company for its senior executives) through a combination of stock option grants, restricted stock units, performance shares or other equity-based awards, cash-based long-term plans or other components as may be determined by the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors from time to time in its sole discretion but in any event on a basis and with an allocation no less favorable to you than is generally made applicable to any other executive vice president of the Company. The target performance share units awarded in 2010 will be pro-rated based on the Effective Date and the applicable performance period in accordance with the parameters for the performance share unit program approved by the Compensation Committee in 2007.
          3.4 Indemnification . You shall be entitled throughout the term of employment (and after the end of the term of employment, to the extent relating to service during the term of employment) to the benefit of the indemnification provisions contained on the date hereof in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws of the Company (not including any amendments or additions after the Effective Date that limit or narrow, but including any that add to or broaden, the protection afforded to you by those provisions).
     4.  Termination .

2


 

          4.1 Termination for Cause . The Company may terminate the term of employment and all of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement, other than its obligations set forth below in this Section 4.1, for “cause”. Termination by the Company for “cause” shall mean termination because of your (a) conviction (treating a nolo contendere plea as a conviction) of a felony (whether or not any right to appeal has been or may be exercised) other than as a result of a moving violation or a Limited Vicarious Liability, (b) willful failure or refusal without proper cause to perform your duties with the Company, including your material obligations under this Agreement (other than any such failure resulting from your incapacity due to physical or mental impairment), (c) willful misappropriation or embezzlement or reckless or willful destruction of Company property having a significant adverse financial effect on the Company or a significant adverse effect on the Company’s reputation, (d) willful and material breach of any statutory or common law duty of loyalty to the Company having a significant adverse financial effect on the Company or a significant adverse effect on the Company’s reputation; or (e) material and willful breach of any of the covenants provided for in Sections 8 and 9. Such termination shall be effected by written notice thereof delivered by the Company to you and shall be effective as of the date of such notice; provided, however, that if (i) such termination is because of your willful failure or refusal without proper cause to perform your material duties with the Company, including any one or more of your material obligations under this Agreement, or for intentional and improper conduct, and (ii) within 30 days following the date of such notice you shall cease your refusal and shall use your best efforts to perform such obligations or cease such intentional and improper conduct, the termination shall not be effective. For purposes of this definition of Cause, no act, or failure to act, on your part shall be considered “willful” or “intentional” unless done, or omitted to be done, by you not in good faith and without reasonable belief that such action or omission was in or not opposed to the best interest of the Company. The term “Limited Vicarious Liability” shall mean any liability that is based on acts of the Company for which you are responsible or liable solely as a result of your office(s) with the Company; provided that (x) you are not directly involved in such acts and either had no prior knowledge of such intended actions or, upon obtaining such knowledge, promptly acted reasonably and in good faith to attempt to prevent the acts causing such liability or (y) after consulting with the Company’s counsel, you reasonably believed that no law was being violated by such acts.
          In the event of termination by the Company for cause, without prejudice to any other rights or remedies that the Company may have at law or in equity, the Company shall have no further obligation to you other than (i) to pay Base Salary through the effective date of the

3


 

termination of employment (the “Effective Termination Date”), (ii) to pay any Bonus for any year prior to the year in which such termination occurs that has been determined but not yet paid as of the Effective Termination Date, and (iii) with respect to any rights you have pursuant to any insurance or other benefit plans or arrangements of the Company (including rights under Section 7.2 hereof). You hereby disclaim any right to receive a pro rata portion of any Bonus with respect to the year in which such termination occurs.
          4.2 Termination by You for Material Breach by the Company and Termination by the Company Without Cause . Unless previously terminated pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement and unless a Disability Period shall be in effect, you shall have the right, exercisable by written notice to the Company, to terminate the term of employment under this Agreement with an Effective Termination Date 30 days after the giving of such notice, if, at the time of the giving of such notice, the Company is in material breach of its obligations under this Agreement; provided, however, that, with the exception of clause (i) below, this Agreement shall not so terminate if such notice is the first such notice of termination delivered by you pursuant to this Section 4.2 and within such 30-day period the Company shall have cured all such material breaches; and provided further, that such notice is provided to the Company within 90 days after your knowledge of the occurrence of such material breach. A material breach by the Company shall include, but not be limited to, (i) the Company violating Section 2 with respect to authority, reporting lines, duties, or place of employment or (ii) the Company failing to cause any successor to all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Company expressly to assume the obligations of the Company under this Agreement.
          The Company shall have the right, exercisable by written notice to you delivered before the date which is 60 days prior to the Term Date, to terminate your employment under this Agreement without cause, which notice shall specify the Effective Termination Date. If such notice is delivered on or after the date which is 60 days prior to the Term Date, the provisions of Section 4.3 shall apply.
               4.2.1 In the event of a termination of employment pursuant to this Section 4.2 (a “termination without cause”), you shall receive Base Salary and a pro rata portion of your Average Annual Bonus (as defined below) through the Effective Termination Date. Your Average Annual Bonus shall be equal to the average of the regular annual bonus amounts (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) in respect of the two calendar years during the most recent three calendar years for which the annual bonus received by you from the Company was the greatest; provided, however, if the Company has previously paid you no

4


 

annual Bonus, then your Average Annual Bonus shall equal your target Bonus and if the Company has previously paid you one annual Bonus, then your Average Annual Bonus shall equal the average of such Bonus and your target Bonus. Your pro rata Average Annual Bonus pursuant to this Section 4.2.1 shall be paid to you at the times set forth in Section 4.6.
               4.2.2 After the Effective Termination Date, you shall continue to be treated as an employee of the Company for a period ending on the date which is twenty-four months after the Effective Termination Date (the “Severance Term Date”); and during such period you shall be entitled to receive, whether or not you become disabled during such period but subject to Section 6, (a) Base Salary (on the Company’s normal payroll payment dates as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Termination Date) at an annual rate equal to your Base Salary in effect immediately prior to the notice of termination, and (b) an annual Bonus in respect of each calendar year or portion thereof (in which case a pro rata portion of such Bonus will be payable) during such period equal to your Average Annual Bonus. Except as provided in the next sentence, if you accept other full-time employment during such period or notify the Company in writing of your intention to terminate your status of being treated as an employee during such period, you shall cease to be treated as an employee of the Company for purposes of your rights to receive certain post-termination benefits under Section 7.2 effective upon the commencement of such other employment or the date specified by you in the notice as the date you wish to terminate your status of being treated as an employee, whichever is applicable (the “Equity Cessation Date”), and you shall receive the remaining payments of Base Salary and Bonus pursuant to this Section 4.2.2 at the times specified in Section 4.6 of the Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if you accept employment with any not-for-profit entity or governmental entity, then you may continue to be treated as an employee of the Company for purposes of your rights to receive certain post-termination benefits pursuant to Section 7.2 and you will continue to receive the payments as provided in the first sentence of this Section 4.2.2; and if you accept full-time employment with any affiliate of the Company, then the payments provided for in this Section 4.2.2 shall immediately cease and you shall not be entitled to any further payments. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “affiliate” shall mean any entity which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company.
          4.3 After the Term Date . If at the Term Date, the term of employment shall not have been previously terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, no Disability Period is then in effect and the parties shall not have agreed to an extension or renewal of this Agreement or on the terms of a new employment agreement, then the term of employment

5


 

shall continue on a month-to-month basis and you shall continue to be employed by the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, subject to termination by either party hereto on 60 days written notice delivered to the other party (which notice may be delivered by either party at any time on or after the date which is 60 days prior to the Term Date). If the Company shall terminate the term of employment on or after the Term Date for any reason (other than for cause as defined in Section 4.1, in which case Section 4.1 shall apply), which the Company shall have the right to do so long as no Disability Date (as defined in Section 5) has occurred prior to the delivery by the Company of written notice of termination, then such termination shall be deemed for all purposes of this Agreement to be a “termination without cause” under Section 4.2 and the provisions of Sections 4.2.1 and 4.2.2 shall apply.
          4.4 Release . A condition precedent to the Company’s obligation to make or continue the payments associated with a termination without cause shall be your execution and delivery of a release in the form attached hereto as Annex A, as such form may be updated as required by law within 60 days following your Effective Termination Date. If you shall fail to timely execute and deliver such release, or if you revoke such release as provided therein, then in lieu of continuing to receive the payments provided for herein, you shall receive a severance payment determined in accordance with the Company’s policies relating to notice and severance reduced by the aggregate amount of severance payments paid pursuant to this Agreement, if any, prior to the date of your refusal to deliver, or revocation of, such release. Any such severance payments shall be paid in the form of Base Salary continuation payments at the annual rate equal to your Base Salary in effect immediately prior to your notice of termination, with such amounts paid until your severance benefit has been exhausted.
          4.5 Mitigation . In the event of a termination without cause under this Agreement, you shall not be required to take actions in order to mitigate your damages hereunder, unless Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), would apply to any payments to you by the Company and your failure to mitigate would result in the Company losing tax deductions to which it would otherwise have been entitled. In such an event, Section 4.7 shall govern. With respect to the preceding sentences, any payments or rights to which you are entitled by reason of the termination of employment without cause shall be considered as damages hereunder. Any obligation to mitigate your damages pursuant to this Section 4.5 shall not be a defense or offset to the Company’s obligation to pay you in full the amounts provided in this Agreement upon the occurrence of a termination without cause, at the time provided herein, or the timely and full performance of any of the Company’s other obligations under this Agreement.

6


 

          4.6 Payments . Payments of Base Salary and Bonus required to be made to you after any termination shall be made at the same times as such payments otherwise would have been paid to you pursuant to Sections 3.1 and 3.2 if you had not been terminated, subject to Section 11.17.
          4.7 Limitation on Certain Payments . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement:
               4.7.1. In the event the Company (or its successor) determines, based on the advice of an independent nationally recognized public accounting firm engaged by the Company, that part or all of the consideration, compensation or benefits to be paid to you under this Agreement constitute “parachute payments” under Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code, then, if the aggregate present value of such parachute payments, singularly or together with the aggregate present value of any consideration, compensation or benefits to be paid to you under any other plan, arrangement or agreement which constitute “parachute payments” (collectively, the “Parachute Amount”) exceeds 2.99 times your “base amount”, as defined in Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code (the “Base Amount”), the amounts constituting “parachute payments” which would otherwise be payable to you or for your benefit shall be reduced to the extent necessary so that the Parachute Amount is equal to 2.99 times the Base Amount (the “Reduced Amount”); provided that such amounts shall not be so reduced if the Company determines, based on the advice of such public accounting firm, that without such reduction you would be entitled to receive and retain, on a net after tax basis (including, without limitation, any excise taxes payable under Section 4999 of the Code), an amount which is greater than the amount, on a net after tax basis, that you would be entitled to retain upon receipt of the Reduced Amount.
               4.7.2. If the determination made pursuant to Section 4.7.1 results in a reduction of the payments that would otherwise be paid to you except for the application of Section 4.7.1, such reduction in payments shall be first applied to reduce any cash severance payments that you would otherwise be entitled to receive hereunder and shall thereafter be applied to reduce other payments and benefits in a manner that would not result in subjecting you to additional taxation under Section 409A of the Code. Within ten days following such determination, the Company shall pay or distribute to you or for your benefit such amounts as are then due to you under this Agreement and shall promptly pay or distribute to you or for your benefit in the future such amounts as become due to you under this Agreement.

7


 

               4.7.3. As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code at the time of a determination hereunder, it is possible that payments will be made by the Company that should not have been made under Section 4.7.1 (an “Overpayment”). In the event that there is a final determination by the Internal Revenue Service, or a final determination by a court of competent jurisdiction, that an Overpayment has been made, the Company shall have no further liability or obligation to you for any excise taxes, interest or penalty that you are required to pay as a result of such final determination.
     5.  Disability .
          5.1 Disability Payments . If during the term of employment and prior to the delivery of any notice of termination without cause, you become physically or mentally disabled, whether totally or partially, so that you are prevented from performing your usual duties for a period of six consecutive months, or for shorter periods aggregating six months in any twelve-month period, the Company shall, nevertheless, continue to pay your full compensation through the last day of the sixth consecutive month of disability or the date on which the shorter periods of disability shall have equaled a total of six months in any twelve-month period (such last day or date being referred to herein as the “Disability Date”), subject to Section 11.17. If you have not resumed your usual duties on or prior to the Disability Date, the Company shall pay you a pro rata Bonus (based on your Average Annual Bonus) for the year in which the Disability Date occurs and thereafter shall pay you disability benefits for the period ending on the later of (i) the Term Date or (ii) the date which is twelve months after the Disability Date (in the case of either (i) or (ii), the “Disability Period”), in an annual amount equal to 75% of (a) your Base Salary at the time you become disabled and (b) the Average Annual Bonus, in each case, subject to Section 11.17.
          5.2 Recovery from Disability . If during the Disability Period you shall fully recover from your disability, the Company shall have the right (exercisable within 60 days after notice from you of such recovery), but not the obligation, to restore you to full-time service at full compensation. If the Company elects to restore you to full-time service, then this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect in all respects and the Term Date shall not be extended by virtue of the occurrence of the Disability Period. If the Company elects not to restore you to full-time service, you shall be entitled to obtain other employment, subject, however, to the following: (i) you shall perform advisory services during any balance of the Disability Period; and (ii) you shall comply with the provisions of Sections 8 and 9 during the

8


 

Disability Period. The advisory services referred to in clause (i) of the immediately preceding sentence shall consist of rendering advice concerning the business, affairs and management of the Company as requested by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company but you shall not be required to devote more than five days (up to eight hours per day) each month to such services, which shall be performed at a time and place mutually convenient to both parties. Any income from such other employment shall not be applied to reduce the Company’s obligations under this Agreement.
          5.3 Other Disability Provisions . The Company shall be entitled to deduct from all payments to be made to you during the Disability Period pursuant to this Section 5 an amount equal to all disability payments received by you during the Disability Period from Worker’s Compensation, Social Security and disability insurance policies maintained by the Company; provided, however, that for so long as, and to the extent that, proceeds paid to you from such disability insurance policies are not includible in your income for federal income tax purposes, the Company’s deduction with respect to such payments shall be equal to the product of (i) such payments and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one less the maximum marginal rate of federal income taxes applicable to individuals at the time of receipt of such payments. All payments made under this Section 5 after the Disability Date are intended to be disability payments, regardless of the manner in which they are computed. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 5, the term of employment shall continue during the Disability Period and you shall be entitled to all of the rights and benefits provided for in this Agreement, except that Sections 4.2 and 4.3 shall not apply during the Disability Period, and unless the Company has restored you to full-time service at full compensation prior to the end of the Disability Period, the term of employment shall end and you shall cease to be an employee of the Company at the end of the Disability Period and shall not be entitled to notice and severance or to receive or be paid for any accrued vacation time or unused sabbatical.
     6.  Death . If you die during the term of employment, this Agreement and all obligations of the Company to make any payments hereunder shall terminate except that your estate (or a designated beneficiary) shall be entitled to receive Base Salary to the last day of the month in which your death occurs and Bonus compensation (at the time bonuses are normally paid) based on the Average Annual Bonus, but prorated according to the number of whole or partial months you were employed by the Company in such calendar year.
     7.  Other Benefits .

9


 

          7.1 General Availability . To the extent that (a) you are eligible under the general provisions thereof (including without limitation, any plan provision providing for participation to be limited to persons who were employees of the Company or certain of its subsidiaries prior to a specific point in time) and (b) the Company maintains such plan or program for the benefit of its executives, during the term of your employment with the Company, you shall be eligible to participate in any savings plan, or similar plan or program and in any group life insurance, hospitalization, medical, dental, accident, disability or similar plan or program of the Company now existing or established hereafter on a basis no less favorable to you than is generally provided to any other executive vice president of the Company.
          7.2 Benefits After a Termination or Disability . After the Effective Termination Date of a termination of employment pursuant to Section 4.2 and prior to the Severance Term Date or during the Disability Period, you shall continue to be treated as an employee of the Company for purposes of eligibility to participate in the Company’s health and welfare benefit plans other than disability programs and to receive the health and welfare benefits (other than disability programs) required to be provided to you under this Agreement to the extent such health and welfare benefits are maintained in effect by the Company for its executives. After the Effective Termination Date of a termination of employment pursuant to Section 4 or during a Disability Period, you shall not be entitled to any additional awards or grants under any stock option, restricted stock or other stock-based incentive plan and you shall not be entitled to continue elective deferrals in or accrue additional benefits under any qualified or nonqualified retirement programs maintained by the Company. At the Severance Term Date, your rights to benefits and payments under any health and welfare benefit plans or any insurance or other death benefit plans or arrangements of the Company shall be determined in accordance with the terms and provisions of such plans. At the Severance Term Date or, if earlier, the Equity Cessation Date, your rights to benefits and payments under any stock option, restricted stock, stock appreciation right, bonus unit, management incentive or other long-term incentive plan of the Company shall be determined in accordance with the terms and provisions of such plans and any agreements under which such stock options, restricted stock or other awards were granted. However, notwithstanding the foregoing or any more restrictive provisions of such plan or agreement, if your employment is terminated as a result of a termination pursuant to Section 4.2, then, subject to the application of any more favorable terms of the applicable stock option agreement, (i) all stock options to purchase shares of Time Warner Common Stock shall continue to vest, and any such vested stock options shall remain exercisable (but not beyond the term of such stock options) through the earlier of the Severance Term Date or the Equity

10


 

Cessation Date; (ii) except if you shall then qualify for retirement under the terms of the applicable stock option agreement and would receive more favorable treatment under the terms of the stock option agreement, (x) all stock options to purchase shares of Time Warner Common Stock granted to you on or after the date this Agreement is executed (such stock options, the “Term Options”) that would have vested on or before the later of the Term Date and the Severance Term Date (or the date that is comparable to the Severance Term Date under any employment agreement that amends, replaces or supersedes this Agreement) shall vest and become immediately exercisable on the earlier of the Severance Term Date or the Equity Cessation Date, and (y) all your vested Term Options shall remain exercisable for a period of three years after the earlier of the Severance Term Date or the Equity Cessation Date (but not beyond the term of such stock options); and (iii) the Company shall not be permitted to determine that your employment was terminated for “unsatisfactory performance within the meaning of any stock option agreement between you and the Company. With respect to awards of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) held at the Effective Termination Date of a termination of employment pursuant to Section 4.2, subject to potential further delay in payment pursuant to Section 11.17, (i) if you are eligible for retirement treatment at the Effective Termination Date, then for all awards of RSUs that contain special accelerated vesting upon retirement, the vesting of the RSUs will accelerate upon, and the shares of Time Warner Common Stock will be paid to you promptly following, the Effective Termination Date, and (ii) if you are not eligible for retirement treatment at the Effective Termination Date, then the treatment of the RSUs will be determined at the earlier of the Severance Term Date or the Equity Cessation Date in accordance with the terms of the applicable award agreement(s), but the shares of Time Warner Common Stock underlying any vested RSUs will not be paid to you until promptly following the next regular vesting date(s) for such award(s) of RSUs.
          7.3 Payments in Lieu of Other Benefits . In the event the term of employment and your employment with the Company is terminated pursuant to any section of this Agreement, you shall not be entitled to notice and severance under the Company’s general employee policies or to be paid for any accrued vacation time or unused sabbatical, the payments provided for in such sections being in lieu thereof.
          7.4 Life Insurance . During your employment with the Company, the Company shall (i) provide you with $50,000 of group life insurance and (ii) pay you annually an amount equal to two times the premium you would have to pay to obtain life insurance under the Group Universal Life (“GUL”) insurance program made available by the Company in an amount equal to $3,000,000. The Company shall pay you such amount no later than March 15 of the calendar

11


 

year following any calendar year in which you are entitled to this amount. You shall be under no obligation to use the payments made by the Company pursuant to the preceding sentence to purchase GUL insurance or to purchase any other life insurance. If the Company discontinues its GUL insurance program, the Company shall nevertheless make the payments required by this Section 7 as if such program were still in effect. The payments made to you hereunder shall not be considered as “salary” or “compensation” or “bonus” in determining the amount of any payment under any retirement, profit-sharing or other benefit plan of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company.
     8.  Protection of Confidential Information; Non-Compete .
          8.1 Confidentiality Covenant . You acknowledge that your employment by the Company (which, for purposes of this Section 8 shall mean Time Warner Inc. and its affiliates) will, throughout the term of employment, bring you into close contact with many confidential affairs of the Company, including information about costs, profits, markets, sales, products, key personnel, pricing policies, operational methods, technical processes and other business affairs and methods and other information not readily available to the public, and plans for future development. You further acknowledge that the services to be performed under this Agreement are of a special, unique, unusual, extraordinary and intellectual character. You further acknowledge that the business of the Company is international in scope, that its products and services are marketed throughout the world, that the Company competes in nearly all of its business activities with other entities that are or could be located in nearly any part of the world and that the nature of your services, position and expertise are such that you are capable of competing with the Company from nearly any location in the world. In recognition of the foregoing, you covenant and agree:
               8.1.1 You shall keep secret all confidential matters of the Company and shall not disclose such matters to anyone outside of the Company, or to anyone inside the Company who does not have a need to know or use such information, and shall not use such information for personal benefit or the benefit of a third party, either during or after the term of employment, except with the Company’s written consent, provided that (i) you shall have no such obligation to the extent such matters are or become publicly known other than as a result of your breach of your obligations hereunder and (ii) you may, after giving prior notice to the Company to the extent practicable under the circumstances, disclose such matters to the extent required by applicable laws or governmental regulations or judicial or regulatory process;

12


 

               8.1.2 You shall deliver promptly to the Company on termination of your employment, or at any other time the Company may so request, all memoranda, notes, records, reports and other documents (and all copies thereof) relating to the Company’s business, which you obtained while employed by, or otherwise serving or acting on behalf of, the Company and which you may then possess or have under your control; and
               8.1.3 If the term of employment is terminated pursuant to Section 4, for a period of one year after the Effective Termination Date, without the prior written consent of the Company, you shall not employ, and shall not cause any entity of which you are an affiliate to employ, any person who was a full-time employee of the Company at the date of such termination or within six months prior thereto but such prohibition shall not apply to your secretary or executive assistant or to any other employee eligible to receive overtime pay.
          8.2 Non-Compete . During the term of employment hereunder and for a period of twelve months after (i) the effective date of your retirement or other voluntary termination of employment hereunder or (ii) the Effective Termination Date of a termination of employment pursuant to Section 4, you shall not, directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, render any services to, or act in any capacity for, any Competitive Entity, or acquire any interest of any type in any Competitive Entity; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not be deemed to prohibit you from acquiring, (a) solely as an investment and through market purchases, securities of any Competitive Entity which are registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and which are publicly traded, so long as you are not part of any control group of such Competitive Entity and such securities, including converted securities, do not constitute more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding voting power of that entity and (b) securities of any Competitive Entity that are not publicly traded, so long as you are not part of any control group of such Competitive Entity and such securities, including converted securities, do not constitute more than three percent (3%) of the outstanding voting power of that entity. For purposes of the foregoing, the following shall be deemed to be a Competitive Entity: (x) during the period that you are actively employed with the Company hereunder (and during the Disability Period, if applicable), any person or entity that engages in any line of business that is substantially the same as either (i) any line of business which the Company engages in, conducts or, to your knowledge, has definitive plans to engage in or conduct or (ii) any operating business that is engaged in or conducted by the Company as to which, to your knowledge, the Company covenants, in writing, not to compete with in connection with the disposition of such business, and (y) after the termination of your employment hereunder (or after the Disability Period, if applicable), any of the following: CBS

13


 

Corporation, The Walt Disney Company, General Electric Corporation, Google Inc., Microsoft Corporation, The News Corporation Ltd., Sony Corporation, Comcast Corporation, Viacom Inc. and Yahoo! Inc., and their respective subsidiaries and affiliates and any successor to the internet service provider, media or entertainment businesses thereof.
     9.  Ownership of Work Product . You acknowledge that during the term of employment, you may conceive of, discover, invent or create inventions, improvements, new contributions, literary property, material, ideas and discoveries, whether patentable or copyrightable or not (all of the foregoing being collectively referred to herein as “Work Product”), and that various business opportunities shall be presented to you by reason of your employment by the Company. You acknowledge that all of the foregoing shall be owned by and belong exclusively to the Company and that you shall have no personal interest therein, provided that they are either related in any manner to the business (commercial or experimental) of the Company, or are, in the case of Work Product, conceived or made on the Company’s time or with the use of the Company’s facilities or materials, or, in the case of business opportunities, are presented to you for the possible interest or participation of the Company. You shall (i) promptly disclose any such Work Product and business opportunities to the Company; (ii) assign to the Company, upon request and without additional compensation, the entire rights to such Work Product and business opportunities; (iii) sign all papers necessary to carry out the foregoing; and (iv) give testimony in support of your inventorship or creation in any appropriate case. You agree that you will not assert any rights to any Work Product or business opportunity as having been made or acquired by you prior to the date of this Agreement except for Work Product or business opportunities, if any, disclosed to and acknowledged by the Company in writing prior to the date hereof.
     10.  Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be effective only if given in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally or sent by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, or mailed first-class, postage prepaid, by registered or certified mail, as follows (or to such other or additional address as either party shall designate by notice in writing to the other in accordance herewith):

14


 

          10.1 If to the Company:
Time Warner Inc.
One Time Warner Center
New York, New York 10019
Attention: Senior Vice President — Global
Compensation and Benefits
(with a copy, similarly addressed
but Attention: General Counsel)
          10.2 If to you, to your residence address set forth on the records of the Company.
     11. General .
          11.1 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely in New York.
          11.2 Captions . The section headings contained herein are for reference purposes only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
          11.3 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, including Annexes A and B, set forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior agreements, arrangements and understandings, written or oral, between the parties.
          11.4 No Other Representations . No representation, promise or inducement has been made by either party that is not embodied in this Agreement, and neither party shall be bound by or be liable for any alleged representation, promise or inducement not so set forth.
          11.5 Assignability . This Agreement and your rights and obligations hereunder may not be assigned by you and except as specifically contemplated in this Agreement, neither you, your legal representative nor any beneficiary designated by you shall have any right, without the prior written consent of the Company, to assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, anticipate or commute to any person or entity any payment due in the future

15


 

pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, and any attempt to do so shall be void and shall not be recognized by the Company. The Company may not assign this Agreement or its rights or obligations hereunder except that the Company shall assign its rights together with its obligations hereunder in connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s business and assets, whether by merger, purchase of stock or assets or otherwise, as the case may be. Upon any such assignment, the Company shall cause any such successor expressly to assume such obligations, and such rights and obligations shall inure to and be binding upon any such successor.
          11.6 Amendments; Waivers . This Agreement may be amended, modified, superseded, cancelled, renewed or extended and the terms or covenants hereof may be waived only by written instrument executed by both of the parties hereto, or in the case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance. The failure of either party at any time or times to require performance of any provision hereof shall in no manner affect such party’s right at a later time to enforce the same. No waiver by either party of the breach of any term or covenant contained in this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such breach, or a waiver of the breach of any other term or covenant contained in this Agreement.
          11.7 Specific Remedy . In addition to such other rights and remedies as the Company may have at equity or in law with respect to any breach of this Agreement, if you commit a material breach of any of the provisions of Sections 8.1, 8.2, or 9, the Company shall have the right and remedy to have such provisions specifically enforced by any court having equity jurisdiction, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach will cause irreparable injury to the Company.
          11.8 Resolution of Disputes . Except as provided in the preceding Section 11.7, any dispute or controversy arising with respect to this Agreement and your employment hereunder (whether based on contract or tort or upon any federal, state or local statute, including but not limited to claims asserted under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, any state Fair Employment Practices Act and/or the Americans with Disability Act) shall, at the election of either you or the Company, be submitted to JAMS/ENDISPUTE for resolution in arbitration in accordance with the rules and procedures of JAMS/ENDISPUTE. Either party shall make such election by delivering written notice thereof to the other party at any time (but not later than 45 days after such party receives notice of the commencement of any administrative or regulatory proceeding

16


 

or the filing of any lawsuit relating to any such dispute or controversy) and thereupon any such dispute or controversy shall be resolved only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.8. Any such proceedings shall take place in New York City before a single arbitrator (rather than a panel of arbitrators), pursuant to any streamlined or expedited (rather than a comprehensive) arbitration process, before a non-judicial (rather than a judicial) arbitrator, and in accordance with an arbitration process which, in the judgment of such arbitrator, shall have the effect of reasonably limiting or reducing the cost of such arbitration. The resolution of any such dispute or controversy by the arbitrator appointed in accordance with the procedures of JAMS/ENDISPUTE shall be final and binding. Judgment upon the award rendered by such arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof, and the parties consent to the jurisdiction of the New York courts for this purpose. The prevailing party shall be entitled to recover the costs of arbitration (including reasonable attorneys fees and the fees of experts) from the losing party. If at the time any dispute or controversy arises with respect to this Agreement, JAMS/ENDISPUTE is not in business or is no longer providing arbitration services, then the American Arbitration Association shall be substituted for JAMS/ENDISPUTE for the purposes of the foregoing provisions of this Section 11.8. If you shall be the prevailing party in such arbitration, the Company shall promptly pay, upon your demand, all legal fees, court costs and other costs and expenses incurred by you in any legal action seeking to enforce the award in any court.
          11.9 Beneficiaries . Whenever this Agreement provides for any payment to your estate, such payment may be made instead to such beneficiary or beneficiaries as you may designate by written notice to the Company. You shall have the right to revoke any such designation and to redesignate a beneficiary or beneficiaries by written notice to the Company (and to any applicable insurance company) to such effect.
          11.10 No Conflict . You represent and warrant to the Company that this Agreement is legal, valid and binding upon you and the execution of this Agreement and the performance of your obligations hereunder does not and will not constitute a breach of, or conflict with the terms or provisions of, any agreement or understanding to which you are a party (including, without limitation, any other employment agreement). The Company represents and warrants to you that this Agreement is legal, valid and binding upon the Company and the execution of this Agreement and the performance of the Company’s obligations hereunder does not and will not constitute a breach of, or conflict with the terms or provisions of, any agreement or understanding to which the Company is a party.

17


 

          11.11 Conflict of Interest. Attached as Annex B and made part of this Agreement is the Time Warner Corporate Standards of Business Conduct. You confirm that you have read, understand and will comply with the terms thereof and any reasonable amendments thereto. In addition, as a condition of your employment under this Agreement, you understand that you may be required periodically to confirm that you have read, understand and will comply with the Standards of Business Conduct as the same may be revised from time to time.
          11.12 Withholding Taxes . Payments made to you pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to withholding and social security taxes and other ordinary and customary payroll deductions.
          11.13 No Offset . Neither you nor the Company shall have any right to offset any amounts owed by one party hereunder against amounts owed or claimed to be owed to such party, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, and you and the Company shall make all the payments provided for in this Agreement in a timely manner.
          11.14 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby; provided, however, that the parties shall negotiate in good faith with respect to equitable modification of the provision or application thereof held to be invalid. To the extent that it may effectively do so under applicable law, each party hereby waives any provision of law which renders any provision of this Agreement invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect.
          11.15 Survival . Sections 3.4, 4.1, 4.3 7.3 and 8 through 11 shall survive any termination of the term of employment by the Company for cause pursuant to Section 4.1. Sections 3.4, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7 and 7 through 11 shall survive any termination of the term of employment pursuant to Sections 4.2, 5 or 6.
          11.16 Definitions . The following terms are defined in this Agreement in the places indicated:
affiliate — Section 4.2.2
Average Annual Bonus — Section 4.2.1
Base Amount — Section 4.7.1
Base Salary — Section 3.1
Bonus — Section 3.2
cause — Section 4.1
Code — Section 4.5

18


 

Company — the first paragraph on page 1 and Section 8.1
Competitive Entity — Section 8.2
Disability Date — Section 5
Disability Period — Section 5
Effective Date — the first paragraph on page 1
Effective Termination Date — Section 4.1
Equity Cessation Date — Section 4.2.2
Overpayment — Section 4.7.3
Parachute Amount — Section 4.7.1
Reduced Amount — Section 4.7.1
Severance Term Date — Section 4.2.2
Term Date — Section 1
term of employment — Section 1
termination without cause — Section 4.2.1
Work Product — Section 9
           11.17 Compliance with IRC Section 409A . This Agreement is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and will be interpreted in a manner intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) if at the time of your termination of employment with the Company you are a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A of the Code (and any related regulations or other pronouncements thereunder) and the deferral of the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable hereunder as a result of such termination of employment is necessary in order to prevent any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, then the Company will defer the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to you) until the date that is six months following your termination of employment with the Company (or the earliest date as is permitted under Section 409A of the Code) and (ii) if any other payments of money or other benefits due to you hereunder could cause the application of an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, such payments or other benefits shall be deferred if deferral will make such payment or other benefits compliant under Section 409A of the Code, or otherwise such payment or other benefits shall be restructured, to the extent possible, in a manner, determined by the Company, that does not cause such an accelerated or additional tax. To the extent any reimbursements or in-kind benefits due to you under this Agreement constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, any such reimbursements or in-kind benefits shall be paid to you in a manner consistent with Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv). Each payment made under this Agreement shall be designated as a “separate payment” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. References in this Agreement to your termination of active employment or your

19


 

Effective Termination Date shall be deemed to refer to the date upon which you have a “separation from service” with the Company and its affiliates within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. The Company shall consult with you in good faith regarding the implementation of the provisions of this Section 11.17; provided that neither the Company nor any of its employees or representatives shall have any liability to you with respect to thereto.

20


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
         
 
  TIME WARNER INC.
 
       
 
  By   /s/ Mark Wainger
 
       
 
       
 
  /s/ Gary Ginsberg
 
   
 
  Gary Ginsberg

21


 

ANNEX A
RELEASE
This Release is made by and among __________________ (“You” or “Your”) and TIME WARNER INC. (the “Company”), One Time Warner Center, New York, New York 10019 as of the date set forth below in connection with the Employment Agreement dated ____________, and effective as of ____________, and the letter agreement (the “Letter Agreement” between You and the Company dated as of ____________ (as so amended, the “Employment Agreement”), and in association with the termination of your employment with the Company.
In consideration of payments made to You and other benefits to be received by You by the Company and other benefits to be received by You pursuant to the Employment Agreement, as further reflected in the Letter Agreement, You, being of lawful age, do hereby release and forever discharge the Company, its successors, related companies, Affiliates, officers, directors, shareholders, subsidiaries, agents, employees, heirs, executors, administrators, assigns, benefit plans (including but not limited to the Time Warner Inc. Severance Pay Plan For Regular Employees) benefit plan sponsors and benefit plan administrators of and from any and all actions, causes of action, claims, or demands for general, special or punitive damages, attorney’s fees, expenses, or other compensation or damages (collectively, “Claims”), whether known or unknown, which in any way relate to or arise out of your employment with the Company or the termination of Your employment, which You may now have under any federal, state or local law, regulation or order, including without limitation, Claims related to any stock options held by You or granted to You by the Company that are scheduled to vest subsequent to Your termination of employment and Claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act (with the exception of Claims that may arise after the date You sign this Release, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended, the Family and Medical Leave Act and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, through and including the date of this Release; provided, however, that the execution of this Release shall not prevent You from bringing a lawsuit against the Company to enforce its obligations under the Employment Agreement and this Release.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, nothing in this Release shall prohibit or restrict You from (i) making any disclosure of information required by law; (ii) filing a charge with, providing information to, or testifying or otherwise assisting in any investigation or proceeding brought by, any federal regulatory or law enforcement agency or legislative body, any self-regulatory organization, or the Company’s legal, compliance or human resources officers; (iii) filing, testifying or participating in or otherwise assisting in a proceeding relating to an alleged violation of any federal, state or municipal law relating to fraud or any rule or regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any self-regulatory organization; or (iv) challenging the validity of my release of claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act. Provided, however, You acknowledge that You cannot recover any monetary damages or equitable relief in connection with a charge

22


 

brought by You or through any action brought by a third party with respect to the Claims released and waived in the Agreement. Further, notwithstanding the above, You are not waiving or releasing: (i) any claims arising after the Effective Date of this Agreement; (iii) any claims for enforcement of this Agreement; (iii) any rights or claims You may have to workers compensation or unemployment benefits; (iv) claims for accrued, vested benefits under any employee benefit plan of the Company in accordance with the terms of such plans and applicable law; and/or (v) any claims or rights which cannot be waived by law.
You further state that You have reviewed this Release, that You know and understand its contents, and that You have executed it voluntarily.
You acknowledge that You have been given ___ days to review this Release and to sign it. You also acknowledge that by signing this Release You may be giving up valuable legal rights and that You have been advised to consult with an attorney. You understand that You have the right to revoke Your consent to the Release for seven days following Your signing of the Release. You further understand that You will cease to receive any payments or benefits under this Agreement (except as set forth in Section 4.4 of the Agreement) if You do not sign this Release or if You revoke Your consent to the Release within seven days after signing the Release. The Release shall not become effective or enforceable with respect to claims under the Age Discrimination Act until the expiration of the seven-day period following Your signing of this Release. To revoke, You send a written statement of revocation by certified mail, return receipt requested, or by hand delivery. If You do not revoke, the Release shall become effective on the eighth day after You sign it.
       
Accepted and Agreed to:
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
Dated:
   
 
   

 


 

ANNEX B
TIME WARNER CORPORATE
STANDARDS OF BUSINESS CONDUCT

 

EXHIBIT 10.53
FORM OF
COMMERCIAL PAPER DEALER AGREEMENT
4(2) PROGRAM
among
Time Warner Inc.,
as Issuer
Historic TW Inc.,
as Note Guarantor
Home Box Office, Inc. and Turner Broadcasting System, Inc.,
as Supplemental Guarantors
and
[ ],
as Dealer
         
 
  Concerning Notes to be issued pursuant to an Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement dated as of February 16, 2011, among the Issuer, the Note Guarantor and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, as Issuing and Paying Agent    
Dated as of
February 16, 2011

 


 

COMMERCIAL PAPER DEALER AGREEMENT
4(2) Program
     This agreement (“Agreement”) dated February 16, 2011, sets forth the understandings among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Dealer, each named on the cover page hereof, in connection with the issuance and sale by the Issuer of its short-term promissory notes (the “Notes”) through the Dealer.
     Historic TW Inc. (the “Note Guarantor”) has agreed unconditionally and irrevocably to guarantee payment in full of the principal and interest (if any) on all such Notes of the Issuer, pursuant to a guarantee, dated as of February 16, 2011, in the form of Exhibit C hereto (the “Note Guarantee”), and Home Box Office, Inc. and Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. (the “Supplemental Guarantors”) have agreed unconditionally and irrevocably to guarantee the Note Guarantor’s guarantee of the Notes pursuant to guarantees dated February 16, 2011 in the form of Exhibit D hereto (the “Supplemental Guarantees”). The Note Guarantor and the Supplemental Guarantors are collectively referred to herein as the “Guarantors,” and the Note Guarantee and the Supplemental Guarantees are collectively referred to herein as the “Guarantees”.
     Certain terms used in this Agreement are defined in Section 6 hereof.
     The Addendum to this Agreement, and any Annexes or Exhibits described in this Agreement or such Addendum, are hereby incorporated into this Agreement and made fully a part hereof.
Section 1. Offers, Sales and Resales of Notes
     1.1 While (i) the Issuer has and shall have no obligation to sell the Notes to the Dealer or to permit the Dealer to arrange any sale of the Notes for the account of the Issuer, and (ii) the Dealer has and shall have no obligation to purchase the Notes from the Issuer or to arrange any sale of the Notes for the account of the Issuer, the parties hereto agree that in any case where the Dealer purchases Notes from the Issuer, or arranges for the sale of Notes by the Issuer, such Notes will be purchased or sold by the Dealer in reliance on the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of the Issuer contained herein or made pursuant hereto and on the terms and conditions and in the manner provided herein.
     1.2 So long as this Agreement shall remain in effect, and in addition to the limitations contained in Section 1.7 hereof, the Issuer shall not, without the consent of the Dealer, offer, solicit or accept offers to purchase, or sell, any Notes except (a) in transactions with one or more dealers which may from time to time after the date hereof become dealers with respect to the Notes by executing with the Issuer one or more agreements which contain provisions substantially identical to Section 1 of this Agreement, of which the Issuer hereby undertakes to provide the Dealer prompt notice or (b) in transactions with the other dealers listed on the Addendum hereto, which are executing agreements with the Issuer which contain provisions substantially identical to Section 1 of this Agreement contemporaneously herewith. In no event shall the Issuer offer, solicit or accept offers to purchase, or sell, any Notes directly on its own behalf in transactions with persons other than broker-dealers as specifically permitted in this Section 1.2.
     1.3 The Notes shall be in a minimum denomination or minimum amount, whichever is applicable, of $250,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, will bear such interest rates, if interest bearing, or will be sold at such discount from their face amounts, as shall be agreed upon by the Dealer and the Issuer at the time of each proposed sale, shall have a maturity not exceeding 365 days from the date of issuance (exclusive of days of grace) and shall not contain any provision for extension, renewal or automatic “rollover.”

2


 

     1.4 The authentication, delivery and payment of the Notes shall be effected in accordance with the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement and the Notes shall be either individual bearer physical certificates or represented by book-entry Notes registered in the name of DTC or its nominee in the form or forms annexed to the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.
     1.5 If the Issuer and the Dealer shall agree on the terms of the purchase of any Note by the Dealer or the sale of any Note arranged by the Dealer (including, but not limited to, agreement with respect to the date of issue, purchase price, principal amount, maturity and interest rate (in the case of interest-bearing Notes) or discount thereof (in the case of Notes issued on a discount basis), and appropriate compensation for the Dealer’s services hereunder) pursuant to this Agreement, the Issuer shall cause such Note to be issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement and payment for such Note shall be made by the purchaser thereof, either directly or through the Dealer, to the Issuing and Paying Agent, for the account of the Issuer. Except as otherwise agreed, in the event that the Dealer is acting as an agent and a purchaser shall either fail to accept delivery of or make payment for a Note on the date fixed for settlement, the Dealer shall promptly notify the Issuer, and if the Dealer has theretofore paid the Issuer for the Note, the Issuer will promptly return such funds to the Dealer against its return of the Note to the Issuer, in the case of a certificated Note, and upon notice of such failure in the case of a book-entry Note.
     1.6 All offers and sales of Notes by the Issuer shall be effected pursuant to the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Section 4(2) thereof, which exempts transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering. The Dealer and the Issuer hereby establish and agree to observe the following procedures in connection with offers, sales and subsequent resales or other transfers of the Notes:
     (a) Offers and sales of Notes shall be made only to investors reasonably believed by the Dealer to be: (i) Institutional Accredited Investors or Sophisticated Individual Accredited Investors, (ii) non-bank fiduciaries or agents that will be purchasing Notes for one or more accounts, each of which is reasonably believed by the Dealer to be an Institutional Accredited Investor or Sophisticated Individual Accredited Investor and (iii) Qualified Institutional Buyers (“QIBs”).
     (b) Resales and other transfers of Notes by the holders thereof shall be made only in accordance with the restrictions in the legends described in clause (e) below.
     (c) No general solicitation or general advertising shall be used in connection with any offering of the Notes. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, none of the Dealer, the Issuer, or any Guarantor shall issue any press release or place or publish any “tombstone” or other advertisement relating to the Notes without the prior written approval of the other party.
     (d) No sale of Notes to any one purchaser shall be for less than $250,000 principal or face amount, and no Note shall be issued in a smaller principal or face amount. If the purchaser is a non-bank fiduciary acting on behalf of others, each person for whom such purchaser is acting must purchase at least $250,000 principal or face amount of Notes.
     (e) Offers and sales of the Notes shall be made in accordance with Rule 506 under the Securities Act (other than the requirement set forth in Rule 503(a)), and shall be subject to the restrictions described in the legend appearing on Exhibit A hereto. A legend substantially to the effect of such Exhibit A shall appear as part of the Private Placement Memorandum used in connection with offers and sales of Notes hereunder, as well as on each Note offered and sold pursuant to this Agreement.
     (f) The Dealer shall furnish or shall have furnished to each purchaser of Notes for which it has acted as the dealer a copy of the then-current Private Placement Memorandum unless such purchaser has previously received a copy of the Private Placement Memorandum as then in

3


 

effect. The Private Placement Memorandum shall expressly state that any person to whom Notes are offered shall have an opportunity to ask questions of, and receive information from, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Dealer and shall provide the names, addresses and telephone numbers of the persons from whom information regarding the Issuer and the Guarantors may be obtained.
     (g) The Issuer agrees, for the benefit of the Dealer and each of the holders and prospective purchasers from time to time of Notes, that at any time that the Issuer shall not be subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Issuer will furnish, upon request and at its expense, to the Dealer and to holders and prospective purchasers of Notes information as to the Issuer and the Guarantors required by Rule 144A(d)(4)(i).
     (h) In the event that any Note offered or to be offered by the Dealer would be ineligible for resale under Rule 144A, the Issuer shall promptly notify the Dealer (by telephone, confirmed in writing) of such fact and shall promptly prepare and deliver to the Dealer an amendment or supplement to the Private Placement Memorandum describing the Notes that are ineligible, the reason for such ineligibility and any other relevant information relating thereto.
     (i) The Issuer and the Guarantors represent that the Guarantors are not presently issuing commercial paper in the United States market. In the event that one or more of the Guarantors does issue commercial paper in the United States market in reliance upon the exemption provided by Section 3(a)(3) of the Securities Act, the Issuer and the Guarantors agree that (a) the proceeds from sales of Notes will be segregated from proceeds of the sale of any such commercial paper by being placed in separate accounts, (b) the Issuer and the Guarantors will institute appropriate corporate procedures to ensure that offers and sales of commercial paper issued by the Guarantors are not integrated with offerings and sales of Notes hereunder and (c) the Issuer and the Guarantors will comply with the requirements of the Securities Act in selling commercial paper or other short-term debt securities other than the Notes in the United States.
     1.7 The Issuer and each Guarantor hereby represents and warrants to the Dealer, in connection with offers, sales and resales of Notes, as follows:
     (a) The Issuer and the Guarantors hereby confirm to the Dealer that within the preceding six months neither the Issuer, nor any Guarantor, nor any person other than the Dealer or the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof acting on behalf of the Issuer or a Guarantor has offered or sold any Notes, or any substantially similar security of the Issuer (including, without limitation, medium-term notes issued by the Issuer or a Guarantor with maturities less than 365 days), to, or solicited offers to buy any such security from, any person other than the Dealer or the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof. The Issuer and the Guarantors also agree that (except as permitted by Section 1.6(i) hereof), as long as the Notes are being offered for sale by the Dealer and the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof as contemplated hereby and until at least six months after the offer of Notes hereunder has been terminated, none of the Issuer, any Guarantor or any person other than the Dealer or the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof will offer the Notes or any substantially similar security of the Issuer or a Guarantor for sale to, or solicit offers to buy any such security from, any person other than the Dealer or the dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof (except as contemplated by Section 1.2 hereof), it being understood that such agreement is made with a view to bringing the offer and sale of the Notes within the exemption provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 thereunder and shall survive any termination of this Agreement. Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors hereby represents and warrants that it has not taken or omitted to take, and will not take or omit to take, any action that would cause the offering and sale of Notes hereunder to be integrated with any other offering of securities, whether such offering is made by the Issuer, a Guarantor or some other party or parties.
     (b) The Issuer represents and agrees that the proceeds of the sale of the Notes are not currently contemplated to be used for the purpose of buying, carrying or trading securities within the meaning of Regulation T and the interpretations thereunder by the Board of Governors

4


 

of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America. In the event that the Issuer determines to use such proceeds for the purpose of buying, carrying or trading securities, whether in connection with an acquisition of another company or otherwise, the Issuer shall give the Dealer at least five business days’ prior written notice to that effect. Thereafter, in the event that the Dealer purchases Notes as principal and does not resell such Notes on the day of such purchase, to the extent necessary to comply with Regulation T and the interpretations thereunder, the Dealer will sell such Notes only to offerees it reasonably believes to be QIBs or to QIBs it reasonably believes are acting for other QIBs, in each case in accordance with Rule 144A.
Section 2. Representations and Warranties of the Issuer and the Guarantors
The Issuer, with respect to Sections 2.1 through 2.10 and 2.20, and each Guarantor, for itself only, with respect to Sections 2.11 through 2.20, represents and warrants that:
     2.1 The Issuer is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation and has all the requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Notes, this Agreement and the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.
     2.2 This Agreement and the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Issuer and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with their terms subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law) and except as enforceability of the indemnification provisions of this Agreement may be limited by federal securities laws.
     2.3 The Notes have been duly authorized, and when issued and delivered as provided in the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, will be validly issued and delivered and will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with their terms subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).
     2.4 The offer and sale of Notes in the manner contemplated hereby do not require registration of the Notes under the Securities Act, pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(2) thereof, and no indenture in respect of the Notes is required to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.
     2.5 The Notes will rank at least pari passu with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of the Issuer.
     2.6 No consent or action of, or filing or registration with, any governmental or public regulatory body or authority, including the SEC, is required to authorize, or is otherwise required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of, this Agreement, the Notes or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, except as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states in connection with the offer and sale of the Notes.
     2.7 None of the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, the issuance and delivery of the Notes in accordance with the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, or the fulfillment of or compliance with the terms and provisions hereof or thereof by the Issuer, will (i) result in the creation or imposition of any mortgage, lien, charge or encumbrance of any nature whatsoever upon any of the properties or assets of the Issuer or (ii) violate or result in a breach or an event of default under any of the terms of the Issuer’s charter documents or by-laws, any material contract or instrument to which the Issuer is a party or by which it or its property is bound, or any law or regulation, or any order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or government instrumentality, to which the Issuer is

5


 

subject or by which it or its property is bound, which violation, breach or event of default is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the business, operations or financial condition of the Issuer and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or the ability of the Issuer to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Notes or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.
     2.8 There is no litigation or governmental proceeding pending, or to the knowledge of the Issuer threatened, against or affecting the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries which is reasonably likely to result in a material adverse change in the business, operations or financial condition of the Issuer and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or the ability of the Issuer to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Notes or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.
     2.9 The Issuer is not an “investment company” or an entity “controlled” by an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
     2.10 Neither the Private Placement Memorandum nor the Company Information (excluding Dealer Information) contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
     2.11 Such Guarantor is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation and has all the requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under its Guarantee, this Agreement and, in the case of the Note Guarantor, the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.
     2.12 This Agreement, the Guarantee of such Guarantor and, in the case of the Note Guarantor, the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Guarantor party thereto, and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of such Guarantor, enforceable against such Guarantor party thereto in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law) and except as enforceability of the indemnification provisions of this Agreement may be limited by federal securities laws.
     2.13 No consent or action of, or filing or registration with, any governmental or public regulatory body or authority, including the SEC, is required to authorize, or is otherwise required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of, this Agreement, the Guarantees or, in the case of the Note Guarantor, the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, except as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states in connection with the offer and sale of the Notes.
     2.14 Neither the execution and delivery by such Guarantor of this Agreement, the Guarantees and, in the case of the Note Guarantor, the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, nor the fulfillment of or compliance with the terms and provisions hereof or thereof by such Guarantor party thereto, as applicable, will (i) result in the creation or imposition of any mortgage, lien, charge or encumbrance of any nature whatsoever upon any of the respective properties or assets of such Guarantor or (ii) violate or result in a breach or an event of default under any of the terms of such Guarantor’s formation documents, any material contract or instrument to which such Guarantor is a party or by which it or its property is bound, or any law or regulation, or any order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or government instrumentality, to which such Guarantor is subject or by which it or its property is bound, which violation, breach or event of default is reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of such Guarantor and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or the ability of such Guarantor to perform its obligations under this Agreement, its respective Guarantee or, in the case of the Note Guarantor, the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.
     2.15 Such Guarantor’s Guarantee will rank at least pari passu with all other senior unsecured debt of such Guarantor.

6


 

     2.16 There is no litigation or governmental proceeding pending, or to the knowledge of such Guarantor threatened, against or affecting such Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries which is reasonably likely to result in a material adverse change in financial condition of such Guarantor and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or the ability of such Guarantor to perform its obligations under this Agreement, its Guarantee or, in the case of the Note Guarantor, the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.
     2.17 Such Guarantor is not an “investment company” or an entity “controlled” by an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
     2.18 The Guarantor Information does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
     2.19 The issuance of the Guarantees in the manner contemplated hereby does not require registration under the Securities Act, pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(2) thereof, and no indenture in respect of the Guarantees is required to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.
     2.20 Each issuance of Notes by the Issuer hereunder and each amendment or supplement to the Private Placement Memorandum shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Issuer and each Guarantor, as applicable, to the Dealer, as of the date thereof, that, both before and after giving effect to such issuance and after giving effect to such amendment or supplement, (i) the representations and warranties given by the Issuer and such Guarantor set forth above in this Section 2 remain true and correct on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date and (ii) in the case of an issuance of Notes, since the date of the most recent Private Placement Memorandum, there has been no material adverse change in the business, operations or financial condition of the Issuer or such Guarantor and its respective subsidiaries, taken as a whole, which has not been disclosed to the Dealer.
Section 3. Covenants and Agreements of Issuer and Guarantors
The Issuer and each Guarantor covenants and agrees, as applicable, that:
     3.1 The Issuer will give the Dealer prompt notice (but in any event prior to any subsequent issuance of Notes hereunder) of any amendment to, modification of, or waiver with respect to, the Notes, any Guarantee or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, including a complete copy of any such amendment, modification or waiver.
     3.2 The Issuer shall, whenever there shall occur any change in the business, operations or financial condition of the Issuer or a Guarantor or any development or occurrence in relation to the Issuer or a Guarantor that would be materially adverse to holders of the Notes or potential holders of the Notes, promptly, and in any event prior to any subsequent issuance of Notes hereunder, notify the Dealer (by telephone, confirmed in writing) of such change, development, or occurrence; provided that, to the extent any such development or occurrence is described in reasonable detail in any periodic or current report of the Issuer on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission and available to the Dealer on a timely basis, the Dealer shall be deemed notified in accordance herewith.
     3.3 The Issuer and each Guarantor shall from time to time furnish to the Dealer such publicly released information with respect to the Issuer or the Guarantors as the Dealer may reasonably request, including, without limitation, any press releases or other publicly released material provided by the Issuer or any Guarantor to any national securities exchange or rating agency, regarding (i) the Issuer’s and such Guarantor’s operations and financial condition, (ii) the due authorization and execution of the Notes or the applicable Guarantee and (iii) the Issuer’s ability to pay the Notes as they mature or such Guarantor’s ability to make payments under its Guarantee.
     3.4 The Issuer and each Guarantor will take such action as the Dealer may from time to time reasonably request to ensure that each offer and each sale of the Notes in the manner contemplated hereby

7


 

will comply with any applicable state Blue Sky laws; provided , that neither the Issuer nor any of the Guarantors shall be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.
     3.5 The Issuer shall not issue Notes hereunder until the Dealer shall have received (a) an opinion of counsel to the Issuer and the Guarantors, addressed to the Dealer, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Dealer, (b) a copy of the executed Guarantees, (c) a copy of the executed Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, (d) a copy of resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the Issuer, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Dealer and certified by the Secretary or similar officer of the Issuer, authorizing execution and delivery by the Issuer of this Agreement, the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement and the Notes and consummation by the Issuer of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, (e) a copy of resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of each Guarantor, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Dealer and certified by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the applicable Guarantor authorizing, as applicable, the execution and delivery by such Guarantor of this Agreement, its Guarantee and (in the case of the Note Guarantor) the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement and consummation by such Guarantor of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, (f) prior to the issuance of any Notes represented by a book-entry note registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, a copy of the executed Letter of Representations among the Issuer, the Issuing and Paying Agent and DTC dated February 16, 2011 and (g) such other certificates, opinions, letters and documents as the Dealer shall have reasonably requested.
     3.6 The Issuer shall not issue Notes such that the aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time would exceed the total amount of the available revolving credit commitments then in effect that may be drawn upon to pay the Notes under (a) the Credit Agreement dated as of January 19, 2011 (as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Revolving Credit Agreement”), among Time Warner Inc., Time Warner International Finance Limited, the Lenders party thereto, and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and (b) any other financing arrangements that replace or supplement the Revolving Credit Agreement.
Section 4. Disclosure
     4.1 The Private Placement Memorandum and its contents (other than the Dealer Information) shall be the sole responsibility of the Issuer and the Guarantors. The Private Placement Memorandum shall contain a statement expressly offering an opportunity for each prospective purchaser to ask questions of, and receive answers from, the Issuer and the Guarantors concerning the offering of Notes and to obtain relevant additional information which the Issuer or the Guarantors possess or can acquire without unreasonable effort or expense.
     4.2 Each of the Issuer and each Guarantor agrees to furnish the Dealer with the Company Information and the Guarantor Information promptly as it becomes available.
     4.3 (a) The Issuer and each Guarantor further agree to notify the Dealer promptly upon the occurrence of any event relating to or affecting it that would cause the Company Information or the Guarantor Information then in existence to include an untrue statement of material fact or to omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.
          (b) In the event that the Issuer or a Guarantor gives the Dealer notice pursuant to Section 4.3(a) and the Dealer notifies the Issuer that it then has Notes it is holding in inventory, the Issuer agrees promptly to supplement or amend the Private Placement Memorandum so that such Private Placement Memorandum, as amended or supplemented, shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and the Issuer shall make such supplement or amendment available to the Dealer.

8


 

          (c) In the event that (i) the Issuer or a Guarantor gives the Dealer notice pursuant to Section 4.3(a) and (ii) the Dealer does not notify the Issuer that it is then holding Notes in inventory and (iii) the Issuer chooses not to promptly amend or supplement the Private Placement Memorandum in the manner described in clause (b) above, then all solicitations and sales of Notes shall be suspended until such time as the Issuer has so amended or supplemented the Private Placement Memorandum, and made such amendment or supplement available to the Dealer.
     4.4 The Issuer agrees that it shall not have outstanding at any time Notes issued in an aggregate amount in excess of the authorized amount of the respective Guarantees.
Section 5. Indemnification and Contribution
     5.1 The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will indemnify and hold harmless the Dealer, each individual, corporation, partnership, trust, association or other entity controlling the Dealer, any affiliate of the Dealer or any such controlling entity and their respective directors, officers, employees, partners, incorporators, shareholders, servants, trustees and agents (hereinafter the “Indemnitees”) against any and all liabilities, penalties, suits, causes of action, losses, damages, claims, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) or judgments of whatever kind or nature (each a “Claim”), imposed upon, incurred by or asserted against the Indemnitees arising out of or based upon (i) any allegation that the Private Placement Memorandum, the Company Information or, the Guarantor Information included (as of any relevant time) or includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted (as of any relevant time) or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading or (ii) the breach by the Issuer or a Guarantor of any agreement, covenant or representation made in or pursuant to this Agreement. This indemnification shall not apply to the extent that the Claim arises out of or is based upon Dealer Information or the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Dealer in the performance, or failure to perform, its obligations under this Agreement.
     5.2 Provisions relating to claims made for indemnification under this Section 5 are set forth on Exhibit B to this Agreement.
     5.3 In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnification provided for in this Section 5 is held to be unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless the Indemnitees, although applicable in accordance with the terms of this Section 5, the Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally shall contribute to the aggregate costs incurred by the Dealer in connection with any Claim in the proportion of the respective economic interests of the Issuer and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Dealer, on the other hand; provided , however, that such contribution by the Issuer and the Guarantors shall be in an amount such that the aggregate costs incurred by the Dealer do not exceed the aggregate of the commissions and fees earned by the Dealer hereunder with respect to the issue or issues of Notes to which such Claim relates. The respective economic interests shall be calculated by reference to the aggregate proceeds to the Issuer of the Notes issued hereunder and the aggregate commissions and fees earned by the Dealer hereunder.
Section 6. Definitions
     6.1 “Claim” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.
     6.2 “Company Information” at any given time shall mean the Private Placement Memorandum together with, to the extent applicable, (i) the Issuer’s most recent report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC and each report on Form 10-Q or 8-K filed by the Issuer with the SEC since the most recent Form 10-K, in each case as amended and/or restated from time to time, (ii) any other publicly available recent reports of the Issuer, including, but not limited to, any publicly available filings or reports provided to its shareholders, (iii) any other information or disclosure prepared pursuant to Section 4.3 hereof and (iv) any information prepared or approved by the Issuer for dissemination to investors or potential investors in the Notes.

9


 

     6.3 “Dealer” shall mean the Dealer named on the cover page of this Agreement.
     6.4 “Dealer Information” shall mean material concerning the Dealer and provided by the Dealer in writing expressly for inclusion in the Private Placement Memorandum.
     6.5 “DTC” shall mean The Depository Trust Company.
     6.6 “Exchange Act” shall mean the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
     6.7 “Guarantor Information” at any given time shall mean information with respect to a Guarantor or the Guarantors contained in the Private Placement Memorandum together with, (i) to the extent prepared and publicly filed by the applicable Guarantor, the respective Guarantor’s most recent annual audited financial statements and each interim financial statement or report prepared subsequent thereto, (ii) the Guarantor’s other publicly available recent reports, including, but not limited to, any publicly available filings or reports provided to its shareholders, (iii) any other information or disclosure prepared pursuant to Section 4.3 hereof and (iv) any information prepared or approved by the respective Guarantor for dissemination to investors or potential investors in the Notes.
     6.8 “Indemnitee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.
     6.9 “Institutional Accredited Investor” shall mean an institutional investor that is an accredited investor within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and that has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating and bearing the economic risk of an investment in the Notes, including, but not limited to, a bank, as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or a savings and loan association or other institution, as defined in Section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act, whether acting in its individual or fiduciary capacity.
     6.10 “Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement” shall mean the issuing and paying agency agreement described on the cover page of this Agreement, as such agreement may be amended or supplemented from time to time.
     6.11 “Issuing and Paying Agent” shall mean the party designated as such on the cover page of this Agreement, as issuing and paying agent under the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.
     6.12 “Non-bank fiduciary or agent” shall mean a fiduciary or agent other than (a) a bank, as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or (b) a savings and loan association, as defined in Section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act.
     6.13 “Private Placement Memorandum” shall mean offering materials prepared in accordance with Section 4 (including materials referred to therein or incorporated by reference therein) provided to purchasers and prospective purchasers of the Notes, and shall include amendments and supplements thereto which may be prepared from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (other than any amendment or supplement that has been completely superseded by a later amendment or supplement).
     6.14 “Qualified Institutional Buyer” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in Rule 144A under the Securities Act.
     6.15 “Revolving Credit Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.6.
     6.16 “Rule 144A” shall mean Rule 144A under the Securities Act.
     6.17 “SEC” shall mean the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
     6.18 “Securities Act” shall mean the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

10


 

     6.19 “Sophisticated Individual Accredited Investor” shall mean an individual who (a) is an accredited investor within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and (b) based on his or her pre-existing relationship with the Dealer, is reasonably believed by the Dealer to be a sophisticated investor (i) possessing such knowledge and experience (or represented by a fiduciary or agent possessing such knowledge and experience) in financial and business matters that he or she is capable of evaluating and bearing the economic risk of an investment in the Notes and (ii) having not less than $5 million in investments (as defined, for purposes of this section, in Rule 2a51-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended).
Section 7. General
     7.1 Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices under this Agreement to parties hereto shall be in writing and shall be effective when received at the address of the respective party set forth in the Addendum to this Agreement.
     7.2 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflict of laws provisions.
     7.3 The Issuer, each Guarantor and the Dealer agree that any suit, action or proceeding brought by any of them against another in connection with or arising out of this Agreement or the Notes or the offer and sale of the Notes shall be brought solely in the United States federal courts located in the borough of Manhattan or the courts of the State of New York located in the Borough of Manhattan. EACH OF THE DEALER, THE ISSUER AND EACH GUARANTOR WAIVES ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
     7.4 This Agreement may be terminated, at any time, by the Issuer, upon four business day’s prior notice to such effect to the Dealer, or by the Dealer upon four business day’s prior notice to such effect to the Issuer. Any such termination, however, shall not affect the obligations of the Issuer or the Guarantors under Sections 5 and 7.3 hereof or the respective representations, warranties, agreements, covenants, rights or responsibilities of the parties made or arising prior to the termination of this Agreement.
     7.5 This Agreement is not assignable by any party hereto without the written consent of the other parties, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, except that such consent shall not be required in connection with an assignment by the Dealer of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to an entity (“Successor Entity”) in which the Dealer merges or which acquires all or substantially all of the Dealer’s assets (including its rights and obligations under this Agreement) if the debt rating given by each of Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s to the long-term senior unsecured debt of the Successor Entity is not lower than the debt rating given by Standard & Poor’s or Moody’s, as applicable, to the long-term senior unsecured debt of the Dealer.
     7.6 This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.
     7.7 This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Issuer, each Guarantor and the Dealer and their respective successors. Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, firm or corporation, other than the parties hereto and their respective successors any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. This Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof are intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors, and for the benefit of no other person, firm or corporation. No purchaser of Notes shall be deemed to be a successor by reason merely of such purchase.
     7.8 The parties acknowledge and agree that effective upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement among the Issuer, Historic TW Inc., TW AOL

11


 

Holdings Inc., the Supplemental Guarantors and the Dealer, dated as of January 25, 2007, relating to the sale and placement of short-term promissory notes within the United States (the “Prior Agreement”) shall terminate (other than those provisions which are expressed in the Prior Agreement to survive termination) and the parties waive the required notice period in Section 7.3 of the Prior Agreement.
     7.9 The Issuer and Guarantors acknowledge and agree that in connection with the purchase and sale of the Notes or any other services the Dealer may be deemed to be providing hereunder, notwithstanding any preexisting relationship, advisory or otherwise, between the parties or any oral representations or assurances previously or subsequently made by the Dealer: (i) except to the extent explicitly set forth herein, no fiduciary or agency relationship between the Issuer and Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Dealer, on the other, exists in respect of this Agreement or the purchase and sale of the Notes; (ii) the Dealer is not acting as advisor, expert or otherwise, to either the Issuer or any of the Guarantors, including, without limitation, with respect to the determination of the offering price of the Notes, and such relationship between the Issuer and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Dealer, on the other, is entirely and solely commercial, based on arms-length negotiations; and (iii) the Dealer and its affiliates may have interests that differ from those of the Issuer or the Guarantors.
     7.10 Upon the release of a Guarantee and of the applicable Guarantor from its obligations under such Guarantee in accordance with such Guarantee, such Guarantor shall cease to be a party to this Agreement, without any notice or action being required.

12


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date and year first above written.
         
  Time Warner Inc. , as Issuer
 
 
  By:      
  Name:   Edward B. Ruggiero   
  Title:   Senior Vice President and Treasurer   
 
  Historic TW Inc. , as Note Guarantor
 
 
  By:      
  Name:   Edward B. Ruggiero   
  Title:   Senior Vice President and Treasurer   
 
  Home Box Office, Inc. , as Supplemental Guarantor
 
 
  By:      
  Name:   Edward B. Ruggiero   
  Title:   Senior Vice President and Assistant Treasurer   
 
  Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. , as Supplemental
Guarantor
 
 
  By:      
  Name:   Edward B. Ruggiero   
  Title:   Senior Vice President and Assistant Treasurer   
 
  [ ] , as Dealer
 
 
  By:      
  Name:      
  Title:      
 

13


 

ADDENDUM
1.   The dealers referred to in clause (b) of Section 1.2 of the Agreement are: [ ] .
 
2.   The addresses of the respective parties for purposes of notices under Section 7.1 are as follows:
         
For the Issuer :    
 
       
Address:
      Time Warner Inc.
 
      One Time Warner Center
 
      New York, NY 10019
 
      Attention: Treasurer
 
      Telephone: (212) 484-8378
 
       
    With a copy to the same address:
 
       
 
      Attention: Assistant Treasurer, Treasury Operations
 
      Telephone: (212) 484-8378
 
       
For the Guarantors :    
 
       
Address:
      Historic TW Inc.
 
      One Time Warner Center
 
      New York, NY 10019
 
      Attention: Treasurer
 
      Telephone: (212) 484-8378
 
       
    With a copy to the same address:
 
       
 
      Attention: Assistant Treasurer, Treasury Operations
 
      Telephone: (212) 484-8378
 
       
Address:
      Home Box Office, Inc.
 
      1100 Avenue of the Americas
 
      New York, NY 10036
 
      Attention: Assistant Treasurer
 
      Telephone number: (212) 484-8378
 
       
    With a copy to Time Warner at its address set forth above.
 
       
Address:
      Turner Broadcasting System, Inc.
 
      One CNN Center
 
      Atlanta, GA 30303
 
      Attention: Assistant Treasurer
 
      Telephone number: (212) 484-8378
 
       
    With a copy to Time Warner at its address set forth above.

14


 

         
For the Dealer:    
 
      Address: [ ]
 
      Telephone number: [ ]
 
      Fax number: [ ]

15


 

EXHIBIT A
FORM OF LEGEND FOR
PRIVATE PLACEMENT MEMORANDUM AND NOTES
THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES OFFERED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAW, AND OFFERS AND SALES THEREOF MAY BE MADE ONLY IN COMPLIANCE WITH AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF A NOTE, THE PURCHASER WILL BE DEEMED TO REPRESENT THAT IT HAS BEEN AFFORDED AN OPPORTUNITY TO INVESTIGATE MATTERS RELATING TO THE ISSUER AND THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES AND THE GUARANTORS, THAT IT IS NOT ACQUIRING SUCH NOTE WITH A VIEW TO ANY DISTRIBUTION THEREOF AND THAT IT IS EITHER (A) AN INSTITUTIONAL INVESTOR OR HIGHLY SOPHISTICATED INDIVIDUAL INVESTOR THAT IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a) UNDER THE ACT AND WHICH, IN THE CASE OF AN INDIVIDUAL, (i) POSSESSES SUCH KNOWLEDGE AND EXPERIENCE IN FINANCIAL AND BUSINESS MATTERS THAT HE OR SHE IS CAPABLE OF EVALUATING AND BEARING THE ECONOMIC RISK OF AN INVESTMENT IN THE NOTES AND (ii) HAS NOT LESS THAN $5 MILLION IN INVESTMENTS (AS DEFINED, FOR PURPOSES OF THIS PARAGRAPH, IN RULE 2A51-1 UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940, AS AMENDED) (AN “INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR” OR “SOPHISTICATED INDIVIDUAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR”, RESPECTIVELY) AND THAT EITHER IS PURCHASING NOTES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, IS A U.S. BANK (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(a)(2) OF THE ACT) OR A SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION OR OTHER INSTITUTION (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(a)(5)(A) OF THE ACT) ACTING IN ITS INDIVIDUAL OR FIDUCIARY CAPACITY OR IS A FIDUCIARY OR AGENT (OTHER THAN SUCH A BANK OR SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION OR OTHER INSTITUTION) PURCHASING NOTES FOR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS EACH OF WHICH IS SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR OR SOPHISTICATED INDIVIDUAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR (i) WHICH ITSELF POSSESSES SUCH KNOWLEDGE AND EXPERIENCE OR (ii) WITH RESPECT TO WHICH SUCH PURCHASER HAS SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION; OR (B) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (“QIB”) WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE ACT WHICH IS ACQUIRING NOTES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS, EACH OF WHICH IS A QIB AND WITH RESPECT TO EACH OF WHICH THE PURCHASER HAS SOLE INVESTMENT DISCRETION; AND THE PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS AWARE THAT THE SELLER MAY RELY UPON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A. BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF A NOTE, THE PURCHASER THEREOF SHALL ALSO BE DEEMED TO AGREE THAT ANY RESALE OR OTHER TRANSFER THEREOF WILL BE MADE ONLY (A) IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT, EITHER (i) TO THE ISSUER OR TO __________________________ OR ANOTHER PERSON DESIGNATED BY THE ISSUER AS A PLACEMENT AGENT FOR THE NOTES (COLLECTIVELY, THE “PLACEMENT AGENTS”), NONE OF WHICH SHALL HAVE ANY OBLIGATION TO ACQUIRE SUCH NOTE, (ii) THROUGH A PLACEMENT AGENT TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR OR SOPHISTICATED INDIVIDUAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR OR A QIB BY A PLACEMENT AGENT OR (iii) TO A QIB IN A TRANSACTION THAT MEETS THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A AND (B) IN MINIMUM AMOUNTS OF $250,000.

16


 

EXHIBIT B
FURTHER PROVISIONS RELATING
TO INDEMNIFICATION
     (a) The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally agree to reimburse each Indemnitee for all expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of external counsel) as they are incurred by it in connection with investigating or defending any loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect of which indemnification may be sought under Section 5 of the Agreement (whether or not it is a party to any such proceedings).
     (b) Promptly after receipt by an Indemnitee of notice of the existence of a Claim, such Indemnitee will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Issuer or any Guarantor, notify the Issuer and such Guarantor in writing of the existence thereof; provided that (i) the omission so to notify either or both the Issuer or such Guarantor will not relieve either of them from any liability which it may have hereunder unless and except to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such Claim and such failure results in the forfeiture by each of them of substantial rights and defenses and (ii) the omission so to notify the Issuer or such Guarantor will not relieve it from liability which it may have to an Indemnitee otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. In case any such Claim is made against any Indemnitee and it notifies the Issuer and the Guarantors of the existence thereof, the Issuer and the Guarantors will be entitled to participate therein, and to the extent that any of them may elect by written notice delivered to the Indemnitee, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnitee; provided that if the defendants in any such Claim include both the Indemnitee and the Issuer or any Guarantor and the Indemnitee shall have concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it which are different from or additional to those available to the Issuer or such Guarantor(s), neither the Issuer nor such Guarantor(s) shall have the right to direct the defense of such Claim on behalf of such Indemnitee, and the Indemnitee shall have the right to select separate counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer to assert such legal defenses on behalf of such Indemnitee. Upon receipt of notice from the Issuer or a Guarantor to such Indemnitee of the election of the Issuer or such Guarantor(s) so to assume the defense of such Claim and approval by the Indemnitee of counsel, the Issuer and such Guarantor(s) will not be liable to such Indemnitee for expenses incurred thereafter by the Indemnitee in connection with the defense thereof (other than reasonable costs of investigation) unless (i) the Indemnitee shall have employed separate counsel in connection with the assertion of legal defenses in accordance with the proviso to the next preceding sentence (it being understood, however, that the Issuer and the Guarantors shall not be liable for the expenses of more than one separate counsel (in addition to any local counsel in the jurisdiction in which any Claim is brought), approved by the Dealer, representing the Indemnitee who is party to such Claim), (ii) the Issuer or such Guarantor(s) shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee to represent the Indemnitee within a reasonable time after notice of existence of the Claim or (iii) the Issuer or any Guarantor has authorized in writing the employment of counsel for the Indemnitee. The indemnity, reimbursement and contribution obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors hereunder shall be in addition to any other liability the Issuer and the Guarantors may otherwise have to an Indemnitee and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives of the Issuer, the Guarantors and any Indemnitee. The Issuer and each Guarantor agrees that without the Dealer’s prior written consent it will not settle, compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment in any Claim in respect of which any Indemnitee is or could have been a party and indemnification may be sought under the indemnification provision of the Agreement, unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each Indemnitee from all liability arising out of such Claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or failure to act, buy or on behalf of any Indemnitee; provided, that if the conditions set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) are satisfied, the Dealer shall not unreasonably without or delay its consent to a settlement, compromise or consent to the entry of a judgment in respect of such a Claim.

17


 

EXHIBIT C
FORM OF GUARANTEE
      GUARANTEE , dated as of February 16, 2011 (this “Guarantee”), of HISTORIC TW INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Note Guarantor”).
     The Note Guarantor, for value received, hereby irrevocably guarantees payment in full, as and when the same becomes due and payable, of the principal of and interest, if any, on the promissory notes (the “Notes”) issued by TIME WARNER INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), from time to time pursuant to the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, dated as of February 16, 2011, as the same may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time (the “Agreement”), among the Company, the Note Guarantor and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association (“JPMorgan”) in the form of (i) certificated notes or (ii) book-entry obligations evidenced by a master note payable to The Depository Trust Company or its nominee. The Note Guarantor’s obligations under this Guarantee shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity or enforceability of any provision of the Agreement or the Notes.
     This Guarantee is a guaranty of the due and punctual payment (and not collectibility) of all obligations of the Company in respect of the Notes and, unless the Note Guarantor is released from its obligations hereunder as provided below, shall remain in full force and effect until all amounts have been validly, finally and irrevocably paid in full, and shall not be affected in any way by any circumstance or condition whatsoever, including without limitation (a) the absence of any action to obtain such amounts from the Company, (b) any variation, extension, waiver, compromise or release of any or all of the obligations of the Company under the Agreement or the Notes or of any collateral security therefor or (c) any change in the existence or structure of, or the bankruptcy or insolvency of, the Company or by any other circumstance (other than by complete, irrevocable payment) that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. The Note Guarantor waives all requirements as to promptness, diligence, presentment, demand for payment, protest and notice of any kind with respect to the Agreement and the Notes.
     Any term or provision of this Guarantee to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the Note Guarantor’s obligations hereunder shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby guaranteed without rendering this Guarantee voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.
     Any term or provision of this Guarantee to the contrary notwithstanding, the Note Guarantor shall be automatically released from its obligations under this Guarantee, and the guaranty of the Note Guarantor shall be automatically released, upon receipt by JPMorgan of a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Company certifying that the Note Guarantor has no outstanding Indebtedness for Borrowed Money as of the date of such certificate, other than any other guarantee of Indebtedness for Borrowed Money that will be released concurrently with the release of this Guarantee. Capitalized terms used in this paragraph but not defined herein have the meaning assigned to them in the Credit Agreement, dated as of January 19, 2011 among the Company, Time Warner International Finance Limited, the lenders party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent).
     This Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect or shall be reinstated (as the case may be) if at any time any payment of the Company, in whole or in part, is rescinded or must otherwise be returned by the holder upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made; provided that this Guarantee shall not be so reinstated if released as provided above.
     This Guarantee shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York.
         
  HISTORIC TW INC.
 
 
  By:      
       
       
 

18


 

EXHIBIT D
FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL GUARANTEE
      SUPPLEMENTAL GUARANTEE , dated as of February 16, 2011 (this “Supplemental Guarantee”), of [Name of Supplemental Guarantor] , a corporation organized under the laws of ___________ (the “Supplemental Guarantor”).
     The Supplemental Guarantor, for value received, hereby irrevocably guarantees the full payment of all monetary obligations of Historic TW Inc., a Delaware corporation (“HTW”), under the Guarantee (the “HTW Guarantee”) dated the date hereof given by HTW with respect to the payment of principal and interest on promissory notes the (“Notes”) issued by Time Warner Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), from time to time pursuant to the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, dated as of February 16, 2011, as the same may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time (the “Agreement”), among the Issuer, HTW and JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association (“JPMorgan”), in the form of (i) certificated notes or (ii) book-entry obligations evidenced by a master note payable to The Depository Trust Company or its nominee, as and when the same becomes due and payable. The Supplemental Guarantor’s obligations under this Supplemental Guarantee shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity or enforceability of any provision of the Agreement, the Notes or the HTW Guarantee.
     This Supplemental Guarantee is a guaranty of the due and punctual payment (and not collectibility) of all obligations of HTW in respect of the HTW Guarantee and, unless the Supplemental Guarantor is released from its obligations hereunder as provided below, shall remain in full force and effect until all amounts have been validly, finally and irrevocably paid in full, and shall not be affected in any way by any circumstance or condition whatsoever, including without limitation (a) the absence of any action to obtain such amounts from HTW or the Issuer, (b) any variation, extension, waiver, compromise or release of any or all of the obligations of HTW under the HTW Guarantee or the Issuer under the Agreement or the Notes or of any collateral security therefor, or (c) any change in the existence or structure of, or the bankruptcy or insolvency of, HTW or the Issuer or by any other circumstance (other than by complete, irrevocable payment) that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. The Supplemental Guarantor waives all requirements as to promptness, diligence, presentment, demand for payment, protest and notice of any kind with respect to the HTW Guarantee, the Agreement or the Notes.
     Any term or provision of this Supplemental Guarantee to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the Supplemental Guarantor’s obligations hereunder shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby guaranteed without rendering this Supplemental Guarantee voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.
     Any term or provision of this Supplemental Guarantee to the contrary notwithstanding, the Supplemental Guarantor shall be automatically released from its obligations under this Supplemental Guarantee, and the guaranty of the Supplemental Guarantor shall be automatically released, upon receipt by JPMorgan of a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Company certifying that the Supplemental Guarantor has no outstanding Indebtedness for Borrowed Money as of the date of such certificate, other than any other guarantee of Indebtedness for Borrowed Money that will be released concurrently with the release of this Supplemental Guarantee. Capitalized terms used used in this paragraph but not defined herein have the meaning assigned to them in the Credit Agreement, dated as of January 19, 2011 among the Company, Time Warner International Finance Limited, the lenders party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent).
     This Supplemental Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect or shall be reinstated (as the case may be) if at any time any payment of HTW, in whole or in part, is rescinded or must otherwise be returned by the holder upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of HTW or otherwise, all as though such

19


 

payment had not been made; provided that this Supplemental Guarantee shall not be so reinstated if released as provided above.
     This Supplemental Guarantee shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York.
         
  [NAME OF SUPPLEMENTAL GUARANTOR]
 
 
  By:      
       
       
 

20

EXHIBIT 21
SUBSIDIARIES OF TIME WARNER INC.
Time Warner maintains approximately 1,000 subsidiaries. Set forth below are the names of certain controlled subsidiaries, at least 50% owned, directly or indirectly, of Time Warner as of December 31, 2010, that carry on a substantial portion of Time Warner’s lines of business. The names of various consolidated wholly owned subsidiaries have been omitted. The omitted subsidiaries, when considered in the aggregate as a single subsidiary, would not constitute a significant subsidiary as of December 31, 2010.
     
    State or Other
    Jurisdiction of
Name   Incorporation
Time Warner Inc. (Registrant)
  Delaware
Historic AOL LLC
  Delaware
Historic TW Inc.
  Delaware
Turner Broadcasting System, Inc.
  Georgia
Cable News Network, Inc.
  Delaware
Cable News International, Inc.
  Delaware
CNN America, Inc.
  Delaware
CNN Interactive Group, Inc.
  Delaware
CNN Newsource Sales, Inc.
  Georgia
CTG Inversora S.A.
  Argentina
Red de Television Chilevision S.A.
  Chile
Turner Entertainment Networks Inc.
  Georgia
Courtroom Television Network LLC (dba truTV)
  New York
Superstation, Inc.
  Georgia
TEN Network Holding, Inc.
  Delaware
The Cartoon Network, Inc.
  Delaware
Turner Classic Movies, Inc.
  Delaware
Turner Network Television, Inc.
  Delaware
Turner Broadcasting System Asia Pacific, Inc.
   
(formerly named Turner Entertainment Networks Asia, Inc. )
  Georgia
Japan Entertainment Network KK (dba Cartoon Network Japan (CNJ))
  Japan
Japan Image Communications Company Ltd. KK.
  Japan
Turner Entertainment Holdings Asia Pacific Limited
  Hong Kong
Turner General Entertainment Networks India Private Limited
  India
Turner Broadcasting Sales, Inc. (dba Turner Entertainment New Media)
  Georgia

 


 

     
    State or Other
    Jurisdiction of
Name   Incorporation
Turner Broadcasting System International, Inc.
  Georgia
Turner Broadcasting System Latin America, Inc.
  Georgia
Turner Network Sales, Inc.
  Georgia
Turner Sports, Inc.
  Georgia
Time Inc.
  Delaware
Entertainment Weekly Inc.
  Delaware
Essence Communications Inc.
  Delaware
Expansión, S.A. de C.V. (Grupo Editorial Expansión)
  Mexico
Media Networks, Inc.
  Delaware
Quality Service Programs Inc.
  Canada
Southern Progress Corporation
  Delaware
Oxmoor House, Inc.
  Delaware
Sunset Publishing Corporation
  Delaware
Time Inc. Lifestyle Group
  Delaware
This Old House Ventures, Inc.
  Delaware
Time Consumer Marketing, Inc.
  Delaware
Synapse Group, Inc.
  Delaware
Time Customer Service, Inc.
  Delaware
Time Direct Ventures LLC
  Delaware
TI Media Solutions Inc. (formerly named QSP, Inc.)
  Delaware
Time/Warner Retail Sales & Marketing Inc.
  New York
Time Home Entertainment Inc.
  Delaware
Time Warner Media Holdings B.V.
  Netherlands
Time Warner Publishing B.V.
  Netherlands
Warner Communications Inc.
  Delaware
DC Comics (partnership)
  New York
E.C. Publications, Inc.
  New York
Home Box Office, Inc.
  Delaware
HBO Central Europe Holdings Inc.
  Delaware
HBO Services, Inc.
  Delaware
TW UK Holdings Inc.
  Delaware
IPC Group Limited
  United Kingdom
Marketforce (U.K.) Limited
  United Kingdom
Time Warner Entertainment Limited
  United Kingdom
Shed Media plc
  United Kingdom
TT Games Ltd.
  United Kingdom
Turner Broadcasting System Europe Limited
  United Kingdom
Turner Entertainment Networks International Limited
  United Kingdom
TW Ventures Inc.
  Delaware
Castle Rock Entertainment
  California
Castle Rock Entertainment, Inc.
  Georgia
The Keres Corporation
  California
Warner Bros. (F.E.) Inc.
  Delaware
Warner Bros. (South) Inc.
  Delaware
Warner Bros. Entertainment Inc.
  Delaware
Burbank Television Enterprises LLC
  Delaware

 


 

     
    State or Other
    Jurisdiction of
Name   Incorporation
Telepictures Production Inc.
  Delaware
Warner Bros. International Television Distribution Inc.
  Delaware
Warner Bros. Television Distribution Inc.
  Delaware
Warner Horizon Television Inc.
  Delaware
WBTV Distribution Inc.
  Delaware
New Line Cinema LLC
  Delaware
New Line Distribution, Inc.
  California
New Line Home Entertainment, Inc.
  New York
New Line Productions, Inc.
  California
New Line Television, Inc.
  California
New Line Theatricals, Inc.
  New York
Warner Bros. Animation Inc.
  Delaware
Warner Bros. Consumer Products Inc.
  Delaware
Warner Bros. Entertainment Australia Pty Limited
  Australia
Warner Bros. Enterprises LLC
  Delaware
Warner Specialty Films Inc.
  Delaware
Warner Bros. Technical Operations Inc.
  Delaware
Warner Bros. Distributing Inc.
  Delaware
WB Studio Enterprises Inc.
  Delaware
Warner Bros. Home Entertainment Inc.
  Delaware
WB Games Inc.
  Washington
Turbine, Inc.
  Delaware
Warner Bros. Entertainment GmbH.
  Germany
Warner Bros. Entertainment Espana S.L.
  Spain
Warner Bros. Entertainment France S.A.S.
  France
Warner Bros. (Korea) Inc.
  Korea
Warner Bros. Theatrical Enterprises LLC
  Delaware
Warner Village Cinemas S.p.A.
  Italy
WB Communications Inc.
  Delaware
The CW Network LLC
  California
WTTA Incorporated
  Delaware
Hanna-Barbera Entertainment Co., Inc.
  California
Hanna-Barbera, Inc.
  Georgia
Turner Entertainment Co.
  Delaware
Warner Entertainment Japan Inc.
  Japan
Time Warner International Finance Limited
  United Kingdom
Time Warner Realty Inc.
  Delaware
TW AOL Holdings LLC
  Virginia

 

EXHIBIT 23
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements of Time Warner Inc. (“Time Warner”) of our reports dated February 18, 2011, with respect to the consolidated financial statements, supplementary information and schedule of Time Warner and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Time Warner, included in its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
             
1) No. 333-53568
  7) No. 333-84858   12) No. 333-123276   17) No. 333-157446
2) No. 333-53572
  8) No. 333-102787   13) No. 333-123278   18) No. 333-158419
3) No. 333-53574
  9) No. 333-104134   14) No. 333-137291   19) No. 333-165156
4) No. 333-53578
  10) No. 333-104135   15) No. 333-137292   20) No. 333-166599
5) No. 333-53580
  11) No. 333-105384   16) No. 333-142536   21) No. 333-168551
6) No. 333-54518
           
         
Ernst & Young  
  /s/  Ernst & Young  
 
New York, NY
February 18, 2011

EXHIBIT 31.1
CERTIFICATIONS
I, Jeffrey L. Bewkes, certify that:
  1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Time Warner Inc.;
  2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
  3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
  4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
         (a)       Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
         (b)       Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
         (c)       Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
         (d)       Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
  5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
         (a)       All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
         (b)       Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
         
     
Date: February  18, 2011  By:   /s/  Jeffrey L. Bewkes  
    Name:   Jeffrey L. Bewkes   
    Title:   Chief Executive Officer
Time Warner Inc. 
 

 

         
EXHIBIT 31.2
CERTIFICATIONS
I, John K. Martin, Jr., certify that:
  1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Time Warner Inc.;
  2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
  3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
  4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
         (a)       Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
         (b)       Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
         (c)       Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
         (d)       Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
  5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
         (a)       All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
         (b)       Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
         
     
Date: February  18, 2011  By:   /s/  John K. Martin, Jr.  
    Name:   John K. Martin, Jr.   
    Title:   Executive Vice President, Chief Financial
and Administrative Officer
Time Warner Inc. 
 

 

         
EXHIBIT 32
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
     In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Time Warner Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), for the year ended December 31, 2010, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), each of the undersigned officers of the Company certifies pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to his respective knowledge:
     1.     the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
     2.     the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
         
     
Date: February  18, 2011  By:   /s/  Jeffrey L. Bewkes  
    Jeffrey L. Bewkes   
    Chief Executive Officer
Time Warner Inc. 
 
 
         
     
Date: February  18, 2011  By:   /s/  John K. Martin, Jr.  
    John K. Martin, Jr.   
    Executive Vice President, Chief Financial and
Administrative Officer
Time Warner Inc.